IMPROVE YOUR   IELTS




          Sam McCarter
         Norman Whitby




         ~
         MACMILLAN
Contents
            •                           •••            • •••••                  •                   ••
Introductio n
page 4

                TOp ic              Task 1                           Ta..,k Z

Unit 1          Change and          Describing trends                Understanding questions
page 6          consequences        Related verbs and nou ns         Expressing solu tions
                                    Un derst and ing data            Lin king ph rases
                                                                     Us ing trigger words

Unit2           The importance      Comparing information            Using itltheylthislthese
page 14         of the past         Adverbs in comparisons           Planning essays
                                    Com paring and contras ti ng     Devel ping ideas

Unit3           Machines, cycles,   The passive                      Using which to organize
page 22         and processes       Sequencing                       information
                                                                     Expre ssing result and purpose

Unit4           Education           Ge n era l and sp edfic          Avo iding o v rgenera jiza ti on
page 30                             statements                       Developing reasons
                                    Comparing information
                                    Describing proportions

Unit5           Youth               De scribing changes              Developing an d j u stifying
page 38                             Describing locations             opinions
                                                                     Writing introduct ions

Unit 6          Culture             Concluding statement.            Expressing advantag sand
page 46                             Con cession ( 1 )                disadvantage
                                                                     Advantage an d disadvantage
                                                                     va abulary
                                                                     Concession (2)

Unit7           Arts and sciences   Adverbs                          DiSCUSSing other people's opinion
pag e 54                            Using actv eJ:bs to eva lu ate   Hypo lh e izin g
                                    data
                                    Avoiding irrelevance

UnitS           Nature               taking predictions              Article
page 62                             Factual accura cy                Wri tin g con clusions

Unit9           Health              Vary ing vocabulary              Organizing words
page 70                             Checking pelling                 Verb-subject agreement

Unit 10         Individual and      Word orde r                      Paragraph str uClure
p age 78        society             Lin king using wi th             Relevant and irrelevanr
                                    Task 1 revision                  information
                                                                     Task 2 revision

Sample answers
page 6

Key
page 96


                                                                                                    •    3
• ••
•••••
 •• •
• •••    In trod-uction
 ••••
 ••••                                                                                 ••
         What is Improve your IEL TS Writing Skills?
         Improve YOllr fELTS Writing Skills is a complete preparation course for the Academic
         Wr iting pape r o( the In ternationa l English Lang u age Te" ting System . Through
         targeted practice, it develops skills and language to h elp you achieve a highe r JELTS
         score in the Academic Writing pape r.

         How can I use this book?
         You can use Improve YOllr lELTS Writil1g Skills as a book fo r tudying on your own or in
         a class.
         If you arc studying on your own , f mprove YOllr f ELTS Writillg Skills is de signed to gu ide
           au step"by"step through the activities. This book is also completely elf-contained:
         a clear and accessible key is provided so that you can easily check you r answ r as
         you w ork through the book. in addition, there is a sample ans w er to acc mpanyeach
         Task 1 and Task 2 question .
         If you are studying as part of a class, your teacher will direct yo u on how to use each
         activity. Some activities can be treated a discussions, in which case they can be a
         u seful opportunity to _hare ideas and techniq u es w ith othe r lea rners.

         How is Improve your IEL TS Writing Skills orga n ized?
         J[ consists of ten units based aroun d topics wbich occur common ly in the real te st .
         Each unit consists of three sections :
         Task I: exercises and e xamples to de velop skills and la nguage for Ta k 1 questions.
         Ta sk 2 : exerdses and examples    to   develop skills and language for Task 2 questions.
         Practice test: a complete Academ ic Writing pape r base d on th e u n it topiC to prac tise
         the skills learned .
         Each Task 1 and Task 2 section is su b divided furthe r into sk ills se ti on s. These fo cus
          n spedfic areas of relevance to each task .
         In addition, there are echniqlles boxes throughout the book Th ese reimor e k.ey
         points on how to approach Academi c Writing tasks.

         How will Improve your JELTS Writing SkiJJs improve my
         score?
         By developing skills
         The skills secti ons form a detailed syllabus of essential IELTS wriling skills . For
         example, key elements of Task 1 prep ara tion, su ch as Describing trends an d COlI/paril1g
         information, are fully covered. Similarly, Task 2 skills, such as Expressing sO/II/iom and
         Dnelopil19 ideas are dealt with in detail.

         By developing language
         Each unit also contains a resour e of useful phrases and vocabular y to II e in each
         wri ting task. Over th e ourse of Irnprol'eyollr fELTS Writing Skills, you will encounter
         a wide rang of ideas (0 ensure thaI you are not lost for words when you get to the
         real test. These include concepts such as organjzjng word, trigger words, and linking
         phrases, which all contribute to an appropriate academic writing style.

         BV developing test technique
         The Tedlllique boxes contain shari tips w hich can easily be memorized and used
         as reminders in the real test. These include quick and easy advice about planning,
         under tanding question s, and how t o use eUectively the language you have learned.

4   ••
Introdllctioll
                                                                               •
How is the IELTS Academic Writing paper organized?
The academic wri ting omponent of the IELTS lasts one hour. 111 the test, there are
two task of different le n gth. both o f w hich 'ou m u st all' wer.

What does each task consist of?
In Task I. you will hav to w rite a t leas t 150 words to describe some data or a
diagram. Data will normally be presented in the form of a graph, a bar or pie chan.
a tabl e. or a ombin ation of these. A diagram will norma ll y (elate [Q a process, the
worki n gs [ an object. or changes in map o ver time. You are alwa ys exp e te d to
summarize the information by describing the main features. makin J comparison
".... here relevan t.
In Task 2. you will h ave to w rite at least 250 words on a topic. Y 1.1 wil l b e presented
wilh an opinion, an argument. r a p roblem, and you will be expected to respond in
so n e w ay. For exam ple. in 'our re pons . yo u may be asked LO:
     x p r s an opinion .
    give views about two differe m opin ions and give your own opinion.
    discuss a dvantages and di sad vantage .
    give a so lution to a problem by sugges ti ng meas ures.
    discuss ca uses of a problem and suggest sol u tions.
You are ahvays expe ted to give reasons and include any relevant examples from
your own knowledge and experience .

How will I be assessed?
In bo th tasks ou will be Clssessed on your ability to expre s yourself clearly an d
a ccurate ly in English.
In Task 1. you r an wer is assessed according to yo ur ability to write abou t d ta in an
organized wa y an d compare infoID1a tion where it is relevant to do so. You. ho uld
write about the main fea tures of th e da ta an a ld rel evant d rail w here n e essa ry.
In Task 2, your answer i assessed a cording to your abili ty to wri  in a logical
m a nner as you give a solution 10 a problem, present andjuslify an opinion, compare
a nd contrast evict nce a nd opinions, or evaluate and challenge ideas or arguments.

How much time should I spend on each task?
You are ad ise d to sp end 20 m inu tes on Task l.
Yo u are advised to spend 40 minut s on Task .
Even though Task 2 ca rrie m o re m arks, you sh ould always do Task 1 firs t. This
is be cause it is shorter, an d psychologicCl lly it fee ls better if you ha ve comple ted
on e task.




                                                                                   •             5
UN IT



•
•     1       Change and conseqLlences
                                                                                                             •
               Unit aims
               Task t                                           Tas~   2
               Descnl:lIng trends                               Understandmg questIOns
               Related verbs and nouns                          ExpreSSing soluttons
               Understanding data                               Linking phrases
                                                                USing trigger wards




              Task 1 Describing trends



II
              1   The gTaphs relate to sales of media technolog . .
                  Which graph a- h d o au think shows sales for each
                                                                                         II
                                                                                               V
                  item in the p hotos 1-4?
                                                                                         iii   -
              2   Match each grapb (a-h) w ith the most appr p riate
                  description below (1- 10).
                   ]    Sales of auelio cassettes fell steaelily. .......... ~......                 .~
                   2    iPo sales rose gradually . ..................                    II
                   3    Plasma TV sales fluctuated wildly, but the trend
                        was upward . ..................
                   4    Sales of video cassettes nuctuated wildly, and the
                        tTend was downward ............ _ ... _
                                                        ..
                                                                                         iii
                   5    Total digital camera sales dropped slightly.
                        ....... - ..........
                   6    Sa es of audio cassettes fell and then levelled off.             m
                        ..................
                   7    The sales of MP3-players rose gradually and then




                                                                                               ~
                        climbed sharply. ............. _
                                                       ....
                   B    Purchases of video casse tte recorders d lined
                                                                                         D
                          dramatically . ......... ,' .......
                   9      Sales of games consoles decreased and then
                        levelled off ...................                                 m.---------------
                  10      CD sales dropped suddenJy............ .......

II            3    Underline the verbs in 2 used to describe tren d
                   Example                                                               iii ~
                   I      Sales of audio cassettes kU steadily.

              4    The verbs in 2 are modified by adverb such as
                   steadily. Find the adverbs and decid e wheth r they
                   mean slow or fast changes. Complete the lists below.
                   Slow               .. ~~~!~~ .,
                   Fas!

6      ••••
UNIT 1       Charlge alld COli eqllell"s
                                                                                                           •••                             •             •
                             Related verbs and nouns

                             5   S en tc'n Cf:~ containin g verb phrQs es s uch as jeJl steadily call often b e re-'J.iLLen
                                 u sing the correct form of there islare and a related noun. Read the examples.
                                 Th en rewri te sentences a-j below.
                                 Examples
                                 Th co nsumption of cho colate fell steadily. (verb + adverb)
                                 There was a steady fall in the consumption of chocolate . (there was a + adjective +
                                 n oun )
                                 There has been a dramatic rise in the produ crioD o f films . (there has been a +
                                 adjeCtive + n oun)
                                 Th production of film has risell dramaticalry. (verb + adverb)
                                 a   Spice expons fr om Afri ca fl uc tuated wildly over the p eriod.
                                     There were ........................................ ................................. .. ..................................... .
                                 b   Th e development of n ew products fell gradually.
                                     Ther was ...... ............. ..... .......................................................................................... .
                                 c   There has been a noticeable decrease in                                res ~a r ch     investmen l.
                                     Research ......................... ............... ........... ........ ... .. .................................................. ..
                                 d   The purchases of ti.cket dropped significantly last month .
                                     Th ere ~,v as ............................................................................................................ ..
                                 e   On the Internet, th e i lu rober of sites rose significantly.
                                                           l
                                     There wa .................................................................................................................. ..
                                     There was a su.dden decrease in th e sale o f mangos.
                                     The sale .... ...... ........................................................................................................... .
                                 g   At the them e park. there "vere very slight fluctuations in the number of
                                     visitors.
                                     The number ................................................................ ............................................... .
                                 h   There was a gradual declin e in sugar impons.
                                     Sugar .......................................................................................................................... .
                                     The quality of food in supermarkers has tncreased slowly .
    Technique            •
                         •           Th ere h as ................................................................................................ .......... ......... .
• Include a variety of               Th e number of air travellers fluctuated remarka bly.
• structures In your
• writing. Use both                  There ........ .. ................ ................................. .. ........................................ ..................... .
• verb +adverb a 1  d

•
• adjective + noun
             •
                             6   Phrases such as the consumplion oj chocolate can often be rewritten as just two
• structures In '{our            nouns. Read the examples. Th en find and revyTitt' olh J examp les in 5 .
  T 1 answer.
   ask
                                 Examples
• E xpress nouns as
  The . of or as TWO             The consumptioll oj chaco/ate can become Chocolate cOllsumption .
• nouns                          The production offt/lns can become Fillll production . (not Films production).




                                                                                                                                                 ••••• 7
Understanding data

                                 7      Read the graph and th e Ta sk 1 q uesli.o n. Wh                         l   was the in       me in dollar for:
                                        a      The Tea Room in January?                        $160,000
                                                                                          ..... .. ......... . .. ..... .....

                                        b      Internet Express in Jul y?
                                        c      Wi-fi Cafe in November?
                                        d        are Co I in D eember?
                                        e      The Tea Room in February ?


                                   Task 1                                                                           Changing trends in cafe income
                                                                                                           .200 - . - - - - - - - - - - - --
                                     Y0 1/   should spend about 20 111 in lites 011 this task.
                                                                                                           180 + - - - - - - - - - - - + _
                                                                                                           160 -I--.or--~-------_I__
                                     The graph sholt·,, I lJe income of faLl r cafes
                                     i/l Ne w York over lasl year.                                         140 -l--'rl'---1.---I.------.--- I - -
                                                                                                       ~120+-----~---~            -~~­
                                     Sutnmal'iZl! the informalion by selectil)D                               - ------c ~..,....,.,-A__+_
                                                                                                       ;3 100 -+-:..:---
  Technique                          and reporliJ.ID the maill featt/res, and                          g 80
                                                                                                       "'           +---~.""""~--->.,_.-.,1'-~-
                                     m a ke com pllri ons wh ere relevallt.                                 60+----~~-----
                                                                                                                         ~~~~
  To l1el~ you read
                                                                                                            40+-----~--~'-~---
  the graph. write the               Write at least 150 words.           __   The TeB Room
                                                                                                            2 0 +-~~~-~------
• Ilames nt tile t.afes                                                   -+- Internel Express
  at the end of each                                                      --- WI ·II Ca fe                   o +--.--~r_r_~~~~~-r~
                                                                          - - Cafe Cool                              J     F M A M J J A SON D
  Il n~



                                 8      Answer these questions about rhe graph.
                                        a       Wh at do the lett ers , F M, etc along th b llom of the graph mean?
                                                                         ,
                                        b      Wh a t do s OOOs mean .
                                        e      What P Ite m         an yo u s 'C?
                                        d       What comparison s can you make?

                                 9      Read the model text and decide wherher each missing phras
                                        n oun, or an adverb.
                                        Example
                                        1      adverb
 Model text

  me graph providef, informa1ion about the                   increase to $120,000 , furthermore, the                            10   March options
  inc.ome trend~ of fo ur c.afe~ over the la5t               inc.ome for both Internet £,y.pre5s and the                             a-g w ith gaps
                                                                                                                                     1- 7 in Ib e model
  i ear                                                      Wi-fi Gafe'J ............ in Duember. The
                                                                                                                                     text.
  There are two baf,ic. general trendf,:                     former ey.perienc.e.d 4 .... ... ..... to June, but
                                                             after Ihat, inc.ome rose S .. .. ..... ... ending                       a    I adily
  downwar and upward. A regards the   s
                                                             the ~ear at approy.imate~ $1'30,000.                                   b   then rocketed
  fir5t, the earning5 for The Tea Zoom, ~ere
  down over the ~ear, falling I ... ... .. .. .. from        UKeo ise, the trend for Wi-fi waf, upward,                             e   dou bled
  alm05l $  ~O,OOO earning5 a month tO jU5t                 Between Janua'1 to :ru~, earnings                                      d   significant 11'
  under $50,000 in December,                                 I. .... ........ from $')0,000 to nead'j $100 ,000
                                                                                                                                     e   also ended the
                                                             and I .. .......... to around $lqO,ooo.
  B-t contrast, the inc.ome for ihc other thre.e                                                                                         year lip
  , ak5 went up b'j vat"(ing degrees,There                   It if, noticeable that the inc..ome fo r The                                a steady fall
  "las :2. ., ... ....... in Gafe c.ool' (') 5ale5 over      i ea Zoom i5 lowel' in tne winter montho                                   il   ris '
  the fir~t ten month5, followed b'j a sudden                than for the. olne.r tnree. c.afes.                                     "
                                                                                                                                     "


 8        ••••
ur~ rT   1   Cill7.llge mId cOllSeqllellCl!s
                                                             •
Task 2 Understanding questions

1   Task 2 questions cOlltdin a gen eral subject and ofte n in cl ude a spe jfic
    organizing word to help y ou org an ize yo ur t: ssay. In each group a-d belo w,
    'o.vhich organil'Z ing word has a different m e an i n g fx JJ1 th e lher two?
    a   ad anlages          dr aw back s         benefits
    b   measu res         st eps      reasons
    c    ause        eHecls        consequences
    d   disadvanta ges            drawbacks solutions

2   Cmnpkt ~ e,lCh Task 2 question below v-'" li ih organil.ing words 1t! n!)] th e b ox .
    You may use each item more th an nce.

                 agree or disagree   advantages   disadvan tages                     causes
                              solutions  measures    benefits


    a                                     ..
        Wh at a re the ~~~~0. of learning skills jn th e mod rn vvo dd?
    b   An y attempts to preserve the n a tural w orl d will a lvva is h inder economi c
        developmenL. The benefit will howe v r far outwe igh th e
        .................. . Do you .................. ")
    c   What are the .................. and .................. of laking a eal" 0[[ b tween school
        a n d univcrsit y?
    d   Stu dent s sh ould be trained on ho w to ope wit h ha nge in the modern
        world. How far do you .................. ?
    e   Volunteer work with disadvantaged groups like underpr ivileged children is
        [he best way for you ng p eople to learn about th e real world . ' '''hat are the
        .................. of such work ?
        Every day, anim a ls are becoming extinct throughout the world . What do
        you think th e .................. of this are? What .................. can you uggest.
    g   Ov rcrowding in large ci ties h as always been a problem, bu t with
        popula tions a ro und the w orld a out to double, th e social pro blems are
        certain to multip ly. What ............ can y o u suggest to control th e p roblem s .


3   H ow many p ans are [here in each quest ion in 2? For example, (a) bas one
    p art. If there are two or th ree p arts, how are th ey related?




                                                                                       •      ••           9
Expressing solutions

                         4   Change is more rapid in the m odem world than it was in th e pasl. umber
                             each category b elov 1- 5 accord 'ing to how rapi d ly each is changing in your
                             opinion (1 = most rapid; 5 = least rapid). Tltink of an example ofrapid
                              h ange for each catego ry.
                             Work          Technology          Travel         Communication               Health

                         5   Look at the Task 2 ques tion below and answer the q uestion

                               Task2
                                  Jou should spend about 40 minutes 0 11 this task.
                                  Write about the following topic.

                                   /.ore lind. /}l o re people claim ti m " Hl O"~'''''1 1" rk pa tterns a re a SOlI/'ce of s l r ess.
                                  What do YOII think are the causes of this? Can you sllggest some possible
                                  SOIIi/iolls'?

                                  Give reasons for your anS'lver and inc/ude any relevant examplf!s from your own
                                  knowledge or experienCe.

                         a   Which part of the question states a problem?
                         b   Which t wO words in the que lion are important for the organization of your
                             answer?

                         6   Read the                              Shen :         How do you t hink people can deal with t heir
                             conversati on                                        stressful lives, especially at w ork?
                             bel ' een rw o                        Tina:          Firstly, I think employers should encou rage
                                                                                  workers to relax.
                             students d iscuss ing                 Shen :         How?
                             the prob lem of s tress               Ti na :        Well. in so m e co m pa nies, gym facilitie s o r
                             at work . w hich p ar t                              m assa ge thera pies are available.
                             of the question in 5                  S hen:         Massage?
                             are they ans w ering?                 Tina:          Yes . If you help yo u r employees to re lax, th is
                                                                                  im prove s their effi ciency and prod uctio n.
                             Wh at so lut ion s                    Sh an :        A re t here oth er so lutions?
                             and resu lt s d o they                Ti na:         Of co u rse. Employees cou ld be trai ned in
                             suggest?                                             how to plan t heir ti me mo re effectively.
                                                                                  On e w ay is to stop peop le taking w o rk
                                                                                  home. And then the workp lace w ill beco me
                                                                                  a lot happier.


                         7     This p aragraph
                                                                                    for employers to encourage workers to relax .
                                                                      1 .. .. .. ......
                             . suggests a solution
                                                                                       in some companies, gym facilities or
     - - - - -......           to [be Task 2                          2 ....... .. " . ,
                                                                      massage therapies are available . 3 .' .......... , this
 Technique                     que llon in 5 .
                     •
 Identlf the type 01 •         Com plete each gap                     improves their effiCiency and production. 4 .. .. .. . .. . .. train
                               with th e phrases in                   employees in how to plan their time more effectively,
 que lion For cause/ -

                    -          a-f for p r Selliing
                               so l utions, examples,
                               and res ults,
                                                                      5 ............ , by stopping people taking work home.
                                                                      6 ............ , the workplace will become a lot hapPier.



                              a      A further step is to                            d     As a result
                              b      for example                                     e     By doing this
                                     I think the mos t obvious                             For instance
                                     solution is



10    •
U NIT 1      Ch al1!J~   (/lId coIIseqllellCe!
                                                                                 &I




8    There axe several w ay s to express sol u tjon s. Should is u sed for SIl'ong
     sugges tion s; could is used for possible s ugge (i on s. Other ph rases can also b e
     used to express solution s. Read the example [rom 6 and 7 on page 10. Then
     rewri te the sent ences in a- f.
     Examp les
     Employers should eJ/courage workers to relax .
     [ think the most obvious solution is/or employers to ncouTage workers [Q relax .
     Employees could be [rai/led in how to plan their Lime more effectively.
     A further step is to train employees in h ow [Q plan Ih eir li me more dfe [i vely.
     a   1 think the most obvious solution is to encourage people to exercise mo re .
         PeopleshouJd ......................................... ,............................. ,... ,.,. ,....... ,.... ,.......... ,... .
     b   The obvious answer is to reduce the number                                   0   wo rking hours ,
         The number of working hours ...... ,....... ....... ,............ ,................................. ,.......... .
     c   The government could provide each employee with their own computer.
         One possibility is ....... ,.... ... ....................................................................... ... ...... .... .... .
     d   One option is to persuade parents to spen d more time with [heir children .
         Parents could .............. ,............................................ ..... .............. ,.. .. .............. ,
     e   A good idea is to restri ct the number o f ars coming into iries,
         The number of cars coming into cities .... " . ....... ..... .. ,' .......................................... .
     f   The go emmenl should build more sky rapers to solve the problem.
         A good ide a is .................................................................. ..." ... ..................... .


 9   Which problems ('[modern life do (he SentenceS in S rein                                             Ill?


                                overcrowding       traffic congestion   obesity
                                  lack of discipline     stress   technology


10   Use·the follo wing phrases                  (0   add re ults to the Solul ions ab ove. Use YOUT
     own ideas an d w ords.

     Examp le
     a   I think the most obvious solution is to encourage people to exerdse more ,
         By doing this, they would lose weight and would feel better generally.

             As a result, This would enable/help them to This would lead to
               This means that they would   By doing this, Consequently,




                                                                                                                 • ••                   11
Linking phrases

            11   Linking phrases mark the ftloctions 01 other s ent e nt: es i1n d phrases, s u c l~ as
                 solutjons, results, and examples. Match each linl(ing p h rase ' ' ,Itch th e cor Cl
                 function.

                                                     p urpose                              8ftt!   conseq uentJy,
                 addi rion          a nd
                                                                                      and so     since     for instance,
                 condition                           reason                               because       in order to
                 exarnp1e                            resuIt                           therefore,     if   fu rth crmore,
                                                                                        as a result.    for example,


             Usin g trigger words

            12   Read the paragraph from a Task 2 essay on overcrow de d cities and find the
                 U n g phr ases which m a tch these functions.
                  nkL
                 Reason           Result          Example                  Solution


                            M an' citie in th e worl d have now b ecome very
                            ove.r~rowded because people are migrating in fro m the
                            counrrysid e in search of work. As a result , fa cilities like
                            wate r supp lies an d public transport can no t cope with
                            the demand s from increased numb ers of people, and
                            so th ey are under severe stra in. The obviol1s an swer is
                            to en courage the creation of jobs outside the cities . For
                            example) we could encourage certai n business s to set
                            up branch es in rur al areas.


            13   Lin~",ing phrases can be used to tr.i gger id eas becau e th ey mark fu n ctio n s .
                 When you plan a Task 2 answer, write down some trigger words to h elp you
                 dev d QP YOUT basic idea. Use [11e trigger w o rds below (a d eve lop th e ideas
                 given.
                 A
                 lfpeople migrale 10 cilies, they be come ................ ..
                 And so ................ ..
                 And as a restill .... .. ........... .
                 A good idea would be to ................. .
                 By doing this, ................ ..
                 B
                 People spend 100 /lllIch time watching TV.
                 For example, ................ ..
                 Con equemly, .. .. ,......... .. ..
                 If .................. , then ................ ..
                 This vill lea d to ........ .. ...... . .
                 C
                 The development of tourism ofTell creates resentment among local people because
                 For example, ......... .. ...... .
                 The obvious ans wer is to                 ...... _._ .. .... __
                 Furthermore, ....... _ ....... .
                                        ..


12   •• •
UNIT 1     Cil(l11g e and cO lIst:q uenus
                                                                                           ••
••   • • ••Practice Test 1                                     • •••••

            Task 1
            You should spend aboUl 20 minutes on this task.

            The 9rtJph belDH' shows il1 percentage terms tlu changing patterns of domestic aeee s
            to Jil(){il'm tecJl11vlo9.Jil1 homes in the UK

            SIUJllII{//";ze flu "information by selectil1g and rep(wtillij tI,e IJ1l1in /catllres, anrl make
            comparisons where relevant.

            Write alleasl 150 words.

             Percentages
             100 - . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ,


                                                                                                                         CD pl ay er
              80 ~--------------------------~~~~=----=====~
                                                                                                                    MObile phone
                                                                                                                           .... .
              60
                                                                                                                                    ---
              40                                                                             - -- ---
                                                                                             .......        ".:.-.--------
                                                                                                                                 ------
                                                              -------
              20



               o                                              I                                         I
                1996/97                                  1998199                                   2000/01                                  2002/03




            Task 2
            Yo u shou ld spend about 40 II/inures on this Jask.
            Write about the followil1g topic:

            People naturally resist making changes;n their lil'e~..
            What kind of problems can this calise? What solutioJls can you suggest?

            Give reasons for your allswer and include any relevanr examples from your OHI1"1 knowledge
            or experimce.
            Write at least 250 words.




                                                                                                                                    • ••             13
•
                                 Unit aims
                                                ..
                                 The importance of the past
                                          ---.-~-
                                                                 ...               ..                                   ••
                                 Task 1                                  T 2
                                                                          ask
                                 Comparing information                   Using it/they/ this/these
                                 Adverbs in comparisons                  Planning essays
                                 Comparing and contrasting               Developing Ideas
                                     •••••                                               ••••••
                                 Task 1 Comparing information

                                     The pictures and tex t show some inventions and who invented them .
                                     Answer the question s.

      Ballpoint pen ,
      Laszlo Biro


                                     First mercury thermometer,           Safety pin,                    Paper money in China
                                     Gabriel Fahrenheit                   Walter Hunt

                                     a    Which is the oldes t invention ?
                                     b    Which is the most recem invention?
                                     c    Which do you think are the most and least important inventions?
                                     d    What other important h istorical in ven tions are n ot induded here?
     Tin can patented
     by Peter Durand
                                 2   The chan shows {he results of a survey about th e most important inventi ons
                                     in th e l ast 300 years . Answer [he questions.

                                           Most im porta nt inventi ons in t he last 300 years
                                                                                                         a What is the most
                                                                                                           striking feature of
                                                                                I. Male 0   Female   1
                                                                                                           the chart?
                                                                                                         b What voting
                                                                                                           pattern s can y ou
                                                                                                           see for females?
                                                                                                         c What voting
                                                                                                           patterns can yo
                                                                                                           see for males?




• Technique                 •    3   You can use a range of structures to make comp adsons . Read these examp Je
• In the test. circle
• and number
                            •
                            •
                                     describing the chart in 2. Then complete s,entences a-j with sui table
                                     information based on the chart.

-
• Important de1ails
• in pencil.
                            I-
                            •
                            •
                                     Examples
                                     More males than females chose the TV. (more + n oun + than)
•                           •        Fewer fe males than m ale s chose th e TV. (fewer + n oun + than)
                                     The TV was more popular among males than female s. (morel less + adjective +
                                     than)
                                     The most popular form of conununication was the Internet. (the most/least +
                                     adjective)

14 • • • • •
UNIT   2   TIre importGI1Ct! of the pasr
                                                           ••
    a   More fe males ....................... ...... males chose [h e bicycle.
    b   The bicycle was more ........................ .... than any other invention.
    c   The car was .... ......................... popular among females than males.
    d   ... ................... .. ..... invention among both sexes was the TV.
    e   ................ ....... .. .... women than men voted for the mobile phone .
        .......................... .. . invention among both sex es w as the bicycle .
    g   ......... ..... ............... males th an females picked the radio.
    h   The computeT was ............................. for women than for men .
        More people seleded the bicycle ............................. any other invention.
        The TV was ........................ .. ... popular than any other invention.


4   You can also com pare information by using a ma/ly ... as when numbers are
    very dose, or by using I/ot as many .. _as. Read the examp les . Then compare
    m ale and fem ale ani(udes (0 cars an d m ob il e phones.
    Examples
    As many females as males chose the computer.
    Not as many female s as males chose tb radi o .


5   Make comparative sentences based on notes a-g below and the chart in 2.
    Use the p assive or active form of the verb in italics .
    Examples
    female sJmale slselectfthe bicycle          M ore females th an m ale sf/eeted the bicycle .
    males/femaleslseleetfthe bicycle            Fewer m ales thall f males selected the bicycle .
    the bicyclelchooselfemales/male s           The bicycle was chosen by more females than
                                                males.
    a   males/femaleslehooselthe car



    b   wom en/men /selwlthe mobile phone



    c   the Intemetlehooselmales/females


    d   (emalesJ males! pick/the radio


    e   malesl£emaleslpicklthe radio



        the comput erl chooselfemales/males


    g   the bicyclelselect/males/females




                                                                                           • • • • 15
Adverbs in comparisons

               6   You can add ad verbs to comp arisons to make them more precise, such as
                   significantly (more) or almost (as many). Read the examples. Then underline the
                   adverb s in senten ces a-i.
                   Exa mples
                   Significantly mOTe people voted for the bicycle than tbe other inventions.
                   The bicycle was chosen by almost as many males as female s.
                   a    Slightly more w om en than m en voted for th e bi cycle .
                   b    In the past, considerably more people lived in the countryside than towns.
                   c    Many more people can use a computer today than thirty years ago .
                   d    Substan tially less time is n ow spent doing housework than before.
                   e    There are significantly fewer people now worldng in manufacturing than in
                        the past.
                        Sports progra mmes are watdled by practically as many peopl n ow as jn
                        previous years.
                   g    The exhibition about dnerna attracted far fewer visirors than expected.
                   h    Illiteracy is much less common than in previous generations .
                        Nearly as many children as adults watch progranmles about anci enL history.

               7   Which adverbs above mean:
                   a almost?        b a lot?                 c     just a few ?

               8   Look again at the sentences you wro te in 5 on page 15. Add suitable adverbs .


               Comparing and con trasting

               9   Answer (hese questions about (he b ar chart.
                   a    Wh at do you   mink the bar chart provides information about ?
                   b    What could th e numbers on the left relate to?
                   c    What do you trunk the wo rds along the bottom of the dl an relate to?
                   d    What could the numbers in the box refer to?
                   e    Is there a time reference for the graph?

                   7o,-----------------------------------------------,
                   60~------------------------                           2~01
                                                 -------------------1 I045-65
                   50~--,_~----------


                   40
                   30

                   2
                   0
                   10

                    o




16 • • • • •
UNiT 2 Tire ;mportallu ofllle past




                      10     Match sentence beginnings 1-6 with endings a-f to form correct senlences
                             abom the chart.
                             1    The arts and crafts society has the greatest number of 20-30 year-olds,
                             2    Only 25 people fTom the younger age group are members of the historica l
                                  society,
                             3    Some societies are clearly more popular with one of tbe age groups,
                             4    The keep fit and social clubs have slightly more members in the younger age
                                  bracket,
                             5    In generaL the 20-30 year-olds are more actively involved in societies
                             6    The keep fit and social clubs attract a broader range f people

                             a    wh   reas the archaeological society is equally popula r wi th both .
                             b    ill compariso11 with [he hi stori al society,
                             e    but it is one of the least popular clubs with the ol' er age group -
                             d    comp.11'ed with the Ider age group,
                             e    whilt! the figure for 45-65 year-olds is abou 50 .
                                  althollgh they are fairly popular with both age grou s.

                      11     I n which of [he sentences in 10 u ld the ending a-f orne fir t? Which
                             cOlmecting words in italics are followed by a noun phrase only,

                      12     Read the d escription of (he chan in 9. For aeh of 1- 6, tw o options are
                             possible and one is ineorreCL Delete the in correct op ti on.

                       Model text

                           l'he G provides information about
                                  hart                                         l'here- are about ~o membe-rs aged
                           how two age groups partic.ipate in 'beveral         be-twe-e-n'}.() and 30 , -; but/whereaslin
                           d ub') at a Lentr£. for ,j(ktl1s.                  c-ompari50n ~Jith the number of people- in
                           We c.an '5Ce. from the data that the                the- 45 to (pI5 age group is 4 Jar/slightly/
                           arGhaeologic.al, Keep fit and wc.ial dubs           considerably lower.1he Ke-ep fit and wGial
                           are popular with both older and ~ounge-r            dubs are popular with both age- groupD,
Technique                                                                      'i howeverlbut/although there are sllghH'i
                           people. I -IIhile/However~ contraM, the
In the test, make          historic.al and art'b and c.rafts wc.ietie-s        fewer older people, e-mbe-rship of th
a qUick list of            dead,! appeal more to one of the age-               ;;rc.haeologic.al Mc.iet., stand5 at it? fo
the comparison             groupD. In the historic.al Wc.iet-j, SO of the      both groups.
structures you know        members are between 4'5 and (,?,                    In ge-ne-ral, the- ~ounge-r age- group are
before you write
                           2. but/whilelhowever "lhere are onl~ 2.5            v signific.antly/almost/noticeably more
                           from "lhe ~ounger age group. For the art            involved in the various wc.ieties than tl1
                           and c.rafts soc.iet-j, the- pattern is reve-rsed.   it?-(;j ~ear- 01d5.




                                                                                                            ...      •        17
Task 2 Using itltheylthislti'zese

               1   Read the text below writlen by a st ud ent as part of a Task 2 essay. Replace
                   the words in italics wi th ii, they, this, or these.

                       Archaeologists, for example, help us to learn about the past. Archaeologists
                       look for evidence in artefacts like pots and jewellery. Pots aJldjewellery
                       reveal a lot of information about our ancestors. Revealing infonnatioll about
                       the past is very useful, but the information is still quite limited.


               2   Match 1-4 witb a- d to explain how ro use il, Ihey, this, and tllese.
                   I   It and this refer to
                   2   They and these refer to
                   3   This and these are often used to refer to
                   4   This can also refer to

                   a   nou ns at the en d of the previous senten ce.
                   b   plural nouns.
                   c   situations and processes.
                   d   singular nouns.

               3   Underline the exact text w hich it, they, tilis, and these refer   [0   in sentences a-h.
                   Th e first one has been done for you.
                   a   History teaches children not just facts, but a range of skills. For example,
                       they can learn how to analyse material, do basic sorting and research .
                   b   Old buildings help create a more relaxing environment in cities than
                       concrete office blocks . This makes them more pleasant to work and live in .
                   c   Stu dyin g history may trigger an in terest in oth er subject areas. This , in tum ,
                       may L to other hobbies.
                             ead
                   d   Built-up areas can be made more attractive by adding monuments and
                       statues. These can then enrich people's lives considerably.
                   e   Government s should provide more m oney to preserve historical siles. By
                       doing this, our heritage w ould be saved for future generations.
                       Tradition does not hold u s back as some people believe . In facr, it helps us to
                       build the future .
                   g   Schools and colleges need to emphasize history and related subjects as these
                       will h elp give them a wider view of th e world .
                   h   The Internet and computers can b<;.' used to preserve the pas t For example,
                       they can be used by children to do basic research and store images.

               4   Com p lete sentences a-g with ii, they, 1111:5, or these.
                   a   If the past i to be preserved, .............. ..,. must be done by usi n g modem
                       technology.
                   b   The an and language of a country represent its history, so it is importan t
                       that ................ .. are both preserved .
                   c   The primary role of advenising is to encourage the public to replace the old
                       witb the new ................... is called progress by some people .
                   d   History broadens the minds of m ost people ,"vh o study .................. , but
                       .................. also h as the potential to narrow the minds of some .
                   e   History should be given more emphasis in schooL as .................. will help
                       children to understand better the world they live in .
                       If hlstory is emphasized m ore in schools, .......... ..... :.. wiU lead to a b tter
                       understanding of the world.
                   g   The past infom1.s us of the present an d the future, but few people are
                       suificiently aware o f ,.... ... ."" ......

18 • • • • •
uNiT 2   The imparlQllce afllre pasl
                                                      •
P ]an n in g e ssays

5   Read (he historical facts in a-f below. Rank th e events 1-6 according to how
                                                                 =
    important you think rhey were in human history (1 most impoTlam; 6 =
    least importanr). What other events w ould you add to the l ist?
    a    In 1792, France abolished the monarchy and instituted the fi rst republic.
    b    In 1953 , Francis Watson and James Crick described the structure and
         importance of DNA.
    c    In October 1492. Christoph er Columbus se t fo ot in the Americas.
    d    In 1885. Karl Benz built and patented the first automobile .
    e    In 1983. a com puter system connecting universitjes was created. whkh
         later became the Internet.
         In the nimh cemury. gunpowder was first invented and used by the
         Chinese .

6   Read the Task 2 essay question below. D ed d e w hich of points a-g ar
    relevant to this answer.

         It is sometimes said tllat h istory /lever repeats itself, yet there is mild/ ill
         it which is relevant to our modern world . Suggest some ways in. whicJI
         the study of h istory migllt help liS today.


    a    Th ere is often uncertainty abo ut what really happene d with regard to
         well-kn own historical events.
    b    Studymg other historical periods gives insights into different ways of life .
    e    We can learn about the recent past by asking older relatives.
    d    HiStory involves investigation and interpretation, so its study develops
         thinking skills.
    e    Learning about conflicts in the past can teach u S hovv to avoid them in
         future .
         History is a more dHficult area of study than most p ople imagine .
    g    The past can often provide explanations for the sit uation W ' face tod ay

7   Read the idea below. Choose some of the trigger words to develop tlus
    point. The first one has been done for you . Refer to Unit 1 p age 12 for more
    examples of similar phrases .
    Studying other historica.l p eriods gives insights in to different ways of life.
    For example, students ca11 investigate the way in which people lived in ancient limes
    such as ................ ..
    As a res ulr, ................ ..
    Therefore, ................ ..
    Furthermore . ................. .

8   Look back at Ihe other relevant sentences you chose in 6 above . Deve lop
    those ideas in the same way llsiJlg tr igger words. Then wri tt: out yow ideas
    in a pa.ragr aph.



                                                                              ... • . • 19
Developing ideas

                                 9   Read the Task 2 question below. M ake a not of any ways you can mink of to
                                     make history more interesting.

                                            Some children find lem'fling history at school very exciting. but matlY
                                            others think it is I'ery boriug. In what ways can history be brought to life
                                            for 0,1/ school children?


                                10   The list a-i below contains ideas th at a stud ent came up w ith for [he essay
                                     question in 9. There aI:' thr,ee solutions, each w h b an example and an ffe         l.
                                     Complete (he table by matching each idea with the appropriate fu nct ion .

                                                                    P aragraph 1        Paragrapb 2     Paragraph 3
                                          Solutions                           a
                                          Examples
                                          EUects

                                     a      using the Internet and computers
                                     b        isiting historical sites
                                     c      historical places seem more real
                                     l: make a poster about local history
                                     ('     go   to   a local archaeological site
                                            it increase motivation       to   do research
                                     g      these kill can be applied in other subjects
                                     h      doing written projects
                                            search for iniorrnation about historical figures online

                                11   Decide which function in 10 these linking ph ras es rel ate to.
                                     a      Another method is to
                                     h      T}')is will lead   to

                                     c      For example,
                                     d      Last but not least, children could
     Technique                       e      For instance,
     To help you build                      such as
     a bank of Ideas.
     recycle relevam                 g      As a result.
     Information from                h      The best way is to
     other essay-_
                , s,       •
                   _......;I.               Then

                                12   Use     YOUI     answers to 10 and 11 to write the ideas out as three paragraphs.




    20 • • • • •
b
U Nit' 2   The i mponallCt: of rhe past
                                                                 •
•••••
        Practice Test 2
                                      •        • • ••
        Task 1
        You should spend about 2 0 minutes all this task.

        The graph below SllOWS the contribution of three sectors - agriculture,
        manufacturing, llnd b1lSi1l2.5S ilIId fin lll/cia I services -to the UK economy ill the
        twentieth cClllury.

        Summarize tile infonnatiol1 by selecting alId reporting tile main jea tw'es, and make
        cOlllpm'isolls where relevant.

        Write at least 150 wards.


                                Contribution of selected sectors to the
                                UK economy in the twentieth century


              60
                                                                  o Agriculture
                                                                  • M anufacturing
              50                                                  o Business and Financial
              40

          %

              20

              10

               0-+-- ' - -




        Task 2
        h'U sholild spend about 40 minutes on this task.
                     Ihe/t'llu"....il1g topic:
        V"'I"itt" ,l bc,ut

        To some people studying the past has lillIe value it! tile modem I For/d. Wily do you
        tlIil1k it is important to do so? What will be the effect If children are not ta ugll t
        history?

        Give reasons foryour answer and include any relevant examples frolll you r own kno wledge or
        expenence.
        Write Cit least 250 words.




                                                                                                 ••         21
•         •
         Machines, cycles, and processes
 • •••••  •• •
                         Unit aims
                         Tas' l                                      T 2
                                                                      ask
                         The passive                                 Using whIch to organize informatron
                         Sequencing                                  Expressing result and purpose
                                       ~~~~~~.~.~.~.~.~.                               =---~=-=-=-=-~~=-~=-~



                         Task 1 The passive

                         1   Look at the five objects a- and answer the questions.
                             a   W hich materials are used to make these objects?
             II              b   Which of th e material in your list are natural and which are
                                 manufactured?

                         2   Natura] processes are often d e cribed using (h e activ e form. whereas
                             man ufaClUIi og processes are usual ly described using the passive. Read rh
                             examples. Then omp lete 1-6 with the correct fonns of the verb in bra kelso
                             Examples
                             A riverf10ws from its source to the ocean . (active)
                             Many electronic goods are manufactured in Japan. (passive: bi + past paniciple)


                                 Limestone is the main ingredient of cement. Firstly, it 1 .... .. ............. . . .. .... ..
                                 (extract) from the ground. Then, at the factory. it 2 .......................... ... (heat)
                                 (Q a high temperature with other ingredients. After thiS, it

                                 3 ........... . .. ........ ....... (cool) with blasts of cold air.




                                 When warm air ~ .. ....... .... ................ (reach) high ground. it is force to rise.
                                 an d, as a result, it 5 ..... ... .. ........... .. .. ... . cool) . Moisture in the air
                                 6 ......... .......... .......... (con dense) to form rain .




                         3   When describing processes, make sure the subject and verb agree. Read the
  When describing            example, then complete 1-8 w ith the carr ct forms of th e verb s in brackets.
  processes, sho',",
                             Example
   hat you can use
  active and passive         The sun shines and the temperature rises.
  forms where
• appropf i_ e_ _.....
           at_
                                 Some rock formations I .... ........ (hold) large amounts of water, When it
                                          (rain). the tiny spaces in th rock gradually 3 .... .. ... .. . (fill) with
                                 2 ............
                                 water so that the rock 4 ... .... ... .. (become) saturated. Tbe top of this saturated
                                 zone is called the wate ( table. If long periods of rain 5 ...... .. .. .. (occur). the
                                 water table 6 ............ (rise). If there is no rain, the rock 7 ............ (begin) to
                                 dry out an d the water table 8 ............ (fall).




22 • • • • •
UN IT   3   Machines, cycles, and prOCf!sstS
                                                                              •
                   4    Verbs which requi re an object are called transitive. Ver b s "v h ich never have
                        an object are caUed ~Intransilive. Are the verbs in sentence a-c transitive,
                        intransitive, or both? Which sentence cannot be put iOlO the p assive?
                        a       Th e temperature falls.
                        b       Manufacturers ma ke rubbe r products.
                        c       Sunlight opens the lea ves. The leaves Opel! .

                   5    Put each verb in the box into the correCllist: transiti ve, intransit i ve, Or b oth.

                                             design   produce   rise se nd             begin         manufacture
                                               obtain   die   become   dry             grow         cool

                        Tra nsitive :
                        Intransitive: fall
                        Both:

                   6    U e th e n otes below to write short paragraphs ab out prod uction processes.

                         Example
                        The production of a car involves various stages. car/design; prototype/make;
                        car/rna s·produce; car/dis tribure; car/sell
                         After the car is designed, a prototype is made and the car is mass-produced. The car is OUr1
                        distn'buted and sold.

                        a       The produ ction of a motorcycle involves various stages. motorcycle/design;
                                prototype/make; proto type/test; motorcycle/manufacture; motorcycle!
                                export; motorcycle/sell.
                        b       The diagram shows th e various stages in the production of bread. wheat/
                                plant; crop/harvest; whea t/tran sport to the mill; whea t/make fl our; fl ou rl
                                buy/baker; bread/bake; bread/sold.

                   7    Some d iagrams require descriptions using past tenses. COIllpJe !e lhe
                        paragraph with lhe verbs from the box.

                   SWAMP                                           a died and dropped   b was formed
           300 million   years ago                              c lived   d was covered    e was trapped
                                                                 f turned   9 is now mined    h buil t up


                                                              The diagrams show the process by w hich coal
                                                              I ............ over a pe riod of millions of years.
                   WATER
           100 million    years ago                           First of all, large plants 2 ......... .. . in enonnous
                                                              swamps a long time ago. Thes e 3 •.......... • to the
                                                              bottom of t.h e w ater. Over the years, th e dead
                       Dirt                                   plants formed a layer, w hich became deeper
               Dead plants                                    an d deeper. M ore and m ore earth and dirt
                                                              4 . .. ......... on top of this layer. Subsequently,

                                                              this layer 5 ............ by rocks and dirt, and so the
                                                              energy of the dead plan ts 6 ............ un de rneath .
               Rocks & Dirt                                   A s the pressure an d the heat grew over time,
                                 ~ -I ,                       the layer of dead plants 7 ...... ...... into coal.
·_·.,'t.       /
               ,        ; __
                        t   ,      t .-"
                                           :0=1IIII_,    ."
                                                        .".   Seams of coal were form ed, and coal 8 ............ .
                       Coal

                                                                                                           • • ••           23
Sequencing

                                 8   The diagram shows how energy is produced from coal. Answer the
                                     questions.
                                     a    How is the coal carried to [he pO'wer plant?
                                     b    What is added to tbe furnace in addition to coal?
                                     (    W hat gas is produced when coal is burnt in the furnace?
                                     d    What do you think is removed from the gas?
                                     e    What is the gas called fo ll owing trus pro ess?
                                          What do you th ink [h e gas does in the turbine?
                                     g    What does the turbinE do to the generator?
                                     h    Where do the hot ex haust gases come from?
                                          What bappens [0 the gases?



                                                                                                   ....
                                                                                                  Oxygen




                                                                                                        syngas


                                         Steam

                                                                                                                 Generator
                                                                                                  Gas turbine



                                                                                    Electricity




                                 9   Complece the model text below by choo sin g the correct aJtcrnati''c in each
                                     case,

                                 Model text
                                  m e diagram !>hO"'~ 5 the variouf> f>tage!> in      drive a gas turbine. me turbine" in turn/
                                   the. proauc.tion of dean e.nerg~ from wa.         afterwards/therefo re powerf> a generator,
         Technique                 I firM of aU/At first/One. the wal if>
                                                                                      produc.ing eledric.it{ m e gas turbine aIM
                                   mined in deep pitf> underground and then           produc.e5 hot e~haust ga5es. mef>e are
         When describmg                                                               1 then/thertfore/consequently piped to
                                   c.an-jed to the $urfaa.. 2. F urthermore/
       • processes, use                                                               a heat rewve.t"{ steam generator, ~hic.h
       • phrases such as           A that/As a result, it i$ c.arried
                                     fter
                                   along a (.onve~o r belt to a power plant.          wnvertf> the heat into $team. he 5team i5
       • F{{st of al/, After
                                                                                      I) tonsequently/subsequent/subsequently
         thar, and When as        '3 w hen/then/where it i5 burned in a
       • trlgger words to
            .                •     large furnac.e to ~h i(.h o'l'~gen i5 added.       LI$ed to power a steam turbine, whid1
       • ~elp you sequence •       4 Ofherwise/from this/Therejore, ral"              ilgilin if> uf>ed to generate elutri(. i~ .
       • Ideas.              •     $~n9a!> i!> proauc.ed. At tne ne~t 5tage.          m e e.nerg'1 if> dean buau5e narmful
                                   of the proc.ef>f>, harmful f>ubf>tanc.es li:e     produd$ are removed and the c.oal if> not
                                  c.arbon dio'l'ide., m{';rw~. and sulphur are        transported to anothe.c 5ite to produc.e
                                   removed. S Fol/owing that/ Followino/              e.lec.tr i (.. i~ .
                                  Subsequent, the. purified gas i$ U$ed to

       24 • • • • •
Ie:n
UNIT   3   /Hachines, cycles. alld proc£sses
                                                           •
10   ConneCl the sentences below. Use the Unldng words in brackets in each case.
     Example
     The parts of th e car are assembled. The cars are ex-ported. (aiter)
     After the parts of the ca r are assembled, the cars are exported.
     a   Tb e snow falls. It covers th e grou nd with a protective layer. (when)

     b   Her cubs are born . Th e lioness licks them all over. (as soon as)

     c   The paper is collected. It i sent for recyclin g. (once)

     d   Volcanoes erupt. They send huge am ounts of smoke int o th e air. (before

     e   The plants perspire. Th e air becomes humid. (when)

         Th e trees a re cut   d OVIlI].   The forest is gradually dest royed. (and)



11   Connect these sentences using your own words.
     a   The food is processed. Ir is packaged. It is distributed .

     b   The cycle is completed . Jt repeats itseli all over again .

     c   The rubbish is collected. It is sent to a centre for sorting. It is recycled.

     d   A new model of the bicycle is develope( Tlic bicycle is teste d


     e   The TV is assembled. It is sent to the shops.

         The water is purified . It is bottled.

     g   The data about the weatl1er is collected . The infonnation is then broadcast.

     h   Th e prototype is tested . It is rnodilied .



12   From your own knowledge, write a short paragraph to des cribe each of the
     processes below.
     a   Th e process of digital photograph y from the acti on of taking a photograph
         to disp laying the im age .
     b   The progress of a lener or parcel from packaging to delivery.
     c   The life cycle of an animal su ch as a butterfly or a frog.
     d   Th e water cycle which creates clouds and rainfall.



                                                                                                        25
Task 2 Using which to organize information.

                   Answer the questions about the list of technolog it.'s .

                          computers   automatic doors     mobi le phones    video games
                         TV remote controls MP3-players      satellite navigation systems
                                                digital cameras


                   a   Which of the techn ologies can help peopl e and which can make life more
                       diffi cult?
                   b   Which technologies might make people more lazy?
                   c   Whicll technologies do you find annoying and which impressive?

               2   Read the Task 2 question. What two kc'!' elements must you include in your
                   answer? Underline the organizing words which tell you [his.

                       A recent survey has shown that people of all ages are losing the ability
                       to perfonn basic p ractical tasks and processes at work. Wha t do yo u
                       think are the main causes of this? Wh at solurions can you suggest?



               3   Read the following p aragraph vvri tten by a student and answer
                   questions a-e.


                       People generally are losing traditional practical skills whkh they n eed to
                       function in everyday life . This has come abo ut in my opinion, because
                       people are n ow so over-reliant on machines. For example, computers
                       in one form or anoth er perform man y of the tasks th at people used t
                       do themselves such as office functions, opening and locking doors, or
                       switching mach.ines on and off. Consequently, w orkers annat do basi
                       practical tasks in depth, which in turn has an impact on h ow to process
                       basic informa ti on mentally when they are at work


                   a   What kind of skills are people losing?
                   b   What is the cause of this?
                   c   Which exam ples are given?
                   d   What is the practical consequence of all this?
                   e   ' '''hat is the mental co nsequence?

               4   In each sentence below, what does the word in italics refer to?
                   a   People often allow the TV to do their thinking for them at b orne, which in
                       tum has an impact on their mental performance at work . (Effect)
                                            II
                   b   People generally are losing traditional practical skills which they n eed to
                       function in every day life.




26 • • • • •
U NIT   3   Machines, cycles, and prou~sl'S
                                                                         •
                       5   Combine [he following pairs of sentences using which.
                           a   Sometimes, computers make mistakes and prevent things happening. This
                               wastes valuable time and can cost money.

                           b TV programmes provide people with information about the world around
                             them, This information is often very useful


                           c   Machines now give us more fr eedom. This means that w e ha ve more tim e
                               for leisure activi.ties.


                           d   Technology saves us more and more tim e. This tim e can be used to create
                               more machin es.


                           e   More and more household tasks are now carried out by robots. They will be
                               even more common in the future .


                               Every thing se m s to be available at the tou ch of a button. Th.is makes
                               people expect instant response s from other people .



  Technique            6   What does whieh refer to in each of your answers in S? In which cases does
• Use which as a           the wlll'ell clause express an effect as in 4a?
• trigger word to
• add detail to your   7   When combining sent ences, a which clause oflen cont ains information that
.1.-_____....
• writing. •               is non-essential to the sentence. Read E examples. Then combine Ih
                                                                   he
                           sentences in a-e, decidin. which information is non-essential.
                           Examples
                           News broadcasts about wo rld disasters, which are now available 24 hours a day,
                           can make people feel anxious.
                           The situation, which people blame th e gove rnmen t for, is everyone's fau lt .
                           a   The situation h as now become much more complex. It is eUeclively OUI of
                               co ntrol.

                           b   Th e problem is everyone's responsibility. The public blame the gove rrunent
                               for it.

                           c   The cause of the problem is the lack of basic Iraining . The cause is not
                               immediately obvi ous to everyone .

                           d   The solution is, in my opinion, by far the best. The solution is to have a day
                               at work where peopJe do not use computers or other machines .

                           e   Office technology is the ca use of much fru stration at work. It requires only
                               basic training to use .




                                                                                                    ':J ~-::: .1.1   27
Expressing result and purpose

                               8   The extract below contains three paragraphs, each organized to express
                                   functions such as cause and result. Identify the ideas that relate to each
                                   function and underline them. The first paragraph has been done for you.


            ?roblem              rirf>t of all, in recent ~earf>, man~ people       fi'l-ing a plug, menaing a pundure on
                        ~ all over the worla have aemonf>tratea                     a bi c~de, or even sewing a button on
                                 a dear lacK of abilitj to carC'j out certain       a f>hirt.
                                 baf>ic ta;,K;,. A number of reaf>onf> have         Apart from parents, the international
                                 been put forwara for thif>, but b~ far the         arive towaras learning new technolog~
                                 mOf>t important, I feel, if> the comple'l-itj of   also neeas to car~ a gooa part of the
                  c..aUf>e ____ the moaern a@e.                                     blame. mif> has lea to ioun9 people
                                'Parentf>, for e'l-ample, no longer have            leaVing school literate in certain
                                 enough time to f>pena at home with their           computer f>Kills. But it has alw createa
                                 chiclren, because ma~ are worKing                 a generation almost aeficient in baf>ic
                                 unsociable hours to cope with the                  practical f>Kills, because technical
                                 pressures ana aemanas of toaa~ ' s worla.          problem-wiVing liKe maKing things in
                                 Young people are wnseguentli aeprivea              carpent~ has been sguenecl out of the
                                 of valuable time to learn the pradical             school curriculum.
                                 f>Kills nemsa~ for eve~aa~ life liKe

                                   Paragraph 1: Problem/Cause
                                   Paragraph 2: Example/Cause/Effect
                                   Paragraph 3: Cause/Result I /Result 2/Reason /Example

                               9   Which linking phrases are used in 8 to express the functions listed?
    Technique
                              10   Decide whether the linking phrases below express Result or Purpose.
    Learn at least one
    result phrase and
                                         so    therefore   in order to   consequently      so as to    as a result
    one purpose phrase
                                       with the aim of   and so    so that    for this reason    as a consequence
•   and use these as
    trigger words.                                    hence    which leads to     which means that
•   When you write a
    sentence, insert
•   your result/purpose       11   For each idea below, continue the sentence or write a follow-on sentence
    trigger words to               using your own ideas to express Result or Purpose.
,   develop it.
                          •        a   Children are now learning how to do mental arithmetic again .


                                   b   Some cities charge motorists to take their cars into the centre.


                                   c   Machines are manufactured to break down after a certain time.




28 • • • • •
UNI T 3   M achi nes, cydes, and proc(! ~s
                                                                                 •
•••••••            • •
          Practice Test 3
                                           ••            ••••••

          Task 1
          You should spmd abollt 20 minutes on this las

          T~le   diagram behlli' .,11011'5 hOI!' S{ll.t i.'I   rt!tI1i)I'f'd   from sea water to   m,7ki' it dr inkable.

          Summ arize Ihe illforT1Jilliotl vJ.' st'/c'{(ill.'J alld rq.'orti Jl!} Il le mdilJ f cd //./res, and make
          comparisons where releva/lt.

          Write at least 150 words .

                   .;. -
                                                     Water
                                                forced through
                                                 membrane at
                                                 high pressure




           Sea
                                                                                                 To integrated

                             Filter   1                                                          water supply
                                                                                                    system
                           backwash
                                                        1   Seawater
                                                           concentrate                               Water molecules

                                  -
          l ask2
          You should spend about 40 minutes on this task.
          Writt' about the following lopic:

          The widespread lise of the Internet 1las hl'ought many problems. What do you thiflk
          {lrc th e mail! problems associated witll the use of the web ? What sO/lIlioll can YO Il
          suggest?

          Give reasons for your answer and inclllde any relevant examples from your own knowledge or
          experience.
          Write at least 250 words.




                                                                                                                            29
Ed-ucation
               •          ••                                      ••••••••
                                                               Task 2
                  General and specific statements              Avoiding overgeneralization
                  Comparing Information                        Developing reasons
                  Describing proportions
                                                    •••••••••••••••                                            ••
                  Task 1 General and specific statements

                  1   The statements he10w give students' reasons for choosing a particu lar
                      university. Which of these statements do you agree with?
                      a    The lecturers' qualification s are more important' th an th e quality of the
                           teaching.                                                      -

                      b    The spo rts fa ci lities are as imp ortant as the academic reso urces .

                      c    Good library facilities are the most important factor for postgraduate
                           students.
                      d    A pleasant environment is more important than the university's reputati n .


                  2   Look at the p ie charts and [be Task 1 question. Answer questi ons a-e below.

                      The pie charts below illustrate tilt' number of journal articles read p.e r
                      week by all students, PhD Sludents, and jun for lecturers at an Alistralian
                      IIIJiI·ersity.

                   Number of journal articles       Number of journal articles         NUIllON of journa l articles
                     read by all students             read by Ph D students             read by ju nior lecturers




                                                                                             •
                                                                                                       ••

                                                                                                 ..

                                                                                                      75')'.




                                                    l - tt05      _6totl     012'!-1

                      Summa.rize the infonnat.ioH by selectin9 and reporting r!'l e ma ill feLrtllu'S,
                      and make comparisotTS' where relevant.


                      a    What does each pie cban describe?
                      b    Wh at do tbe numb ers on each pie chart represent?
                      c    Wbat does th e box at the bottom of tbe pie chart refer to 7
                      d    What noticeable feature can you see in each chan?
                      e    ' !Tbat gen eral statements can you make abou t each chart?



30 • • • • •                                                                     .,
UNIT 4   Education
                                                                                   ••••

                           3   Complete sentences a-g using the ph rases below.

                                                 that     respectively for examp le  how   but
                                                        which   m eanwh ile  whereas   and


                               a   The three pi.e charts illustrate .. ................ many articles [rom academk
                                   journals are read weekly by PhD students ..... .... ....... .. ju nior lecturer
                                   compare d to other students a t an Australian unjversity.
                               b   .................. the overwhelming majority of those studying doctora res read at
                                   least twelve articles per week in comparison with the average student.
                               c   The figures were 80 per cen t and twelve p er cent .. ................ .
                               d   Furthermore, only five pe r cent of PhD level students read between one and
                                   five articles, .................. th e average for all st u dent in tbis category is a hefty
                                   67 pe r cent.                                                                    .
                               e   ............. fo r junior lecturers the pattern appears to be slightly differenl.
                                   Most read six or more articles per week (99 per cen t), .... :............. out of this
                                   total 24 per cent read twelve or more, .................. is almost a third of the
                                   corresponding figure for PhD level students.
                               g   It is clear .................. those students who are re earching Jor a phD read more
                                   a rticles than either junior lecturer or other students.

                           4   The sentences in 3 form a model text. Group the sentences into foU(
                               p arag rapbs.
                               Paragraph   1:
                               Paragraph   2:
                               Paragraph   3:
                               Paragraph   4:


                           5   Descr iptions contain general and specific st atements. Specific statements
                               contain reference to data, wbereas general statements do not. Which
                               statements in 3 are general? Wh ich are specific?

                           6   Divide the following sentences into general and specific statements.
                               Examples
                               General: Postgraduate students tended to be better off than other students.
                               Specific: Seventy-five per cent of school children read comics each week.
                               a   Far fewer female lecturers as opposed to male lecturers are employed at the
                                   uruversity, 25 and 7 5 respectively.
                               b   We can see that there are considerable dHferences in t h e proportion of
                                   n ationalities in each course .
                               c   Only ten per cent of stu dents preparing for their Masters attended taught
                                   classes.
                               d   OveralL women were more likely to read novels than men .
: Technique                    e   Student s preparing for their doctorate read the greatest n um ber ofjoumal
                                   articles.
•   Aim to make at                 The sales for all fo ur comparue showed similar trends.
•   least one general          g   The pattern for senjor lecturers was v ery different.
•   statement in the           h   The vast majority of those students preparing for PhDs read twelve or more
:   middle of your text.           journal articles each week.



                                                                                                            • • ••          31
COlnpal'ing information

                              7    Rewrite th e following sentences using the giv en w ord so that the meaning
                                     the same.
                                   a     Far more PhD stu dents ,read over twelve articles a week compared with
                                         junior lecture rs.
                                         Far fewer ................................................................................................................. .
                                   b     The average student reads fe'Aret journal articles tl:1C111 th e average junior
                                         lecturer.
                                         The average juni.or lecturer ............................................................ ...................... .
                                   c     The other students at the university do not read as many articles as the
                                         average phD studen t.
                                         The average Ph D student .... ..... ... ........................................................................... .
                                   d     Junior lecturers do not have as much time to read articles as those students
                                         who are researching for a PhD .
                                         Th ose students w ho are research ing for a PhD ..................... .. .......................... .


                               Describing proportions

                              8    The phrases in the list are alternative ways of describ ing proportio ns . D ivide
                                   the lis inlo four groups that each have similar meanings.

                                         three quarters     almost half   one third    75 per cent     o ne in three
                                        nearly half   26 per cen t   48 per ce nt  about on e in fou r    33 per cent
                                               three out of four   just under one half    just over a quarter
                                                                     close to one half



                              9    These adjective-noun collocations can also be used to describe proport ions.
                                   Write the adjectives next to the correct meaning in the ta ble.

                                                   the vast majority   a tiny minority   a m assive 85 per cent
                                                         a modest twelve per cent a hefty 85 per cent
                                                      a mere tw elve per cent   the oven,vhelming majority


                                       Very big
                                       Very big (used before numbers)
                                       Very small
                                       Not v ery big (used before n umbers )

: Technique
•   V the way you
     ary
                              10   R <:w ri(~ SCfli ~n ces        a-e, replacin g the phrases h1 i talics w ,hh an                           a L~emative
                                   expression.
•   express proportions
•   - sometimes use                a     We see from the char t tha t 23 per cent of students fa iled to finish their
•   words instead of      •              university degree.
:   numbers.              •        b     In 1990, nine oul of tel! engineering st udents were male, b ut by 2000 this
                          •              figure had fa1J.en to exactly three quarters .
                                   c     In 1960, 34 per cent of se ence graduates went into the teachi ng profession
                                         but in 1970, the figu re was just ten per cen t.
                                   d     Exadly one half of the student population were members of the union in
                                         2001 , bu t live years la ter the figure was 64 per cent.
                                   e     Ninety-nvo per cent of people surveyed felt that mixed sex schools were
                                         preferable.


32 • • • • •
UNIT 4   Educatioll
                                                                                           ••••

                       11      Read th e Task 1 question bel ow and               all $ >' eT   qu~sti on s a-e.

                       Task 1
                       Tlte pie charts below show the t1l1mber of I,ours spent ill a BritislI IIniversity /ibra ry
                       by underg raduates, pos/Bradlla.les, (/lid tile .tolal siud ellt population .
Propo rt ion of all students          Proportion of undergrudl!Hltes by                            Proportion of postgraduates by
 by time spent in libra ry                  time spent in library                                       ti m e spen t in library




                                          I .1   to 7   0 8 to 14     • 15+   I
                       Su mllla rize tlIe illjtJ rmati(1/1 by . ela ting Illd repor/l'ng the main f etllll res, muf make
                       comparisons where reLevallt.


                               a   What are the similarities between postgraduate and all students?
                               b   W hat are the main differences betw een unde rgrad uate and postgraduate
                                   students?
                               c   What te n dency can you obse rve as st ude n ts move lrom undergraduate to
                                   postgra du a te?
                               d   What is th e m ost interesting feature of the three cha n
                               e   What general co n clu si ons can you draw?

                        12     Choose the most suitable alternrltive to complete the sentences bel ow about
                               the d(1{ll in 1 L
                               a   Meanwh ile, the pattern/amount/majority fo r postgraduate students w as
                                   substa n tia lly different.
                               b   Ov eralL the pattern/size/proportion of postgraduate students who spent
                                   fifteen h ours a week or more in th e library was very clo . to the entire
                                   student body who spen t 1-7 hours in the library.
                               c   Th e most striking dillerence in the data for undergraduates was that a
                                   sizeable majority/m inority/n um ber spent only 1-7 h ours per week in the
                                   library.
                               d   A majority/minority/total of undergraduates (nin e per cent) used the library
                                   for fifteen or m ore hours p er week .
                               e   There is a clear trend/progress/drift towards using the library more as students
                                   m ove towards gradua tion and post- graduation.
                                   Un dergrad uate students were less likely than postgraduate stu dents to use
                                   [h e library witH just u n der one quarter/one third/two-thirds of the forme r
                                   spending 1-7 hours ther .
                               g   About a third/quarter/minority of undergraduate students as opposed to
                                   n early a third of postgradua te stu dents spent between eight an d f urteen
                                   hours stu dyi ng.

                        13     In your own words, write         twO   sentences about eacb pie chart and one
                               summarizing senten ce .

                                                                                             ,i                      • ••           33
Task 2 Avoiding overgeneralization

                             1   Read the sent en ces below. Th en        8J1    wer qu e fion a-c.
                                     The international community should ensure that education is free for all
                                     schoolchildren.
                                 •   They should provide books.
                                 •   Parents should be encouraged           to   become involved in schools .


                                 a   How are the ideas connected?
                                 b   Do the second and third sentences support the first sentence?
     Technique                   c   What ideas an you think of to support th first sentence?
     A common
     C riticism of IELTS     2   The op inion stat e ment below is very broad. In yOUT opini on, w h ich rea on is
     candidate IS that           most approp riate?
     they overgenerallze
     III Task 2 Avoid            0  in ion sl atem Jl !: Ed u ca lion is a n1 ilj or Lx! r i n li fting people ou t o f p   ' rty
     overgeneral izlIlg by       Rea son 1: ... ince it gives peop le more ideas Clb            Ul   what t do with th e ir liv" .
     giviny lea sons.
                                 Reason 2: ,,' beca u se it gives th em grea ter opportun ities  hen they I ok for
                                           work.


                             3   A 11 of the o pi ni on statem n ts a- h below are very b road . or each sla tem e nt,
                                 d ecide vvhelh e r you ( gree or d isag ree .
                                 a   Univ r -iries should make m ore links with businesses.
                                 b   The pre en! young generation knows more rhan their previous
                                     counterparts.
                                     Teaching thin ing a t c 100) i essentiaL even at primary level.
                                 d   More time needs to be devoted to learning musi c. either during or aft r
                                     school bours.
                                 e   Phy ieaJ e d u ation i a neee ary part f th e learn ing process for all pupils.
                                     Play is a maj o r p a n of the lea rn ing pr ce         for children.
                                 g   II is impo rtan t f r ch ildren to try      [0   learn another lanquage c r ly in [h eir
                                     educa lion .
                                 h   Being bo red a n d learning to deal w ith boredom is a n ce sary p<lrt f th e
                                     le arning proces for children .


                             4   Look again a t the tatements you agreed with in 3_ Choose from th e p hrases
                                 be low 10 intens ify your opi nions and add the e to the sen ! nces yo u agreed
                                 w ith in 3.
                                 Example
                                 Jc is importallt thal universities should make more link with busine .

                                        It is impo rtant tha t  The re is no doubt that        One can not d e ny that
                                                      It is impossi ble to a rg ue ag a inst the fa ct tl1at




34               • •
4   Educa/ioll
                                                                                       ••• •••
                                                                                                            UNIT




Technique               5   Lo ok ag<lin ,1 the phrases you disag'rcec! ' ith in 3. It is p (}s~·;jbl 1 ].)11'0 $ 'Ill
When you make an            opinions as belongjng. to someone else - possibly to hide your own opinion.
opinion sta tement          Choose rr nm the phras es b e low ilnd PI (ld .r l1e s ~ to !lhl~ sent enCes you dis,l g l t'E'C]
                            w ith in 3.
that IS velY general.
make sure yot!
                                                 Some people think/feel/believe/claim/argue that
Justify It with a
                                                       Other people are of the opinion that
reason U phrases
        se
                                                    Yet other peop ~ e put forward the view that
such as /.18C8USe
and since as trigger
words.                  6   To avoid overgeneraliz8tion, give reasons. Add (he reasons below to opinions
                            a-h in 3.
                                 since it crea te s a healthy basis for later life .
                            2    (IS   it h elps the brain to funcri on better a nd increases coordination.
                            3    because children now find it more difficult to reaso n .
                            4    since they have more access ro infonnation.
                            5    bemuse it hel ps t hem intell ec tually and also heJps Lo fi nd a job.
                            6    as this would connect their research with the real world.
                            7    because interaction helps to develop social skills.
                            8    as it teache s ll, em h ow to be creat ive o n their own.


                        Developing reasons

                        7   I n lELTS, opinions and rt'clSOl'l'i should be supported with 'examp les rrom
                            your knowledge and experience ", Sentences a-c g ive three examples 10
                            support th e arg urn ent below. Match each examp le wHh the
                            description s 1-3.
                            Play is a major pari of the learl1lng process for children as it teaches litem how 10 be
                            crealit'e.
                            a    Take for exam ple children in my cou n try who lea rn mu sical g" J1l s at em
                                 earlyage.
                            b    For instance . children who draw and paint are             idely known to have
                                 grea ter spacial aw are n ess.
                            (    For exam ple. pla y can develop artistic or m usical skills .

                                 a general example
                            2    an exam ple from kno wledge
                            '3   an example froIU experien ce




                                                                                                          • ••               35
8   Develop [he ideas belo w b y a ddi ng yom own examp les like thos e in 7 on
                                pag e 35 .   the phrases in the b ox t help you.

                                                 Fo r instance,    Fo r example,  like namely
                                                        Take for exa mple   A good exampl e is


                                a   Out of sch 01 act lvili es help children develop because they can learn
                                    subjects that are not in the school curriculum .




                                b   Education is being red u ed to a production line becau e [he focus is on
                                    targe ts rather than on learning.




                                c   Travel helps to broaden the m inds f children because it helps to bring to
                                    life the things they read in class .




                                d   Priva te d ucation omplemen ts state ducation very well as it can do things
                                    state education cannot.




                                e   Su ccessful entrepren eu rs and sport s stars should teach in schools an d
                                    universities since th ey wo uld pro vide good role models for young people .




                            9   Develop three of th e sentences b elow . Use phrases to intens if I your own or
                                other ' opinions. Give your own reasons an d example ".
                                Ex ample: Too much emphasis is put on passing exam . .


 Technique                          Some people feel til I too much emphasis is put on passing exams, because
                                    pupils spend a large proportion of school time doing te sts rather than
     When you state a               learning. For example, children in some Bri tish schools prepare for tests for
     reason, think how              weeks before th e exams, bw they are n ot taught anyth ing .
     you could Illustrate
     it with examples
     U phrases slich as
       se
     For example and like       a   Foreign lan guage learning should be compulsory.
 as trrgger words.              b   Studenrs nee d   to   have go od study skills on entering un iversit y.
                                c   University lecturers need some teacher training.
                                d   Boys and girls o ught    !O   be educated in separate s hools.
                                e   Teachers' salaries need to be as high a doctor' or lawyers'.




36        ••••
UN IT   4   EdllCfll i oll

                                                                         •
•    •           •
    Practice Test 4

    Task 1
    lou shollid spend about 20 lIIinutes 011 (his (ask

       Lilli" clltlJ"t ,/IOII'S {he 11Ijhcsl qllalifiD1tit'J} all,7incd by Sf'S IlJ/"
    Tile                                                                                    tilL' '<,r/,:il};) lI!F~
    pOpUllllioJl in Wales i112001l2002.

    Sum mari ze the infonHati01J by 5eleC:lil1g and reporting the IIwin reatures, and m ake
    com parisoll s where releval1t.

    Write (I( least! 50 words.


                                     Highest quali fications attained: by sex,
                                       for w orking age population 200 1/02

                 Percentages
            30-,--------------------------~=_--~==========~
                                                                                I_ Ma les     ~   Fema les    1

            20-+----------------------


            10




             5
                     Degree o r     Highe r         GeE A level GCSE grade     Other             No
                     equivalent    education       or equivalent  A"-C or  q ualifications qualifications
                                  qua lification                 equivalen



    Task 2
    YOll should spend abollt 40 mil/ute'S 017 this task.
    Writ", about rhe following topic:

    SOJlle people beliere thnt competitive sports, both teaJII alia inail'ialla/, !Jave 110 place
    intlte ,'c111JOl' ' IJniculllllJ. HL'I!' fill' c rOil tlgree or disag ree?
                                                    iL'

    Give reasons for your answer and iI/elude allY rdel'al/t examples from your OWI1 knowledge or
    experience.
    Write at least 250 wards,




                                                                                                                           37
U N IT



      5        •
                   Youth
                                      •••••                                                           ••••••
                   Unit aims
                   Task 1                                      T 2
                                                                ask
                   Describmg changes                           Develop ing and JustifYing opinIons
                   Describing locations                        Writing introductions




                   Task 1 Describing changes

                       Read the comments by three people talk i ng about toe [o w n where they grew
                       up. Answ er the questions be low.


                            Dave
                            I r emember there wasn 't much to do her when I was growing up . My
                            frien ds and I u sed to J USl han g around in the park, getting into trouble.
                            These day s th ere 's much more here [or young peopl e. Fo r instan ce, the
                            coullcil opened the ice rink, the leislIr centre. all d the skate park las I year. I wis h
                            I' d had things like tbat to keep me entertained.

                            Sandra
                            One of the lhings I used to really like about this area was th e peace and
                            q ui.et. It was so safe fo r us as kids . We cou ld play in the sIre ts or in the
                            nearby woods and fields. They buill a bypass alld all indllstrial estate a few
                            years ago, and there's been a lot more traffic and developmen t since . I
                            don' t feel it's safe for m y children, aQd I'd like to move away.
                            Tom
                            Well, you can' t stand in the way of change, I suppose. Yes, peop le 1 00
                            at the town now and say it's oat as prett y or peaceful as it was in the pasL
                            I suppose thaI 'S tru e. Even so, there are more jobs and opportun ities
                            now than there w ere when I ,;va a teenager. I guess you can 't h ave on e
                            w ith out losing tb e o th er.


                       a    For each speaker, do they think things were better or worse when they
                            were yo ung? Wh y?
                       b    What changes have occurred to the p lace you corne froro? Do you think
                            they are positive or negative ch anges?
                       c    How could you express the phrases in italics in a more formal wa y .
                       ct   Imagine you are a young person moving to a new town. Whi ch facilities in
                            th e lis ! be lm'v would be important to you?

                               go lf course       skate park      thea t re    rfJilw<:Jy station    co ncert hilil
                                      gal le ry    stadium       ice rink     pa rk      college     airport




38        ••
UN IT   5   YOIl/ll




                                 2     The map s below sh ow ch.anges th.at Look plac in Youngsvill in ew Zealand
                                       over a 25-year p eriod from 1980 to 2005. Answ er th e fa ll wi ng question
                                       a    Wbat is th e m ost n oticeable differen ce between th e two maps?
                                       b    Was the town more or less residential in 2005 compared to 1980?
                                            Were there more or fewer trees in 2005?
                                       d    ,'ere the changes dramatic or negligible over tl le 25 -year period?
                                       e    Wh a t w ere the two bigges t changes north of the; river?
                                       (    What happened to the houses and trees along the railway line south of
                                            the river?

                                                                                       99 ~
                                                                N                                                                        N
 9 9 99 9                                                       t                                                                         t
H~i~
 •
  9 .
                 999
                                                                               H~P;~
                                                                               •                 Park
                                                                                                                Stadi um

                                                                                                                   ~              Manna

                 9               ~
  School
               .9.
           River Alanah


               tt1        tI'1
                                      . 9
                                      tI'1
                                           "'''''''1   Railway
                                                       station
                                                                                School              ~           a=m
------------~---=-
~~-.;-~ t 9
   . : : :-                                                                    ~              I!mtm
                                                                                              Warehouse
                                                                                                                   111
             t 9
Airport9woodland9                                                              Airport
                                                                                             "-"-
                                                                                                             Skyscrapers


~ rJ 9 9 9 fi9                                                  1980           ~
                                                                                              Factories
                                                                                                                   111                        2005

                                 3     Complete the model text below. Use one ";lOrd frOIll lb' following list
                                       to comp lete each blank space. The first one has bL'l'll dDne [or y i;ll.

                                                 houses   experienced     noticeable                    factories        freVei-tt?fflents
                                                  comparison    residential    co rner                   facilities      COllstr"uction


                                 Model text


                                     1he maps Dnow the I .0.0.'~!9.p.m.~.n~.                  sprang up around the airport and 5(.hoo.
                                     ~h ic.h tool:: plaa. in the- c.oastal to" n of          01'111 a fevl k e.es nodn of tile. river remained,
                                     Y ounysville between IqgO and 2005                       1he ~oodand waD c.le.are< to maKe wa-,
                                     In IqSO, the. town -laD a muth grnner                   for a par~, a golf WUITl-, and L2r par~in9
                                     2. •••••••••••• ••• ••• are-a witn a large. number of    I ..... ,........ ... . Further dw' lopmenh were.

Technique                            treeD and individual houses, but during                  the 0 ..... ... ... ... .... of a stadium near the
                                     tne ne"1-i 25 ie.arD the town ~ ................. .       no!il1-easP ............ ...... of1heaKf. nd a
In order to identify
                                     a number of dramatic. c.hangeD.1he mODt                   newDtrekn of railwai from the river running
changes, study the
maps and number                      ~ ,..... ............ i" that all of the trees 50Uth     airutl'! nortl1. A marina ~ao also built at the
the changes on the                   of tne, Z-iver AI anah were Gut aO'Mn, with                OLrth of the river.
~ eciJrl d Ol le. Think              all the. ' ....... ,........ ,. along th~' railVlai      Overall , a 10 •••••••• , .. ... . ' of the two mapo
of some general                      line being I::noG::u down and replaced bi              reveals a change from a largel,! rural to a
statements, and                      sKiscrape.ri> More.ove.r, a new industrial               mainl urban landscape.
nlake notes.                         estate. w " .................. and ~ arenouses
                                                  ilD

                                                                                                                                           •         39
4   Tran sform Ihe sentences b elow by chang ing the n ouns i_ lO verb an d using
                                                                                       n
                            Ihe passive. Refer [0 page 7 for m ore information on Rr!/aled verbscl11d JlOlllLS.
                            Example
                            There we re Sp f'clacllla r changes in th e are,1.
                            Th e area was changed spe ct acu larly.
                            a   There were dramatic developments in the town centre.

                            b   There was a complete transfonnation of the n ighbourhood.

                            c   Th ere vva a tOt al reconstruction of th e residen ti al area .

                            d   There was a total redeve lopment of th old fa tori es .

                            e   There ·vas a rebuildi ng of the old houses.

                                There was a com plete modernization of the entertainmenr district .
 Technique
 Do not just describe
 the map or maps        5   Look again at Ihe sentences you                    Wl'O fte   in 4. Whi ch coul d b e rewritten in the
 Describe the               active fonn?
 developments that
 took place.            6   Re ;vrit e sentences a-h be low u iog ynonym from th e model                            I Xl   in 3.
                            a   Th e maps sh o w changes wh ich OCCllITed between 1980 and 200 5.

                            b    Very few trees       <II   re lef t.

                            c    Over the nexl 25 ye ars, all these hous es were delllolished.

                            d   The single dwellings were replnced by skyscrapers .

                            e   The trees Here chopped down .
                                           ,'

                                The area wimessed d ramatic manges .

                            g    The woodland gave way                   lO a golf   COllrse.

                            h    A m ari na   W iiS   also constructed


                        7   P u t th e verb' below i nto the correCl fo m1 . AU of th e changes took pl ace
                            b tween 2000 and 2005.
                            Exam ples
                            Th e block of flats .~?'1.?~.~.r:r.~. (turn) into a hote l. (p assive)
                                                                  .
                            Th e block of fla ts .. ~~.0.~ ~~y' .. (mak e way ) for a hote l. (acliv e)
                            a    The row of old hOlls es .... .. ,......... .. (knock down) to make way for a road .
                            b    The fore st ................ .. (CU I down) 10 build a railway.
                            c    The area .................. (redevelop) completely.
                            d    The fact o ry .... .... .......... (COnvert) into an art gaUery.
                            e    Th city entre .................. (und ergo) a total transformation .
                                 Th e row of old t rraced hous es in the cil Y .................. (pull down ) and
                                 .................. (replace ) b y a block of flats .
                            g    A sport complex .... ........ .. . (conslruCl) in the suburbs.
                            h    A number of spectacular changes ..... , ............ (take place).
                                 The 'w hole centre of tbe town ............ ...... (transform) by ne w eveJopments.


40    II
               •
UNIT   5   YOll/I,
                                                                               •
8    Which of th e foll o wi ng cannot be used to rep lace the phrase Betwem 2000 <111
     20057

     a    Over the period                                     c Fro m 2000 to 2005
     b    During the fiv e year period                        d Over th e past Li ve years

 9   The pa t p erfect (h(/d done) can also b e u sed to descri be changes occurring
     before a sp ecjfjc [LIn in th e p ast. Look at the example . Then insert By 2005
     allhe begin ning o f each sen tence in 7 and adjust each senten ce .
     Exa mples
     By 2005, the block of flats had been fUmed into a hotel. (passive)
     By 200 , the block of flats had made way for a h otel. (active)


 Describing locations

10   It is so m et Lmes importan t to st ate loca tion s cl early on a map . Read tbe
     examp les. Then ans wer the question s a-g abou t th e m ap o n p age 39 using
     th e phrases in th e box.
     Exa mple
     Only a few trees 110rc/7 oflhe river remained.
     Where is the golf course? It is norrh-wes/ of rile lake.

         south of the river    beside the railway line   in the south-west of the town
                      north of the skyscrapers    south of the [Jolf course
                      south-west of ~he stadium      north-east of the lake


     a    Whe re are lhe skyscrapers? They are ............ .. ............... .
     b    Where is tb e stadium? It is ........... _ .. _
                                                   ." ........... .
     c    Where is rhe lake? It is .............. .. ........ .. ... .
     d    Where is the hospital? It is ..................... " ...... .
     e    W here is the ra ilway sta tion? It is .......... .. ................. .
          Where is the airport? It is ...... .. ............ .. ....... _
     g    W here is the school? It is .... .. .... .... ... ._ ... _ .
                                                              .. ....


11   Comple te the following sen fences by choos ing the c rreel preposi tions of
     p lace from th e alte rn aliv s .
     a    Several changes took plac al/in/olllh town of Northgate.
     b    North of the tOwn, there is a lake su rrounded in/of/by tree
     c    A number of new hou ses we re built besidelarlolilhe railway line .
     d    There was a large indusuial area located ontilliat the north .
     e    A new railway was constructed which ranfroll/laflill north to soulh .
     f    Two new hote ls were erected on/ill /at the banks of the riv r.
     g    A large n umber of new vi llas were built besidelmlro lhe sea.
     h    A yachti ng cl ub was set lip oll/il//ot the shor s of the lake .
          A number of wind turbine s were placed in the sea, just l~fflollIlO the
          coastline.



                                                                                                          41
Tas 2 Developing and
                                                                I get better resu Its.           jus tifying opini ons
                                                                I should get more.
                                                                                                 1       Loo k ilt t he p ictures and
                                                                                                         the l e !. An we r th
                                                                                                         ques tio n s b el w .
                                                                                                         a    Which person do you
                                                                                                              agre e with?
                                                                                                              Do you agree with the
                                                                                                              justification for each
                                                                                                              person's opinion.
                                                                                                         c    Is this situation the
                                                                                                              same all over the
                                                                                                              w orld?
     I shoul d get paid
        more -I have
     m o re ex peri en ce.


                             2   Read the fo Uovv ing Ta k 2 question, tb en an wer ques t i on s a·-b.


                                     Emplo)'!!rs shollid pal )'0 111'1,1} people tIl l!.   St}J)/1!   .ml'll }· t}~ older
                                     colleagues doing the sOlllejvb .

                                     To wlwt extent do .1'0 11 agree or di.~·ag ree ?



                                 a   Do you hav to stro ngly agree or disagree? Is is possible to rake a neutra l
                                     view?
                                 b   Rewrite the ·tatemeDl in your own w ords. Begin with Young employees . . ..


                             3   Read a-g, tak en front 3J l illwwer to th e qrUE'slj on in 2, l1.atcl1 ea h sentence or
                                 p <1.rt-senten ce wi.th the correct function from the list. The first one bas b e en
                                 don e for you .

                                                   Contradiction   E >~ plan a ti o n  Result       Examp le
                                                          Reason I x 2)     8piflto-frSt-8"!en'ieI'Tt

                                 a   Ma ny p eople beli eve tha t workers sh ould be paid
                                     according to age ra th er than merit.
                                 b   How ve r, I feel that they should be paid according                     TO
                                     result .
                                 c   Take for example someone in their twenties workin in a
                                     financial company.
                                 d   They deserve to recei e the same salary . ..
                                 e   '" becau e they are doing the same work.
                                     Moreover, young people nowadays are often fa ter at
                                     doing things than their older work colleague ' . ..
                                 g   . .. which compensates for Jack of experience.




42      •
UNIT   5   Yo 1111,

                                                                      •
4   Under line the iinl<ing phrases in 3 which in dicate the function                       'o u ho e.

5   Using the sen tences in 3 a a model, write a paragrap h express ing your own
    op inion in response to the question in 2 . Use appropriat linking phrases.

6   Read th e Task 2 q u.estion and the model answer belo,-!. For each o f 1--6, two
    options are possible a.lld one is incorrect. D el te tb e inco rre t op ti on.

         SOllie people feclthat YOllJlg people fa ce fillY/: presSllres todm' OW/I
         the equivaleJlt age groups did il1 previous gCllcral'iL)lIs . Othas Il1il11<
         thalilley have a much easier life thon their parcHts did. 'I V/Jal i~ your
         opinion?




Model text
                                                     9&11erations. "3 FurihtrmoreiLiktwi5t~Ancl,
life for the 'joung in toda'j' 5 world is in
                                                     there. is inc.rea5e.d mobilit'j of pe.ope. In tne
some wais c.e.rtainli more c.omfortable.
                                                     international job mar'Ke.t. ~'Kiled 'lor'Ker~
tn.;m for those in previous gene-rations.
                                                     move from tl1e far £.a5t to £.urope.. ndia,
 However!fv1orwver/£ven so, one c.annot
                                                      4 for inManc.e/also!in parfic.ular. nas a .
 ae.ni tne fad tnat in a number of a:e.as
                                                      large. pool of mobile 5'Killea 'lorlCw,. 115
 life is muc.n more- demanding than It Uf>ed
                                                      globali~tion ofjob511a5 'j C;O()$tqutntly!
 to be.                                                howtvtr!as d result put intense pressure.
 la'Ke tne wor'Kplac.e, for e'f.ample.                 on iOU119 people af> the.i 5earc.h for ~or~
  Competition for e.ver'jjob if> 110~ fierc.e. in     in tneir home GOuntrie.5. I. 1hus!5o!
  all parts of the orld. not just de.velope.a           Substqutntly. it i5 no longer a c.a5e. of just
  c.oUntrie5, 2- whilelbec.auseias '1 oun 9             be.ing gooa:'jollng people are e;~pede<1 to
  people. are mor o,ualifie<1 tnan previou5             be top rate..



7   Decide which functions are indicated by the correct linking phrases in 6.
    1 a     contrast                       b re u lt                       c   ad ilion
    2 a     contrast                       b reason                        c result
    3 a addition                           b contrast                      c    result
    4 a     contrast                       b addition                      c   exampl
    5 a result                             b contrast                      c   reason
    6 a example                            b reason                        c   conclusion




                                                                                             ••           43
8    Read the st atements below and in each case cont.rc
                                                                                 lllic( uhcnl. Begin by l si !) !.,
                               one offoll o wing expressions in Ihe box.

                                                      Nevertheless, I feel.. . Howeve r, I think ...
                                                                Personally, I be : ieve ...
                                                                                 l
 Technique
                               a       Many feel that young people ha y oluc 1 more influence in the world than
 When developing                       their counterpart in the pas!.
 and Justlfymg
 OpiniOnS, you do
 not need 10 tell              b       According to some people, older wor 'ers are just a equipped to deal with
 the truth. iv1ake a                   the modern w orld as young people .
 statement and use
 linking phrases
 as tngger words               c       Some people a re of the opinion that advertising sh ould not be banned in TV
 to think up and                       programm s directed a t young p eople.
 orqanize ideas.


                          Writing introductions

                          9    R ead the Task 2 q uestions and .i nlIocluctions bel ow. Match each introd ucti on
                               a---<   with one of (he questions    1-4 .

                                       All forms of med ia but especially films and TV programmes sh uld be
                                       censored to prate t young people. To what extent do you agre '?
                               2       The younger generarion are the main driving force behind many of the
                                       latest technological developments . How far do you agree-?
                               '3      Blogs on the web are very effective ways for people to expres_ their ideas
                                       and reliev tensions.      hat is your opinion?
                               4       The modern emphasis on computer redu              the de velopment of any
                                       creative abilit y. How far do you agre


                               a       It is ce n ainly importan l to mal'e sure th at people arc prnlc(lcci Imlll
                                       ha rmful mnl erial in various media . Howev er, J feel th at care n eed   10   be
                                       taken in doino so f r ariou reason s.
 Technique
                               b       In some areas. i1 does appear that computers redt! e creativity. but 1 also feel
     Keep your
     Introductions shon                they can be used as a tool to develop cr ative abiH t)' in many Ii Id .
     VVnte only one or         c         hile the youth of today definitely have an impa ct on the way new
     two sentences
                                       [echnology dev lops, there are other factors involved.

                          10   Fo r th e remaining tlll e,   it 'our ow n int rodu tion . Try to paraphrase the
                               statement illl11e title in on e sentence, an d then write another statement to
                               show h oy y ou inte nd to organize your essay.




44
UN IT 5     l'o llllJ
                                                                                • •
••   ••    •
          Practice Test 5
                            ••             •• •
          Task 1
          You should spend abou I20 m inurcs 011 this task.

          The m aps belol' sholl' the c1wnges that han, t.7J.:cn plocc at tl7C se aside resort of
          Ternpletol1 bctwee111990 and 2005.

          Summan"ze the informatio11 by selectil1f) and reportinf) tile main features, and make
          C(llJ1 p;,.nisul1s Hil,erI' relevant.




                             -
          Write at ie(1S1} 50 wNds.


                                                 9                       9~choo,14 t                   9
           f1f1
             9              ~                  ~f1Q                     .-J"    III   a III   _HOsPital


                     9ITf1 9  f1~      y
                             99 ~
           _tQ tt~t~2   9 9 -11 'f.tstation
                          9
            N

            t                                                                                             1990




                                                                                               _      HOsPit al




                                                                                                          Ferry
                                                                                                          2005


          Task 2
          YO li shouid spend ab0 11 1.f O mi ilLiles ,1 Ji. Ihis task
          Write aboll t the fallol,vill zJ !opiC.'
          YoulIg people are milch 1rI00·e {/ware of and concerned about issues like the
          cl1virOl'l1l1ellt, poverty, and animal welfare Ihall previ,,1/.' gl!l1i."1"atiofls. WhClt is your
          OVII opil1iOJ"I?


          Giw rf,1$[>I15 for y our {i I/s,ver mul iil c/I/de allY relevant examples/rom YOllr own kl1O.l'!edge or
          experieJl ce.
          Write at least 250 lyards.

                                                                                                   •• •              45
U N IT




II
      6
      •••
              Culture
                                                    •••••••••••••••
              Unit aims
              Task 1                                          T 2
                                                               ask
              Concluct ing statements                         Expressing advantages and disadvantages
              Concession {11                                  Advantage and disadvantage vocabulary
                                                              Concession (2)

                              •••••
              Task 1 Concluding statements

              1   Ra nk the ideas in the list below 1-10 according to how important th ey are in
                  de veloping understanding between different cultm es (1 = most important;
                  10 = lease important). Think of examples to justify Y0ul ideas.
                                   organized stude nt exchan ges
                                   l:ll1gu a ge learnin g
                                   international tra de agreem ents
                                   similar cl im a te and landscape
                                   joint cultural events
                                   tm ns pon links
                                   tourism
                                   shared scientific and technological know-how
                                   positive media images
                                   similarities in lifestyle and cuhure

              2   Which of the ideas in 1 can be carried out by individuals? which can be
                  carried au( by governments? Which are difficult to change?

              3   Statements a-c were used to conclude descriptions of data. Put the words in
                  italics in the conect order.
                  a    It is clear that JII1?jcnilylpc·L'plel oven'.'/'lZlminqlof/theh-l·cre/,lfljm.·(1J!rim sL·bl )()1
                       visits between countries.

                  b    OveralL just over half tIl e people su rveyed fou od the climate in the tropics
                       the m05·t difficult thing to ildapt to, alnlll llbcrlwithh"Jil l111cr-l nam illgl all dl
                       lij~'sryle/food.



                   c   The lhree languages in question, Spanish, Arabic, and Ch inese, w ere n amed
                       as iJll ~Jortl1nt/th ellq r1B 1 1 '?3fS I/Jl:)SI after En glish by ab,; H!l of!eq unllpeop lelJi li m bers.



              4   An sw er these questions about the sentences in 3.
                  a    Wh ich topic in I do they rdatr' to?
                  b    Which pie chart 1-4 on p8gl' 47 vvonld be a good illu stra ti on of ea ch
                       concluding stateme nt in 3? esc the proportions in each sen ten ce to
                       help you.

46
UNIT   6   CII 1/11 re

                                                                                               •

·1




                          5   Pie charts are frequently used to summarize dat a. Therefore, th ey can often
                              by used as the basis for concluding statements. Match each of th e foll owing
                              conclusions to one of the pie charts 1-4 above.
                              a   To conclude. only a small minority of people felt that the language banier
                                  would preven t the development o( cultural links .                       .
                              b   It is eviden t th a r opinions are split almost equally between the three options
                                  as regards the benefits of joinr cultural venture s.
                              c   It would seem th at the vast maj ority o f peop le th ink tha r rhe development
                                  of trade links has the greatest impact on international relations.
                              d   Just under hall the peopie surveyed are of the opinion that China wou L be
                                  th e biggest cultural influence in tbe w orld by 2020 .
                              e   Abou t ha ll of the holida y makers visited ltaly because they were interested
  Technique                       in the art and culture, wh ereas the food and the climate were named as he
  Aim to Include                  most important factors by approximately equal numbers of the remaining
  several key features            tOlJ rists in the survey.
• In your description:
• a paraphrase of
  the question. a
                          6   Rewrite the sentences below using a suitable phrase from [h Ii {.
  proportion phrase,                     nearly a third   almost equal numbers   the vast majo r ity
  some comparison.                          a tiny minority   just under half nearly two-thirds
  some general and
  specific statement s.       Examples
  and a concluding
                              Govemmen t su bsidies accounted for 63 per cent of all funding.
• statement.
                              Govemmen t su bsidies accounted for nearly two-thirds of all funding.
                              a   Eighty-seven per cent ofholiday makers to China were v ery satisfied with their
                                  experience.


                              b   It is clear th at about 50 per cent of both sexes favoured increased cultural
                                  contacts.

                              c   Only eleven percent offilmgoers tho u gh t films helped promote cultural
                                  awaren ess .

                              d   In conclusion, th e trend is clearly upward w i th 47 per cent of companies
                                  establishing new trade and cultural links in 2005 .

                              e   To sum up, 32 per cem of all tourists were on some form of package holiday.



                          7   Look again at the Sl'm ences in 3,5, and 6. Make a lis t ofphra es which are
                              used to in dicate conclusions.

                                                                                                     ••                 47
The table below shows tile age profili! ofro.llrisls 011 backpack ing h olidays am
                                    guided tou rs in Ne w Zealand in 2005, (/11£1 the pie chart gives the satisfaction
                                    rating of their slay.
   Sat isfaction rating
        Not sure                     Age profile               Backpacking             Gujde d     tOU-r5

                                     18-30                     62%                     7%
                                     3 1~0                     23%                     22%
                                     41-50                     10%                      57%
                                     Other                     5%                       14%

                                    SWJlmari::<, tile infllrlll'arioJl bJ" si!leC-l iJlg ml(/ repo,1ing   the maln featu res, alld
                                    make wll1pa";sons where relevdll1.




                           8    Read the Task 1 question and an swer questions a-c .
                                a      How does the age prof.ile of people on each holiday type differ?
                                b      W hich age group is almost equally represented on each type of holiday?
                                c      How would you d escrib the opinion of the majorit y of visitors?


                           9    Complete (he model (ext wit h verbs from the box. The firs t gap ha been
                                done for you.

                                                        comes     accounts for  bel ong               prevtdes
                                                          enjoyed    is rated m ake up                include


                           Model text


                               1he. table I .J?~R0g~.~.. a bre.a::down            s .... .. ....... ".. to 41-'50 iear-olds.1hese
                               ~ ~eluted age group of those on                     people (; .................. 51 per c.ent of those.
                               ba(.::pac.::ing and gUided tours in New           on gUided tours, despitl', aa.ounting for
                               l.ealand in 200'5, with the pie c.hart              onli ten per c.ent of bac.::pac.::ers.
                               indic.ating whether the.i 1. •.• .•• .....•.••.••   e>i c.ontrast the profiles for botl1
                               their holida'j.                                     bac.::pac.l::ing and gUided tours
                               Au c.an be seen from the table. the age             1 .................. roughli equal proportions
                               profile of people on the two different              from the 31-40 age group: Z.3 and Z.2 per
                               "tipes of holidai varies c.onsiderabli- For         c.ent resped ivel'{ .
                               e~mple, the majorlti «(,z. per c.ent) of
                                                                                   It is c.e<lr from the pie c.hart that New
                               tl1ose. on bac.::pac.::ing holidai£               l.e.aland S ............ . ..... as a popular
                               ? ................ .. to the IS-3D age range,
                                                                                   holidai destinatiol1 among the majori~
                               but the 5ame age group < ••••• •••••• •• ••••      of all holida,{-mal::ers, with a massive 53
                               3 small proportion (seven per c.e.nt) of
                                                                                   per c.ent from both groups stating the'{
                               tl1ose. on gllided tours. 1oweve.r, the            enjoied their holida'{
                               pattern is the c.omplete reverse w it       hen


                          10    which phlase is used to indicat e a concl uding statement in th e m odel text?




48 • • • • •
UNIT    6    Culture
                                                                                                                ••••••
                        Concession (1)

                       11   Read the example sentences below. Then answer questions a-c.
                            Examples
                            Fifty-seven per cent of people on guided tours were aged 41-50, although only
                            leD per cent of backpackers belonged to this age group ..
                            Fifty-se ven per cent of people on guided tours were aged 41-50. Nevertheless,
                            only ten per cem of backpackers belonged to this age group.
                            a   Which linldng phrases are used to in troduce a contrast?
                            b   How are th e phrases u sed d.ifferently?
                            c   Find three examples of similar phrases in the model text in 9. Which
                                phrases in the example sentences are they like? Which phrase can only e
                                used before a Doun or an -il1g form?

                       12   M,ltch a-e below with suitable follow-ons 1-5 to create correct statements
                            abom the data in 8.
                            a   Despite accounting for nearly eq ual proporti ons of each holiday type.
                            b   Althougli people age d 4 1- 50 were dominant on guided tour ',
                            c   Gui ded tours were leas t popular among people in the 18- 30 age group.
                            d   One in ten people said that they didn't enjoy their boliday.
                            e   Only fou rteen per cent o f peopl e (rom the 'oth er' category chose guided
                                tours.
  Technique                     th ey still accounted for one in ten backpackers.
  Show that you can         2   Nevertheless, m ost clearly expressed satisfa ction .
                            3   this age group still accounted for under a quarter of each.
• combine ideas into
  complex sentences.        4   However, th at was still a higher proportion than th e J 8- 30 age group .
                            S   bllt they were most popular with the oldest grou p.


                       13   Join each of the following sentences using the phrase given.
                            a   The vast majority of visitors to Britain come from Europe. However, they
                                stay for fewer than ten days on average.
                                Although ... ... ... .. .. .. ............................................. .. ................................................... .
                            b   Forty-five per cem of people speak a foreign language. Neverthele s. the
                                vast majorit y are at a low level.
                                Although fo rty · five per cent ................................................................................ .
                            c   It has good weather. Howev er. southern Fran ce is visited by only two per
                                cem of Asian tourists.
                                Despite .. ........ .. ... ..... .. ........ .. ............................................. .
                            d   The cost of student exchange s w ent up . N evertheles~
                                exchanges rose .
                                The number of stud enr exch anges ............................ .. ~
                            e   The event w as promoted to te enagers. Neve rtheless~
                                only 32 per cent of the audience.
                                Although ............. .. .. .................................... .... .. ..;... .. ... ... .




                                                                                                                                         • • •                  49
Task 2 Expressing advantages and disadvantages

            1   Look at the photos of popular electronic items. Which ideas in the box
                explain the popularity of each item in the pictures? What do you think the
                next electronic craze will be?

                                   size design   portability          technology
                               business need entertainment            fashion   price


            2   Read the Task 2 question below. Then answer the questions.

                    Portable entertainment devices, such as MP3 or DVD-players, which allow
                    people to listen to music or watch films on the move, are now commonplace.
                    What do you think are the main advantages and disadvantages of this
                    development?

                a   Which part of the question states the general subject?
                b   Which part of the question contains the organizing words?

            3   Decide whether each idea below is an advantage or a disadvantage. Which
                entertainment devices would you associate them with?
                a   It helps people to relax.
                b   It allows people greater freedom.
                c   It reduces communication.
                d   It makes life more enjoyable.
                e   It makes entertainment more accessible everywhere.
                    It makes people more isolated.
                g   It is a nuisance for other travellers.
                h   It makes people less sociable.

            4   Complete each sentence a-fwith a word from the box.

                            help     difficult   interfere    benefits     ideal    enable

                a   These devices bring a number of .................. .
                b   The main one, in my opinion, is that they .................. people relax, for
                    example, while they are studying or working in cafes or on trains.
                c   Some people find it .................. to do so when it is completely quiet outside
                    their homes.
                d   So these devices .................. people to relax and create a familiar
                    environment.
                e   Sometimes, however, they do .................. with others if the volume is too
                    high, hence the quiet zones in many trains.
                f   Nevertheless, laptops, etc are .................. , because they allow people to do
                    things where they want to rather than being restricted to working at home.

            5   Decide whether the words in 4 express advantage or disadvantage.

            6   The sentences in 4 form a paragraph taken from an answer to the Task 2
                question. Answer questions a-c
                a   Which sentence in 4 expresses a disadvantage?
                b   Which linking phrases are used in 4?
                c   Which ideas from 3 are used in the paragraph?



50   ••••
UNIT   6   Culture
                                                                                ••••••••

                        7   The paragraph below is taken from a similar answer. Complete the
                            paragraph with words from the box.

                                                     even if likewise for example though
                                                          consequently and although


                                The main drawback is. in my opinion, quite obvious. Take I ................. .
                                people of all ages who are travelling on trains nowadays. 2 ................. they
                                are reading, they are plugged into the radio. talking on their mobiles, or
                                listening to music on their MP3-players. 3.................. , others are playing
                                games, watching a film, and working simultaneously, even 4 ................ ..
                                they have friends next to them to talk to. 5........ ........ .. this allows people
                                greater freedom and flexibility 6 .............. .... takes away the boredom of
                                journeys, people are becoming more and more isolated in their own
                                worlds. 7 .... .............. , the an of communication is being lost.



                        8   Answer these questions about the paragraph in 7.
                            a   Does this paragraph concentrate on an advantage or a disadvantage?
                            b   Which ideas does this paragraph mention from the list in 3 on page 50?
                            c   Underline the main advantage and disadvantage in the paragraph.


                        Advantage and disadvantage vocabulary

                        9   Nouns can be used to express advantage and disadvantage. Complete
                            sentences a-g with words from the box.

                                                   benefit        problems opportunities chance
                                                                handicap drawbacks gain

                            a   Not knowing a foreign language has its .................. , such as when one tries
                                 to make contact with people in other countries.
                            b    Visiting other countries gives people a ........... ....... to experience cultures first
                                 hand.
                            c   The financial .................. to any nation exceeds all other benefits.
                            d   If people take time to find out about the country they are travelling to, they

    Technique                    will face fewer ................ .. .

  Use nouns. verbs          e   These days not having access to the web to find out what is going on is a
  and adjectives.                serious .................. .
  such as benefit and            Cultural exchanges offer enormous .................. to the nations involved.
• drawback. which
• express advantages        g    Being culturally aware is of great ..... ............. in business.
  and disadvantages
  as trigger words to       Adjectives can also be used to emphasize advantage and disadvantage. Does
• help you plan.            the word serious in ge emphasize advantage or disadvantage?



                                                                                                       • • ••            51
11   Decide whether each adjective in the box expresses advantage or
                 disadvantage.

                                     66.6f1t6geeus   beneficial   useful    worthless
                                       invaluable  difficult  helpful    convenient


                 Advantage:
                 Disadvantage:

            12   Write the opposite of each of the adjectives in 11. Where possible, add or
                 remove a prefix or suffix to create the opposite.
                 Example
                 advantageous

            13   Verbs can also indicate advantages and disadvantages. Complete the
                 following sentences in your own words.
                 a   International arts festivals encourage ................................................................... .
                 b   Lending artworks to other countries improves .................................................... .
                 c   Films and concerts enhance ................................................................................... .
                 d   To enable children to value their heritage, ....... .................................................. .
                 e   Personal links can benefit ....................................................................................... .
                     Ignorance of other people's traditions can handicap ......................................... .
                 g   To prevent countries falling out with each other, ............................................... .

             Concession (2)

            14   Read sentences 1 and 2 and answer the questions a and b.
                 1   Although the vast majority of electronic devices are very usefuL they are
                     also highly annoying.
                 2   Despite being highly annoying, the vast majority of electronic gadgets are
                     very useful.
                 a   Which word introduces the concession in each case?
                 b   Which sentence emphasizes the advantage? Which emphasizes the
                     disadvantage?

            15   Complete sentences a-e with words from the box.

                                  nevertheless             however           despite          although           but


                 a   .................. listening to music on CDs is very pleasant, it is not as good as a
                     live concert.
                 b   Documentaries are invaluable sources of knowledge ................... , they need
                     to be entertaining as well as informative.
                 c   .................. the large numbers of tourists, ancient buildings and temples are
                     still inspiring places to visit.
                 d   Sculptures can make gardens and public spaces attractive ................... , they
                     are expensive to look after.
                 e   Arts exhibitions show the public artefacts they would not normally see,
                     .................. at a price.



52   ••••
UNIT   6   Culture
                                                                        •••••••• •••••
• • • • • ••    •                              ••••••••••
               Practice Test 6

               Task 1
               You should spend about 20 minutes on this task.

               The table below shows how young people in Tokyo, Japan, listened to music over the
               previous month. The pie chart shows a record company's international findings about
               whether people preferred live or recorded music.
               Summarize the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make
               comparisons where relevant.

               Write at least 150 words.

                                        Live music        MP3-players    Internet        CDs
                Male                    60 %              79 %           55 %            19%
               Female                   44 %              40 %           42 %            22 %



                                Preference
                                   4%




                    EI Live   • Recorded   0 Don't know




               Task 2
               You should spend abou t 40 minutes on this task.
               Write about the following topic:

               It is important for travellers and business people to understand the cultures they come
               into contact with, however briefly. What are the main advantages of doing so? What
               do you think is the main disadvantage of not doing so?

               Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from you r own knowledge or
               experience.
               Write at least 250 words .




                                                                                          • • ••           53
UN I T



              Arts and sciences
                                                                            ••••••
              Unit aims
              T 1
               ask                                            Task 2
              Adverbs                                         Discllssing other people's opinions
              Using adverbs to evaluate data                  Hypothesizing
              Avoiding irrelevance

                                                                                     ••••••
              Task 1 Adverbs

              1       Read these conflicting views about scientists moving to rich countries,
                      Answer questions a-c.
                      The 'brain drain' of skilled workers like scientists and techni~ians to rich
                      econon 1ie5 is morally wron g.
                      People should have greater freedoDI to work where Lhey want. Surely. it's a
                      I e,-s.mal m atter.

                      a   Which vie ws do    y t.l·ll   agree with?
                      b   Is [his 'brain drain' a new phenomenon. or has it been around for a long time?
                      c   Should somdhing be done about the situation or is it uns roppable ?

              2       Read the Task 1 questi.on below. Then answer questions a-e.


                                            Sources of funding for R&D in the UK                        o Govem m ent I
                  -                  ,
              1999
                                                                                      I                 • Bus in ess
                                                                                                        o Overseas
                                     I

              2000
                  -

              200 1
                                                                                                    I
                                     ,
                                     I                                                I             I               I
                                     10                 20             30             40            50                  60

              The cha rt abOlJe shows sources of funding for researCH and devel'opmen t (R&D)
              in tile UKfronJ 1999 to 2001. The table below SllOWS tlte percentage of natio11al
              income spent on R&D for a range of collntries.

               Proportion of national income allocated to R&D (1999)
               UK              USA          Germany           Fran ce       Ital y         Japan    ED average
               1.82%           2 .75 %      2.4%              2.3 %         1.1 %          2.9%         1.81 %

              Summmi:e the information by'selecting and repOi1.ing tile ltIain featl/res, and
              make compm7so11s where relevant.


                      a   What general tr en d can you see in the chart?
                      b   What general pattern can you see in the table?
                      c   Which is clearly the main source of fundin g in [he bar chan?
                      d   Which piece of data in the table can you Use as a standa rd for com parison?
                      e   Which pieces of information in the table are signilicant?


54     ••••
U NIT   7   Arts ani! scil!llces
                                                                   •              •
3     Complete (he modellexl below with verbs from the b ox .

                                rose        contributed (x 2)        was        overtook
                                  was spent           is shown       came         stmws

Modeftext

    "The. c:narl I .. .~ ~q~~.... information about           last two 'je.ars it t. ................. . gove-mment
    the main 50Un..es of funding fo r uientific:              spending in this area.
    re5earc.h and development (Z-W) in the                   N,  regard.s the proportion of national
    UK .1he. proportion of national inc:ome                   inc.ome aoc.ated to 2-&0. the. highef>t
    spent 0tI j2.M) b'j LOuntf'j 1. ....•.. . .......... in   perc.entage (1-8 per a .nt) 1 .. ... ......... .... b'j
    the table.                                                rapan. foowd c:05e'j b'j the U    'Sf-
    Betwe Iqqg and 1-001, jht .amount of
             ,cn                                              (2.'5 per·Le.nt). B'j contrast l"tal'{
    funding aloc.a"le.d from eun soura·                      ~ .................. ihc smauit amoLint of
    ., .................. vef'j slightll ippro~imatel~       national inc:ome to ~, on'j1.l per c:ent,
    half of all inve5tment throughout the                     f>ignific:antl'j be-low the f,U average of 1$1
     perioa 4 ...... .... ........ from busine.5s. ~n ie    per cent
    the. government wnsiste.ntl'j                             It if> interef>ting to note that al1hough the
    ? .................. around seventeen per c.ent.          Uk'5 spending on 2.&D 1 ........... ....... above
     It is abo notic:eable that in IqqS ana Iqqq              the f,U average in IqqS. ii if> c.on'!>iderab'j
    over5e.af> '!>pending on ~ in the. UK                     be.hind othe.r dose trading partners
    wa'!> wmparabe. to the government' 5, at                 Franc.e and bermanl
     around seventeen per c.e.ni. But for the


4     find examples of adverbs ending in -ly used in [he modeltexl.

5     Choose (he most suitable adverb in sentences a-h.
      Examples
      Th e trend for other countries was completely/wd1 different.
      Govern ment investment rose significantly/ ftigftIy.
      a    The government's spending for the past year was significan tly /weli higher
           than before.
      b    Women h ave b een consistently /deeply u nder- represented in science jobs.
      c    Workers in highly/lowly/considerably paid jobs are generally healthier.
      d    Th e company's sales are slightly/much behind its competitors.
      e    Sales were marginally/deeply up OD the pre vious quarter.
           Investment in the arts rose quite considerably/slightly/seriously.
      g    S!ightly/Approximately/Welll1aJf the spending was from the private sector.
      h    The income for the arts centre was substantially/much/highly down on the
           previou s year.

6     Match the adverbs a-g below with their opposites 1-7.
      a .vcID                           I rapidly
      b marginally                      2 slightly
      c approximately                   3 exactly
      d constantly                      4 badly
      e slowl y                         5 considerably
      f significantly                   6 pa rtially
      g completely .'                   7 erratically

                                                                                                                        55
Using adverbs to evaluate data

                             7   Look again at [he model te x.1 in 3 on page 55 . Which ph rases arc:: us ed to
                                                             '
                                 introduce sentences in stead of noticeably and illteresting /v?

                             8   Rewrite each sentence a-b using an adverb or starting with It.
                                 Example
                                 Clearly, the trend is upward.
                                 It is clear that the tren d is upward.
                                 a   It is significan r tbat the numbe r of scie ntists pe r head of population has
                                     de clined in recen t y ars .


                                 b   Ime re tingly, the sales faile d to recover.
                                     It .................... ............................ ................................. .................... ,...... ,.................. .
                                 c   It is probabl e tha t numbers will continue to fall over th e period.


                                 d   It is not su rprising that there were skills sbortages in the chemical industry.


                                 e   Evidently. inveSlment n eeds to be increased.
                                     It ... ,.... ,.......................................... ,... ,......... ,...... ,.. ,.... ,.. ,......... ,... .. ... .. ,.. .... .. .......... .... ,
                                     Noticeably. the patte rn for mv lInen! in the art is the revers .
                                     It ........ ...................................... .... ........................................................................... ..
                                 g   More importantly, Ihe cost f plasma scre ns is set to fall.
                                     It ............................................................... ..'......... .................................... ,...... " ........ ,
                                 h   Not surprisingly, analogu e TV sales then fell.
                                     It ............................................................................................................................... .


                             9   DifferCIH adverbs can be put in different pillces i.n sentences. Which
                                 sentences a-d are possible?
                                 a   Considerab ly. sales fell.
                                 b   Sales fell considerably.
                                 c   Clearly, the trend was downward.
                                 d   The tren d w as clearly downward.

                            10   Put th e adverb in bracke ts in [he correct place in Ih e senc ence. Some can b e
                                 used in morc than one place.
                                 a   The number o f science graduates fell. (signifi cantly)
                                 b   Th e number of techni.cal staff in h ospita ls is falling. (evidently )
                                 c   The cost of training scien tists is increasing year by year. (noticeably)
                                 d   Investment in cap:ital equipment like specialist machinery is down on last
                                     yea r. (in teres tingly)

    Technique           •        e   Sales of n ew televisio ns soared before th e World Cup , (not surprisingly)
                                     The trend is n ow upw ard. (obviously)
  Use at least one
• adverb or adverbial
• phrase to help you        11   Write your own sentences about the data in 2 on page 54.
• evaluate the data .   .        a
                                 b
                                     Describe the bar cha rt, u ing marginally, apprpximately, and slowly .
                                     Describe the table, using considerably. evidently, noticeably, slightly, and
                                     interestingly.

56 • • • • •
UNIT 7    Arts and    deuces
                                                                                       •
                       Avoiding irrelevance

                      12   Look at the chart below, which shows how students on all courses at an
                           Australian university vkwed difft:r~'nt subjects on a scale of easy to difficult.
                           Answer question s a-f.

                                      100%


                                      80%

                                                                                                      20

                                      60%
                                                30

                                                                                        60
                                      40%                                                                         20
                                                                     25
                                                                                                      60

                       G Easy                   010
                       o Moderately   20%
                                                                                                                  30
                                                                     25
                         difficult                                            2Q        ~
                       • Difficul t
                                       0%
                                             Languages Chemistry   Physics   Maths                                Art
                                                                                     languages    languages




                           a   Whose opinions does the chan show?
                           b   How many subjects does the chart show?
                           c   Which subject was rated as 'diffi cult' by the highest percentage of tudents?
                           d   Which other subjeCTSwere judged 'difficult' or ' moderately diffi cult' by a
                               large number (over 70 per cent) of students?
                           e   Which subject was rate d as 'easy' by the highest percentage of students?
                           f   Is there a clear correspondence between the type of subject and whether it
                               was rated as easy or difficult? Give examples to show why/why not.


Technique             13   Decide whether the statements a-f are relevant or irrelevant and explain
                           why. Irrelevant statements may contain an unnecessary op inion, too much
D not speculate
  o                        data, or unnecessary speculation.
when you describe
data unless you            a   The subje ct which was ra ted as difficult by the highest percentage of
are asked to. Avoid            students (70 per cem ) was mathematics, ma inly because I think it is
writing lists of               complex for many students.
detail                     b   By contrast, the subject which was most often judged as easy was d1emistry.
                           c   T- e chart shows tbe opinions of Australian students on whether different
                                 h
                               subjects v ere easy or difficult .
                           d   Airican languages ,;vere seen as easy, which is somewhat surprising when
                               YO ll consider the range of languages in Africa .

                           e   Oriemallanguages w ere ranked as easy by only abOll t 20 per cent.
                           f   The Y axis shows th e percentages, and the bars contain the numbers about
                               tbe legend at the bottom .

                      14   Describe the chart in 12 in your mvn words .




                                                                                                           ••            57
Task 2 Discussing other p e ople's opinions

              1   Complet the list below with a famous artist and scientist from our coumry.
                  Leo nard o da Vinci
                  Albert Einstein
                  Si r Isaac Newton
                  Ni co laus Copernicus




                  a      Are the people in the list famous in your ountry?
                  b      W hat do you know a out th em if they are?
                  c      What benefit do artists and scientists bring to society?
                  d      Do art ist an d scientists in your society h ave a high or low status?
                  e      Sh ou ld scientists and artists be gove med by the same ru les as we are? Why
                         do you thi nk 507

              2   Read the Task 2 ques[iOD b(>Jo'V and say which p art of th e qu                               'S U OIl   rd a[es   [0:

                  a      people's opinions abOllt the arts?
                  b      people's opinions abou t sciences?
                  c      your opinion?

                          Some people belie ve tlla t tile a rts should receive ubsidies or spoJ/SorslIip
                          f rom governmellt l.11l d big companies. Oth ers f eel suell speud il1g is a
                          [uxu ry a nd tha t it w ou ld be better if it were invested il1 scientific project.
                          Discuss both views arid give your own opin ion.



              3   Complete the paragrap h w ith senten ces a-c.
                  a      So supporte.rs of art groups feel that the ompany's tra I and
                         accommodation costs ough t {Q receive m ore sub idies or sp on o rsh ip .
                  b      Touring th ea rre groups or dan e companies are a case in poin t.
                  c      Nlan y people feel stron gly th at arts projects like exhibitions of photography.
                         sculpture, or paintings hou ld be h elped financially by gov rnment and big
                         companies.


                      1 .. .. .. .. .... .. .... .   They argue that such projects enrich people's lives, often
                      simply because they are new and show a different way of doing things.
                      2 .......... ........ .        National companies, for example, can take plays to provincial
                      areas that don't have their own facilities. This, however, requires a lot
                      of money.             3 .. ....... .. .. ..... ,   If thi s were done more by the government and
                      commercial organizations, then the arts could be brought to a wider public,


              4   Which phrases are used in (he p aragrap h in 3 to ind icate som eone else's
                  opinion?




58   ..   '
UNIT 7   A rls ami sLien ces




5   Match the statements a-h w ith the bes t explanation s l-8.
    Example: a4

    a   Amateur arts groups should be en couraged .
    b   The wealth of a na tion is connected with sdeutific development.
    c   Science is n ow playing a m ore important role in our liv es than in the past.
    d   The work of artists shou ld be censored.
    e   Scientists should have some involvement with artists, and vice versa .
        Science is dull and boring .
    g   Many sdentific e"X.-perimenrs are dangerous to society.
    h   The work of scientists should   Dot   be tightly regulated by socie ty.

        Modern econ om ies cannot ad ance without a strong scientific base .
    2   Bringin g these tw o groups together would be be ner for sodety as a whole.
    3   It ha an effect on everything we       0   from eating to travelling.
    4   Such groups help to develop talent and bring p eople together
    5   Certain works of a rt tha t are produced are offensive and should be banned .
    6 By limiting scientific work. we might stop certain beneficial devel opments.
    7   There are many examples wh ere serio us mistakes have been made .
    8   Spending time alone in laboratories without much human contact is not
        very interesting .

6   It is often useful to suggest [hat an opinion bel ongs to som eone else . Read
    the example and phrases in the lists below. Th en join yo ur ans · ers to 5 with
    similar phrases.
    Example
    Some people thin k th al amateu r arts groups should be encouraged. rhey argile Ih.lt
    such groups help to develop lalent and bring people together.

        It is argued by some people that                They claim that
               Yet others believe that                   They feel that
              Many people think that                   They mainta in that
         A commonly held belief is that                 They argue that
               Some people feel that


7   Use the expressions in the box below to develop the e xplanations in 5.
    Example
    They argue that su ch groups help to develop talent and bring people together. A
    good example here is wh ere a young artist joins a local group and progresses on to
    TV work.


              For example,   For instance,           A case in point is ' " ,which
              A very good example here is           Take ... for example. It/They



                                                                             • •              59
Hyp othesizing

                               8   Match th e semence ha lv s a-e w it h th e en d ings 1-5.
                                   a   Personally, I would argue that science need not be
                                   b   However, it could possibly be a requirement for the first two or three year ,
                                   c   During this time, children can do exciting experiments,
                                   d   If trips    to   places of sciemiiic interest are also arranged,
                                   e   Above all. I think it is better fOT science classes to be optional

                                       thi s might motivate some children to take up a science subject.
                                   2   obligatory at this level.
                                   3   because n ot all pupils are good at such subjects and any compulsion migl:t
                                       discourage them.
                                   4   like m aking basic chem ical com poun ds or colleering plants .
                                   5   as it wouLd give pupils a raster.

                               9   The sentence s in 8 form a p aragraph. Why has the writer cho sen 10 use word
                                   such as wOllld, ccJuld, and might? Which sentence ask lhe reader to imagin e a
                                   situation and iIS consequence?

      Technique               10   The linkin g phrases if, providing, provided, and II It less can all b e used to
                                   h ypothesize . Read the example . Then rewrite sentences a-d using the word
      Use linking phrases
                                   given .
      like if and unless
      in answer to Task 2          Example
      questions In order to        A n ati.on should n urture the talents of its people . It will then reap many
      hypothesize about            benefits.
      effects.                     If a nation nurtures the talents of its people, it will reap ~wlly bellefits .
                                   a   Without being encouraged by parents and teachers, budding
                                       m u sicians will not develop.
                                       Unless ...................................... ........................................ , ..................................... .
                                   b   Science may one day stop tbe ageing process in humans, but will this
                                       benefi t m ankind?
                                       If .......................................................................... ,.................................................. ?
                                   c   If there is no effort            to   keep traditional crafts alive, they will disappear.
                                       Unless ..................................................................................................................... . .
                                   d   If innovation is encouraged, many n ew jobs will be crea ted .
                                       Providing ............................................................................................................ .... .

                              11   Complete the following senten ces using yow- ow n ideas,
                                   a   Provided parents have an interest in music,


                                   b   If government support for arts projects is not available,


                                   c   Unless ntrance to museums and an gaLLeries is free,


                                   d   Providing young scientists are given the right opportunities,


601        •• • •
UNIT   7    Arts and d eflcc:;
                                                                                                  •
    •                  •••••                                •• •               ••
                                 Pr actlce Test 7

                                 Task 1
                                 You should spend about 20 minutes on this task.
                                 Tile charts belo.'.! show how selected flge g ro ups p uc1Ulsed concert cinema, al1d theatre
                                 tickets online over rIte fit-st three J/lOlltlis of 2006 ilt th ree cOlin tries and how tile
                                 In tern et was accessed.
                                 SWllllwrize the illformation by selecting and reporting the maillfcatures, and make
                                 comparisons where relevant.
                                 Write at least 150 words.


L              Most li kely t o buy theat re/co ncert/ci nema
                                tickets on li ne
                                                                                    Most common m eans of access
                                                                                            to buy tickets
I
                                                                          70
                                                                4                                                     o Australia
          60                                          I 025-4       1     60
                                                          65+                                                         _U K
          50                                                              50                                          o MalaysIa
          40                                                              40

        % 30
         ,                                                              % 30

          20                                                              20

          10                                                              10

           0                                                               0
                   Australia        UK           Malaysia                        Desktop        Laptop      Mobile phone
                                                                                computer



                                 Task 2
                                 You should spend about 40 minutes on this task.
                                 Write about the following tupie:
                                 The money spel1t on space re.,earcJ11ws brou.ght enormous bel1efits to mankind, but it
                                 could be /JIore usefttlly applied. How fa.,. do yOIl 11gree?
                                 Give reasons for your answer and i/1clude any relevant examples from your OW1/     knowledg~   or
                                 experience.
                                 Write at least 250 words.




                                                                                                                                    611
••••••
                          Nature
                          Unit aims
                                                               ....... _...... .
                          T 1
                           ask                                            Task 2
                          Makrng predictions                              Articles
                          Factual accuracy                                Writing conclusions

                          ••••••••••••
                          Task 1 Making predictions

                              Answer questions a-d.
                              a   What aspect of the future do the photos relate to?
                              b   What en vironm ental developments do yo u think wlll h appen in your
                                  country in the near fut ure?
                              c   What other developments are h appening in your country which are not
                                  happening elsewhere in the world?
                              d   What will your c untry be like in ten years' time? in 25 years' tjme~)

                          2   Look at the bar chart and description below . Th en answer questions - c

                                  Tlu bar cllm1 SIIOII'S the prt!dictcd nllmber of bll ildiJlgs that will be
                                  powered by so/ar and willd energy in the flllll reo


                                  2025


                                  2020
                                         -
                                         -
                                                                                                               I_ Wind power I
                                                                                                               !CJ Solar enegy




                                  2015
                                         ~
                                         o            100           200       300              400       500         600
                                                                            mil lions



                              a   W ha t does the chart sh ow ?
                              b   What do the n umbers relate to?
                              c   Wha t is the range of the numbers along the bo ttom of the d 1arr?

                          3   The structure will + infiniti ve or a range of prediction verbs are used to talk
                              about future stati stics. Complete sentences a-d with tb e w ords will. predictioll
                              or predicted.
                              a   The n umber of solar-p owered buildings .................. increase to 500 million

•
,Technique . . -
    ---~""'""!---
               _              b
                                  in 2025 .
                                  It is .................. (hal the number of solar-powered buildings ................. .
• Before you start    •           increase in the future.
• writing make a list
                              c   The ................. . is that the n umber of building powered by solar energy
• of 'predict' verbs
• to use as trigger   •           .. ................ in crease .
~ words.              •       d   The num ber is ... ,.......... ... to increase        to   500 million in 2025 .

62 • • • • •.
UNIT   8     Nature
                                                                 ••••                   •

4   Answer these questions ;:tbout the StntL"nC:s in 3.
    a   Which of these words could replace the w ord prediction?


                    projection           assumption             forecast         antic ipation

    h   Which of t h ese words coul d replace the word predided?


                             projected         anticipated          fo recast        said


    c   which other words do you know                   [0   replace predidion and predicted?


5   Complete sentences a-h with the correct forms of the verbs j n brackets.
    a   It ...................... ....... (predict) that in 202 5, solar energy ... ,........................ .
        (provide ) en ergy for 500 million buildings worldwide.
    b   In 20 ) 5, abou t 25 million buildings .................... ......... (expect) to receive
        energy from wind power,
    c   In 2025, much more energy to power buildings ............................. (come)
        from solar energy compared to wind power.
    d   In the future, solar energy ............................. (forecast ) to be a much greater
        source of energy than wind power.
    e   In the futu re, win d power ............................. (not expect) to be as great a
        source of power as solar energy.
        In years to come, it ............................. (proj ect ) that wind power
        ............................. (be) a less .im portan t source of energy than solar energy"
    g   Solar energy ............................. (set) to assume greater importance as a
        source of energy in the future.
    h   In 201 5, it ............................. (anticipate) that solar energy and wind power
        each ............................. (provide) approximately the same amo unt of energy,


6   Which of the sentences below describes something which will bappen
    before a futUre Time? Which describes something in progress aL a time in th e
    future?
    a   By 2025, 500 million buildings will have converted to solar power. (will have +
        past participle)
    bIn/By 202 5. 500 milHon bnildings will be using solar power. (will be + ·il1!1
      form)

7   Complete sentences a-e with the correct form of the verbs in b rackets. Use
    will + infinitive, will have + past participle, or will be + -ing form . You may also
    need to use the passive.
    a   By 2020, it i expecte d that 30 million buildings ............................. (use) wind
        power.
    b   By 2025, v ery fe w people ................ " ........... (live) in the countryside.
    c   In2 0IO, m ore bicycles ............................. (sell ),
    d   By 202 0, it is predicted that many animals ............................. (become)
        extinct.
    e   By the year 20 15, it is anticipated tha t many narura! habitats
        ............................. (destroy).


                                                                                                   • •              63
factual accuracy

                                              8    Look at the charts. Then ansvveT questions ,1-f.

                Forecast for reforestion rate                                               Forecast for wo rldwi de                Cu rrent interest
               in selected areas of t he w orld                                                reforestatio n ra te                 in reforestation
  1.8                                                                           1.4 .----   -   -   - - - --      -   -
                  IJI""
  1.6    -                                                                      1.2 - 1 - - - - - - -
  1. 4
             .-                                                    -   f---
                                     ....,                                    % 1.0
  1.2                                                                  I--
                                                   ,....,
% 1.0                     -     r-                          -          !--      0.8
  0.8                     -                                 -          !--      0. 6
  0.6                     -                                 -          !--
                                                                                0.4
  0.4                     -                  1-             -           -
                                                                                0.2
  0.2                     -                  r-             -          !--
    0
             Irelil~          Th~a~d Hu'ng:!ry Tasmania-'                         o
         i_ 2006          0 2015        02025 1



                                                   a            Which chart p rovides more general information? Which c11art can be used
                                                                for the conclusion?
                                                   b            In general, is the reforestation projected to increase or decrease?
                                                   c            Wh ich region is prOjected to have the highest rate")
                                                   d            For which region does the chart show the greatest difference between 2006
                                                                and 2025 ?
                                                   e            Wh ich chart COntains information which could be used for a conclusion?
                                                                In ge neraL are most people concerned about reforesta tion or n ot?

                                              9    Find and COlTed             SL",(   factual errors in the text below.


                                                  !he c.hartf> show fOrec.a5tf> for the. annual            It alf>o w noting tl1at the refore-fltation
                                                                                                                       orth
                                                  de.forestation rate. in f>eluted regions                 rate in Thailand if> antic.ipate-a to be
                                                  and worldwide together with the wrrent                   ey.ac:.tli in line 'lith the worldWide average.
                                                  attitude towardf> c.onc:.em for tre,e, 10f>5.            for both 2(11) and 2021). 1."3 per c,(',nt .
                                                  beneralli, it fore.c:.a5t that the                       and 1.0 per c:. ent re5pec:.tive-l,/- tJleanwhie..
                                                  refore,f,tation rate in the fou r region5                !-ur1gal'( w be, be,lowtne international
                                                                                                                          ill
                                                  w growuntil UY3'5. though at vClf'-l ing
                                                    ill                                                    rateD, whiie both Ireland and -raDmania
                                                  rate,s. It is prQjuted that Ire-lana 1ill have.         wi1 ey.c.eed them .
                                                  the highef>t rate in 202'5 at IS per c:.ent              f rom the pie c..hart, c.an be. f>een that
                                                  followed c.of>el'j b~ -raDrna nia. The- fore.ul5t       there if> some obvious wnc:.ern about the
                                                  for bath regions for 20lS iDtl1e f>ame at                nee,d for planting more treef> (wnc.erned'
                                                  1.'5 per Gent. Hungal'(. b-t c:.ontra5t, 'litl1         "3'f per c:. ent, and 'not vef'j c.onc.erned' 2'5
                                                  tl1e 10'leDl projec:.ted rate throughout                per c.e,nt). w at the 5ame time there is
                                                                                                                            hile.
                                                  the pe.rioa, 'l ill e.~pe.r ie.nc:.e. the. greate-~t    a 5i1.eable. proportion of pe.ople who art~
                                                  overall inGrease-. It iD antic.ipated tl1at the          not wnc.erned.
                                                  figure lIlill £.limb from os pe.r (.ent in
                                                  WI? to 0.11 pe.r (.ent and then riDe- more
                                                  f>harpl'j to 1.1 pe.r c.e.nt.




64 • • • • •
.           UN IT   8   a/llri!




lOIn each of sentences a-f (here is a word mis sing. Add th m is ing w rd .
     a     It predicted that the use of solar energy will become more important.
     b     We see from the chart that largest amount of money wa spent on lhe warer
           conservation project.
     c     The chart shows the different types o f trees are found in different regions.
     d     From the pie chan, can be seen that hydroelectric power constitutes seven
           per cent of the world energy demand .
     e     It is dear tha t m ajority of p eople are very concerned about climate ch ange .
           Recently, a n u mber of campaigns have encouraged people plant trees.

11   Look agai n at the text in 9. Tbere is a missing word in each of tbe last three
     p aragraphs. Add the missing w ords in the correct places . .

12   Read the table. vvh ich describes in thousands the estimated and actua l
     num b ers o f ho uses b uilt in the UK by region in 20 02. Answer que lions a-h
     to iden tify the conecl facts .

         Regions                      Actu a l                    Estimate d
         Scotland                     3,000                       3,200
         Nonhern Ireland              5,000                       2,500
         Wales                        6,300                       2,900
         North of England             13,500                      9,300
         Central England              16,200                      8,100
         Southern England
                                      77, 500                      5UOO
         (exc. London)
         London                       47,800                       24,800


     a     What infonnation does the table give?
     b     Ho w many region of the l JT< is it divided into?
     c     Usually, was the estimated Dumber abo ve or below the actual n um ber?
     d     In which three regions were the highest numbers of houses built? How did
           th e figures for these regions compare with the estima tes?
     e     Which region had a disparity of just over four thousand between lhe
           estimate and the actual figure? What were the figure s for thi' region?
     f     Which other two regions followed the usual trend? W hat were the figures
           for these two regions'?'
     g     [n   .v hich region was the lowest number of houses built?
     h     Which region is an exception to t.he general trend? What were the figures
           for this region?

13   Using the facts identified in your an 'weTS to tb e que lion s abov e ,
     summarize the tab le b y selecting and reporting the m ain fea n u e s, and make
     compar isons where relev an t. Wri te at le ast 150 words.



                                                                              •                65
Task 2 Articles

              Answer quesjons a-d.
              a     What are the most serious threa ts that the natural world is facing in the
                    ~enty-firstcentury ?
              b     Wha t is th e most serious threae to the envi ronment in your counery?
              c     Wha t action is being taken?
              d     What Cunher steps do you think could be ta ken?

          2   The paragraph below has been taken Crom an essay on measures 10 reduce
              river p ollution thro ughout the w orld. Complete th gaps vdth th e nouns in
              the box . The fir st on e has been done for you.

                                      factories           pollutants            action    fish    wildlife
                                          pmblern             leisure          incentives     pressure

                  Pj fa r tne best wa~ to Mlve tne.                              would. be able to use them for
                  1.P..~P.!~r!:1... of Vlater pollution i~ to                    v.................. liKe 5V1imming ana fi'bhing.
                  locate all 1.. .. " ............. aVla~ from rive,r5           There i5 c.on5iderable. 1....... . .. ........ on
                  and. laKe~ and to in&tall wa~te treatment                       mani poor countrie& to ckvdop tne.ir
                  center'b. i I the ~.................. in tne wat'.r          uonomie5 ana 'bO it Vlould b'. diffiwli to
                  would then be de~tro~ed.. a& ha& been                           per&uade mani of them to c:.hange their
                  done in ma n~ old indu~tria areas in                           pOlic.ies. l1owever, I thinK tha1
                  Voland. and G.erman~ . 1hi'b Vloula mean                       'I}, . .. .... , ......... nud.s to be taKen an

                  that ~.. ................ and. 5.................. ~ ould      perhaps financ.ial 1.. ................ from
                  b'. able to return to rive.r:, and people                     ric.her c.oun1ries would help,


          3   AJ'e the words in the lis! below coulltJ.ble or uncountable?

                         animal             information  nature                    climate    accommodation
                       knowledge             research   weather                    tree   idea   situa tion fact


          4   Look again a( [he paragraph in 2. Are the answers countab Ie or uncoun tabl e?

          5   Add a/an, the, or no anicle [0 sentences a-h.
              Examples
                   The         plastic bottles that I threw out yesterday have been taken away for
              recydilig:'
              Plastic bottles are now being made of .................. biodegradable material ' _ (n o
              article)
              a     .................. knowledge about th e environment can be foun d in ................. .
                    books and on th e Intern et.
              b     .. ................ energy can be generated from bio-fuels .
              (     Trees belp to protect .................. soil by conserving wa t r
              d     Newspapers n ow use ........... .. ..... high percentage 0 .................. re yel d
                    paper.
              e     Looking after .................. nature is important for all of us.
                    It is better to see animals in .................. wild than in captivity.
              g     .................. solution to the problem is to fine people for dropping ........ ... ,.... ..
                    rubbish.
              h     ............ "" .. n ew plastic containers which 1 bought last week are not harmful
                    for the environm en t as th ey are biodegradable .
66   .•
UNIT   8   Nallln
                                                                        •
6   In each text a-f, th ere is one mistake relating to artjcles. Con eer the mistakes
    by add ing or deleting a ·w ord.
    Example
    Animals like ch impanzees and apes should not be used for the ex-periments.
    a   Wave power tech nology is th e best answer to the problem of poll ution.
        How ever, th e introduction of such technology also creates the problem.
    b   Governments worldwide should tax the cars m ore . A measure like tbis
        w ould make people think more about nature .
    e   In near futu re, bouses will be more energy-efficient than they are now.
    d   Food industry co u ld pay for recycl ed bottles a Iv as done in the past. The
        bot tles wo uld then not be thr own away.
    e   Insects like the bees, fo r example, playa vita l role in most ecosystems. The
        bee pollinates plants and flo wers.
        The fadlities like dams and forests are also used for leisure.

Writ ing, COncllllS i oilS

7   Read the two Task 2 queSl tOns . Then decide which q u estion each sentence
    a- g relates 10. Write 1 or 2 next to each sentence,

        1 Pol/Lltioll from aircraft is one of tlie main factors responsible for
        global wm'm i 1f!I. What measures could be taken to l'edtlcc this sou r C of
                                                                                 e
        climate change?


        2 Wilen a COUllt,)' become'S l"ichet : the natural ell d rMll11en t lI'ill slljTn:
        It is /"lot possible for a cOtm tly to both develop its economy and proteL"(
        the envil'omnent. To what extent do you a,qree or disagree?


    a   This means that in the short term we will just have       10   accept paying higher
        prices for flights and Ira veUing less.
    b   In conclusion. I do nOI agree [hat d evelop ing a country's e onomy has to
        involve destroying the n atural world.
    c   If this type of eco-friendly business is encouraged, then there is no reason
        w h y a healthy economy and a healthy environment cannot exist together.
    d   All in all I feel that imposing higher taxes on airlines is unavoidable .
    e   It is tru e that some b usinesses move into new areas with no regard for thei r
        effect on the environment.
        We can cenainly investigate "lIays of making aixcrah technology cleaner,
        but we do not kn ow how long tbey will take to develop .
    g   However, there are many examples of local busine ses whi ch depend on
        and support the local environment.

                                                                             II •                67
8    A con clusion n eeds to state your opinion or your most important idea, and
                           remin d (h e reade r of how you argued in fa vour of it. T h e sentences in 7 on
                           page 67 form concluding p aragraphs to th e e~ am ques tion . Wr it e out th e two
                           paragraphs with the sentences in the best order, follow ing the framework s
                           h d ow.
                           Question I
                           Statement of most important measure :


                           Another possible me asure and wh y it is Jess e ffective:


                           Restatement of most important measure and its consequences :



                           Question 2
                           Statement of opinion :


                           Reference to the opposite vie "':
 Technique
 Always write a            Reaso n agains t th e opposite view:
 conclusion to your
 answer Avoid
 repeating words in        Restatement of opinion:
 your conclusion.


                      9    Look at {he underlined. phrases in the sentences in 7. For each one, ch oose
                           two alternatives with a similar m eanin g from the box below.

                                to sum up      I believe   of cou rse    I would argue that      in gene ral




                      10   Your conclusion must be dear but you need to avoid m aking claims tha t
                           sound roo strong. One way to avoid this is to talk a boUt poss ibilit ie u ing
                           the phrase There is /10 reaslJ!I WilY + neg.1ti' e. Read the exampl . Then change
                           sentences a-d in a similar way.
                           Example
                           A healthy eco nomy and a healthy environment can exist together.
                           There is /10 reason why a healthy econ omy and a h ealthy environ men t cann ot
                           exist toget h er.
                           a   Local eeo-friendly businesses can be successful.


                           b   People could take more holid ays a t home instead of always flying abroad.


                           c   People could travel by fast train instead of taking short flights .


                           d   Governments should give special financial support to eeo-friendly busine s
                               people.


6a • • • • •
UNIT   8   Na/llre




••   •••Practice Test 8 •                           ••••

         Task 1
         You should spend about 20 minutes on this task.

         The table below silo II'S tile projected costillgs OVe/' tl1e next five years in American
         dollars for tJu'el! ClIVil'OlImental projects Jor SItS/ainable forestry. The pie chal1 sh ows
         the e.ypected e.i'peilditur.e brea kdou'Jl aJ/ocll.tiol1 for the first year as the projects m-e
         set LIp.
         SI./JlllIlI1ri:e the injormution by se!utiJlfj and reporting the JTuli ll fi?alllreS, and make
         cOlllparisMls where relevant,

         Write at least 150 words.

                           Year 1          Year 2              Year3         Year 4        Year 5

          West Africa      10.5 million 7.5 million            2.5 million   2.5 million   3.5 million
          Central
                           20 rrul1ion     12 millio n         5 million     5 million     5 million
          America
          Sout h -east
                           30 million      20 million          40 million    50 million    50 million
          Asia


           Projected expenditure in Year 1




                                                •   Set-up costs
                                                •   Salaries
                                                o   Training
                                                o   Office expenses




         Task 2
         You should spend about 40 minuu~s on this task
         Write about the following topic:

         More and more city W01*ers are deciding to live il1 the country and travel into work
         every day. TIre rest/It is increased traffic cong.estion and damage to fIle 1!!1'irOJlJIICJIt.
         What measures do you thil1k could be taken to enco urage people not to travel such
         long distllJlces ilfto i'Ll7'k ?

         Give reasons for your ansl'.ver and include any relevant examples from your own knowledge or
         experience.
         Write alleast 250 words.




                                                                                                           69
U N IT



               Health
                                    ••••••
               Unit aims
               Task 1                                  T 2
                                                        ask
               Varying vocabulary                      Organizing words
               Checking spelling                       Verb-subject agreement




               Tasl< 1 Varying vocabulary

               1   Answer these questions about hospitals and h alrh care.
                   a    What are the m,li ll p::i"ri( ics of he alth care in yo ur counlry?
                   b    How is health Gl rc delivered in your home coun try? If YO ll wan t to   nsu it
                        a doctor. what do you do?                                 -
                   c    Are medicines fre e or do you hav e to pay for tb em ?
                   d    What effect has tech nology had on medical care in your country'?

               2   Read the Task 1 question on page 71. Then arlswer questi ons a-e below.
                   a    What general statemen t can you mak about th e whole graph? Look a t the
                        deSCription and the graph itself.
                   b    What general statement can you make about the French hospital?
                   c    What general statement can you make about the Ukrainian hospital?
                   d    How can you link the pie charts to the graph?
                   e    How could yo u use th ese words to describe the graph.

                                     trend    upward    similar pattern   reach a peak
                                except that    saw a continuous rise    change    coincide




70 • - • • •
UNIT   9      rIealtlr
                                                                                  •                    •
 The cllarts below show the average bed use i/1 three rypiml hospitals
 illtf l'J1lItiolla/ly and ,lie prop01'til1n of 1111spital b lldgets a/ll)JCl"lted to i/'l-pati"~1t
 care before and after day-surgery was introc/llced in 2003.
                            Av erage bed use for the years 1997- 2006
100
 90
                                                                                               ...
           -----                                                            --
                                                                             -.
                                   --
 80




                   --        .                                    .~
70
60
50
40
30
           --                        ...
                                                                                         ~
                                                                                               .....

20
10
 o       1997       1998    1999    2000     2001      2002     2003      2004      2005       2006


      Fu nds allocated to in-patient care 2002                  Fu nds allocated to in-patient care 2006
                                           Othe r cost.                                                      Other costs
                                           65%                                                               73%
                                                                  In-patien t
      In-patient                                                       27%
           35%




 StwllJltl r .fze O,e il1fonndtiorJ by seli?ctill9 and reportil1g t/H~ JIIllill fe.lil/ res, mid
 make comparisDns whe r e relevant.



3       Complete the text with words frou t th e box. The first ~ i:lp ha. been do n for
        you.

                           peak     impact          clear     oeeu paney      trend                    det-&i+s
                   marked        reduction       fallin g      sign ifieantly    ris e                 experi enced


Mode l text

  The graph proviaes I .. .0.~!!~... about                    use after 2.00"3 WaS not so 1 ......... .•. ......
  the. average be.ds in use. eae-h iear in                    (1(; beds in 2.00"3 as against 11 in 2.00v).
  three similar hospitals before ana after                    1he Chinese hospital, b'f c.omparison,
  the introaudion of da'j-c.are. wryer'! .                    s .................. a c.ontinua 'i .................. in
   D a'j-e-are surgef'j seems to have h;}d                     be.d use behJeen Q'l1 and 2.00(;. 11 ;lIla
  an"l. .................. on bed use in all three            q"3 re.spe.c.tivel'j. l1o'lever, we. see. that after
  hospitals. A.t the. frene-h hospital. the.                  2.004 the rate of ine-re.ase 'las
                                                              I •....•• .. ..• •. .. slower than in previous
  figures sho~ an upwara ? ............. . ... .
  over the. perioa from 40 be.cis to 4(".                     ,{ear",.
   K ever, in 2.003 bed 4 ...... .. ..... ..... had
     ow                                                       It is II .................. that the fall in be.d use
   reac.hed a ~ .................. of just under 10           c.oinc.iaes wi th the 11 .. . . . ......•...... in the.
   beds, before (. .................. bac.k. A. similar       average budget at the three hospitals for
   pattern w repe.ate.ci for the UKrainian
               as                                             in - patient c-are (?? pe.r a ,nt c.ompared to
  hospital, e"1-(.ept that the du.line in bed                 2.1 per e-ent) between 2.002. and 2.00(;.



                                                                                                           ••       •         71
Technique              4   Look again at the words in the gaps in 3 on page 72 and choose an alternative
                            [or eadl one fTom the box . You 'vill no'! use aliI th e words .
 Use a variety
 of alternative
                                    effect   use   tendency    cut    considerably   low   evident
 expressions when
                                        increase   decrease    drop pi ng  information   result
 writing your answer
                                               saw    high point   sharp    dramatically
 to avoid repetition.


                        5   For each sentence a-h, there are three alternative phrases to replace the
                            phrase in italics . De le te the option which is nOI correct.
                            a   The graph provides details about bed use. (gives/says/shows)
                            b   The introduction of day-care surgery had an impact on bed use. (had all effect
                                on/ had an affect on/ affected)
                            c   Bed use reached a peak of just under 7 0 beds . (reached its highest point/reached
                                a height/hit a peak)
                            d   A similar pattern was se n in th Ukra inian h ospita l. (designl trmdlmovellleJ/ (}

                            e   The Chinese hospital, by compa rison. continued to see a rise . (by contrast/oil
                                the other hand/alternatively)
                                The numbe r of beds ro e from 40 to ar und 45 . (approximatelY/l1bolltltoll'ards)
                            g   There was a reduction in the budget ( 35 per cent compared (027 per cent).
                                (as opposed tolas against/colltrast with )
                            h   The change in bed use is reflected in the budget. (call be seen in/ can b viewed
                                in/can be detected in)

                        6   The descripti ons below sUmnlarize the sentenc Slr uctW'e of th e model in 3.
                            Number the notes in the correct order, based on the sentences in th mode.
                            The first and last have been done for you.
                            a   General introdu ctory statement .
                            b   Ge n · ral statement of first m ain trend, then specifi c data .
                            c   General statement abom a reinforcing trend, then specific dat a.
                            d   Spe ific statement qualifying the trend. without detail.
                            e   Gene ral statem ent about the line graph.
                                General statement of contrasting trend, then specific data .
                            g   SpeciHc statem ent qualifying the trend. with detail.
                            h   Gen eral conclusion based on pie charts.                                 ..... J?..... .. .




72 • • • • •
U N 'T   9   He(llth
                                                                ••           •

 Checking spelling

7    In each group of fOUT words, circle the one which is spell incorrectly and
     correct it.
     a    therdore                 opposite                  bcfor                   limit
     b    believe                 achieve                    recieve                 bri ef
     c    stay, ng
              i                    stayed                    studing                 studied
     d    usefllil                 helpful                   hopefuUy                carefully
     e    personaly               practical                  usually                 n ormal
     f    efficient                sufIicent                 ancient                 deficie nt
     g    unfortunately           improvement                definitly               m anagem ent
     h    comfortable              diffrent                  temper ture             interested
          chaise                  price                      increLl se              advice
          prefe rred               commitled                 rdered                  h appened

8    Look again at your answers in 7. Some of the spellings d ep e nd on simp le
     rules. What spelling rules explain the misspelt words? Compare your ideas
     with tbe key on page llO.

9    Find and correct the spelling mistakes in the following sentences. One of the
     semences has two spelling mistakes.
     a    The numbers declined gradualy and stood at JUS! rwen ry in 2006.
     bIn-pa tient CZl re [Oak up 25 per cent of the funds, wieh wa s an increas e of SL,{
          per cem on the previous ye a r.
     c    A number of significant changes oecured in the following t venty years.
     d    The percemage increased sharply and reached a pick in 2003 .
     e    The figres rose from approximatly 4 5, 000 to 49 ,000 over the p eriod.
          Patient numbers rose steadily for the first ten years, and th e n flactua ted
          around 500 for the following decade.
     g    The required number of beds exeeded what was anticipa1ed for rha I year.
     n    Mos[ people in the servey thought that more money should be spent on the
          health service.

10   Read the following extract written by an IELTS student on the number of
     traffic accident victi.ms seen at a local hospital. Find the eight mistakes that
     he made .

         me averag numbe.r of rOad traffiL 3Licr.nts from G2r~ mLrea""ed dramati(.a1i
         petloJe-t,n Iqqr;; 3nd tne ie.ar 2.000, risi"s from a tob'l of '5'3 to Il£> respedive.ll Over
         the. nf·~t five ieaf5, tnen '1135 a notiLeape improvme.nt <15 number:> fell ste.a dil~ to
         a new low point of?J in 200~ . Ai' l regard mOlorLid uc.ide.nt5, noV/eve.r. it is dear
         the. tnnd is upward, with more oLLuring in thi:> , at~' 90!"{ in the. later pe.r.iod.


                                                                                       •••                   73
Task 2 Organizjng words

           1   Which of the following do you (hink are m ost imponam for good health?
               Rank them .i n order of imp ortance (1 = most imp ortan t; 6 = least important).
               Are there any ot her lifest yle factors w h ich are n ot included in (he list?

                             taking regular exercise    carefui'ly monitoring your diet
                      having a wide rang e of int@rests    having a wid@ netw(i)rk of frie nds
                        living in the countryside    sleeping at least seven hours a n ig ht


           2   Complete the paragraph by choosing (he best adverb in each case.

           !he 1 normallyloutlandishlylstrangely            are (, oftenlrartlylhardly even taKen
           benefi(.ia effec.t that anima~ have. on        3!"ound hMpita 'tJard5 to be. ir'ltf"odua. d to
           people.'$ ne<lltn and general well-being is      1 seriously!17ugtly/deadly ill patient~. lhe.

           now 1 tsf>t.ntiallylgoodlylwell ru.ogniz.ut      e.ffed~ of this partiwar partnership are
           Ihe idea ma~ seem pec.uliar to some people,      S importantiylrUJ li'yl we/l dowmente.d and

           but ;I surprisingly/shoc.kinglylunprtdidably     have led to animals being ll~ed
           there. is dear evidel1Le of the. partnership.    ~ freqUtnilylseldomlots to wppe.ment
           laKe, the, e;f.,ampr, of dophiI15, w are,
                                                 hic.h      c.DIlVl:-lltiollal mMic.ill(:'. 10 {5l1idtntlc.Jearlyl
           4 wildfy/Wide.fylhardly ~t1Ovm for their         Oddly. the. c.ondusion If> to maKe more
           bealing qualitle.$. DOg5 have· al50 bew          mone.1 available for re$~. ard1 Into ho'~
           used to deted Lanc.er c.el<:. ve~ 'i de.eplyl   animalf> c.an benefit humans.
           proje.s5ionallylac.c.urately in patien15 and


           3   Which pattern does the paragrap b in 2 follow? which organizing >ur,: ~                             Jrt'

               llsed to emp b asize eacb elemem of the p attern ?
               a    situation - examples - eUects - conclusion
               b    situat ion - effects - reaso ns - examples - conel usion

           4   Complete sentences a-I with an organizing word from the box.

                               idea     information   issue   knowledg e   m easure
                                       opinion   problem    scheme   solution

               a    The best way to improve public health is to provide people with all the facts ,
                    but the .................. needs to be made simple.
               b    It is often suggested that national health systems shou ld be modernized.
                    However, many people are opposed t o (he .. .. .. ............ of modernization.
               c    Our progra mme to introdu ce new equ ip ment u cceede d in redu cing
                    waiting lists, but the improvement .................. met with considerable
                    resis lance .
               d    The governmen t should in vest more m oney in preven ting drug abuse . This
                    .................. , if taken . would save many lives.
               e    Obesity is on the rise in many countries and n ot just in the developed
                    world . It is now an .................. that deman ds immediate atte nti on .
                    More nurses need to be uained rather than doctors. This, I feeL is the best
                    .................. 10 the current crisis .
               g    People are often awa re of the dangers of sm o ki ng. but even with [his
                    widespread ........ " ........ , it is difficult to persuade them to stop .
               h    Some people are againsl the involvement of private companies in health
                    care, but this .................. is h eld by fewer people n owadays.
                    Lack of health care is making the lives of many people misera Ie. ye( it is a
                    .................. that can be easily tackled.
74   •••
U NIT    9    Healtlr




                         5   For each of a-b, read the first sent ence, then comp lete the follow-up sentence
                             with your o wn ideas. Use the organizing words in it alics to help you .
                             a   Som e p eople are concerned that increasing n umb r of old people will
                                 mean m ore sp ending on health care.
                                 This issl/e .. ... d.·" ··.· ..... .............................. .... ......... " .. " .... ... ... ............................ .. .... .
                             b   Conventional and alt rn atjv e medicine can complement each other.
                                 This idea could ." ....... .... ............. ....... .. ..... ... ........... ..        d   . . .. ... .. .   . ............... ... ..................   .




                             c   In the fut ure, h ealth care will be much cheaper and for everyone .
                                 This predictiol1 .. ... ,." ...... .......................... .. ........ ........ ..... .................... ... .. ................. .
                             d   The pace of ch ange within many national health systems is speeding up .
                                 Initially, this m ay be a probbn, but .... .... ................ ..... .................. ........ ............. .. .
                             e   Health care costs are now worrying plan ners thro ugh out the wo rld.
                                 Th e situatioll, h owever. ............. ..... .... ..... .. .. ............. ... .. ........... ........... .... ......... ..... . .
                                   are emphasis should be put on preventive medicine, like health
                                 education.
                                 Measllre like this ....... ..... ..................... ........ ........................................... .. .............. .
                             g   Acupuncture is becoming more and more popular around the world.
                                 N ot surprisingly, it is a tren d ........... ........ ............ ............. ................. ....... .......... " .. .

                             h   If people live longer, [h en this can lead to other                                     COS ts            and p roblems .
                                 This is a matter that ... ... .... .... ........................................ ...... .................... .. ....... ...... .. .


                         6   Choose one of the topics a-c below. Make a list of id eas for the topic you have
                             chusen. Ue (j~e organizing words in the box 10 trigger id eas.
                             a   the connection berween m usic and health
Technique                    b   h ow alternative therapies can influence hea lth
Ai m to use at least         c   the conneClion between e>;.ercise and healt h
one organizing /v'ord
in each paragraph                      conclusion  effect    idea   information    issue    knowledg e
you write.                                  matter  measure      opinion   prediction     problem
                                               scheme     solution   trend   view    ex a mp le


                         7   Write your own paragraph based on your ideas in 6. To plan your answer, a k
                             yours elf these questions.
                             a   What paragraph organization can I use?
                             b   WhicJl connecting words can I use to link the pattern I have chosen to
                                 "'.-Tite?
                             c   Which exa mples can I use to justify my ideas in each paragraph?




                                                                                                                                                                 • •                  75
Verb-subject agreement

                    8   Comple te t he following sentences with is, are, has, or have.
                        a   The number of people who are suffering fTOrn stress .. ................ on the
                            increase.
                        b   The fact that people live longer nowadays .................. led to an increased
                            number of elderly people in sodery.
                        c   Predictions about how long a patient with cancer will live .................. often
                            inaccurate .
                        d   A ban on advenising all types of junk food .................. probably the onl way
                            to stop the spread of obesity.
                        e   The pressurized situation in many hospitals .................. resulted in a stressed
                            workforce and low morale amongst n urses.
                        f   Elderly people who have a large family ........... ....... generally healthier and
                            happier than those who have fewer contacts with other people.
                        g   The reason why allergies are becoming more common .................. still not
                            known .
                        h   An increasing number of patient seem to be dissatisfied wjth conventional
                            medicine and .................. turned to alternative therapies.

                    9   In sentence a-g, replace the countable nouns in italics with an uncountabl e
                        n oun [rom the box. M ake any other n eces ary changes in verb fo rms or
                        p ronoun s.

                                             progress evidence    informatio n w ork
                                                  advice research     equ ipm ent
 Technique
 Make sure you          a   Everyone is aware today of the bad effects of smoking on people's health .
 check that the             The e fadS are published all around us, even on cigarette packets.
 subjects and the
 verbs In your
 sentences agree.       b   Most doctors recommend a diet low in sugar and fat. an d high in fibre.
                            Unfortunately, these suggestions are not often followed.


                        c   Many nurs es nowadays do no r carry out basic care such as washing and
                            feeding patients. Instead, these tasks are carried out by health care assistant .


                        d   Enormous advances have been made in understanding how disease sprea
                            but the possibility of a worldwide pandemic is still with us.


                        e   Many people enjoy keeping fit in the gym by using rowing machines,
                            walking machines, and so on . How ever, these devices can be dangerous if
                            they are not used properly.


                        f   Ma ny doctors do not believe in homeopathic me didne. However, there are
                            certainly some indications that it is more than just a placebo .


                        g   Some studies have been carried out which sb oY': that elderly people li ve
                            longer if they live with a partner.



76    •••
UNIT 9       H.:allll
                                                                          • •            •
•                                      •• ••
    Practice Test 9

    Task 1
    You should spend about 20 m inutes on this task.

    The 9Taph belmi ' shbwS the average monthly use of a healt11 club jn Miam i, Florida by
    all full-time members over last year. The pie charts shaw the age profile of male and
    female members.
    Summarize the iflformatiol! by selecting and reporting the main features, an d m ake
    compan'soJis tII'll'ere relevant.

    Write at least 150 words.

                                                   Health club use over last year
     900
     800                                                          ~
                                                                          r--    ~




                                                                           r-    ;-
                                                             r-    ;-
     700
                                                                                        ---=     ---=
     600
                                   ;-
                                            i---
                                              r-    ---=                                                    I-----     '-

     500     r-        ;-
                                                                                                                r-
                                                                                                                       -
     400                                                                                                               '-

     300                                                                                                               r-
     200                                                                                                               -

     100                                                                                                               -

       o     '---
                J
                       -
                           F
                                   -
                                       M
                                             '--
                                               A
                                                     -
                                                         M
                                                             '-
                                                              J
                                                                   '---
                                                                      J
                                                                           '--
                                                                             A      s
                                                                                         -
                                                                                             o
                                                                                                  -
                                                                                                      N
                                                                                                                '--
                                                                                                                   o
                                                                                                                       -
           10 Female           • Male   I

      Male m em bersh ip by age                       Female m em bership by age




    Task2
    You shou Id spend about 4 0 minutes on this task.
    Wrile about the fo llov,/i1l8 topic:

    The numberoje/derly people in the world is increasiJlg. What do you lliill/.: lire the
    positive al1d l1egative effects of this trend?

    Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from YOllr own know/edge or
    experience.
    Write at least 250 words _



                                                                                                      •    II               77
UN IT



                      Individual and society
         •• •     •
                      Unit aims
                      Task 1                                     Task 2
                      Word order                                 Paragraph structure
                      Linking using with                         T 2 revision
                                                                  ask
                      T 1 revision
                       ask                                       Relevant and irrelevant information



                      Task 1 Word order

                      1   The list below contains factors which influence career choice. Choose the
                          five that have influenced you most j.n choosing a career. RanJ, them in order
                          of importance 1-5 (1 = most important; 5 = least important). Then ans wer
                          questions a-d .

                                                     money    interest    friends   ambition
                                                       role models     parents    teachers

                          a      Why have you chosen these five factors?
                          b      How did they contribu te to your career cboice?
                          c      W hy did you not choose the other factors ?
                          d      What oth er [actors m ight influence you?

                      2   Read the Task 1 quesrion. Then answer questions a-e.

                               The bar charts show          M ain reaso ns for choosing a career - 20-35 age group
                               the results of a Greek           30
                               survey from two                  25
                               selected age 9roups in           20
                               2003 011 tile relative         % 15
                                                                10
                               importance of five
                                                                 5
                               factors in choosing a
                                                                 o
                               career.
                                                                              models

                               SlIlJ/JllLlrize the         Ma in reaSOnS for choosing a career - 40-50 age group
                               information by                   30

                               seleclillg a1/d                  25

                               repOltin9 the main               20
                                                              % 15
                               featllres, and make
                                                                10
                               cOlllparisotlS where
                                                                 5
                               relevant.
                                                                 o


                          a      What does each chart refer to generally? Look at the captions .
                          b      What do the items along th e bottom of the bar charts refer to?
                           c     How do the bar charts relate to each other?
                          d      'Nhat are the m ost noticeable features of the first bar chan ?
                           e     What are the most noticeable fea tmes of the second bar chart?
    78     ••••
L
UNIT   10   [ll di vidll al alldsociely
                                                          • •
3    Reorder the words in italics in the model text below.
Model text

    1he bar c  ,harts provide information from        ~ 1eac.herslaslrtgardslrole/andlmode/:;.
    a ~reeK surve.~ about I reasonslthe/for/          the- relative importance. of e.ac.h was ag"
                                                                                                M
    main/c.areer/a/c.hoosing among two age            the other ,a~ round: S ninelfifteen/
    9roups. 20-'7'5 and 40-'50.                       andlresptc.tivelylgroup/per/c.entljorl
    It is de.ar that the tw 9rouPS 2. thel
                             o                        younger/the, and fourtee.n and elwen per
    influenc.u1!werelvar-iouslby/ at..tor5
                                      f               G for the. older.
                                                        ent
    to diffe.re.nt de.gre.es. with the mOflt          ~ similaritylonly/the/the/twolgroupsl
    inf uentia facton) w contributed to
                            hid)                       be-tween/age waf> that friends had lef>s
    Gareer chOice for the. 20-2? age group             infuena over G areer G hoice for the
    being monei (i:lpprO'l'imatel'i 2.1 per cent)     iounger and olde.r groupfl 1 fa ctors!
    and then pi:lre.nb (2"3 per u~ nt) . HOI,eve-r.   than/any/other. seven and ten pe.r cent
    the fadors • the/agt/ w      ere/for/reversel     respe.ctivell
    grouplthel40-50. w pare.nts affe-d ing
                             ah
    the.m most at '70 per G    ent.


4    Six of the sentences a- h contain a word in th e wrong place . Corr: t each
     sentence by moving the word to the right place.
     Example
     Traveller numbers have decreased ov r period in the question.
     Traveller n umbers have decreased over the period in question.
     a    The specialist sales of rours have fallen recently.
     b    In 2006. more males than females tOok up individual spons rather than
          team activities.
     c    As can be seen. more people from the younger age group (Tavel on their
          own. in sharp contrast to those over sixty.
     d    It is dear lbJ t rhe number of flats by single' people in ()ccllpieci major citie
          in the West is pu tting pressure on housing.
     e    From [he graphs, it can be concluded that are young people much more
          mobile than p revious generations.
          The noticeable pursuit of a professional career among botb men and
          wo man has led to a reduction in the birth rate.
     g    There are similarities in the presentation of the several data .
     h    Overall the chart sho ws that the media people are re ponsible for tumin
          in to eel brities .




                                                                                    • • ••               79
Linking using with

               5   Read the example sentence from the model text in 3 on page 79. Then answer
                   the questions below.
                   Example
                   How ever, the factors were the reverse for the 40-50 age grou p, with parents
                   affecting them m ost at 30 %.
                   a   What function does th e phrase beginning with with introduce?
                   b   What type of verb stru cture normally follows with?

               6   Read the example, Then join the sentences below making an y nec s ary
                   changes.
                   Example
                   There were several similarities . The m ost and least important factors were the
                   same.
                   There were several sim ilarities, with the most and least importan t factors being
                   the same.
                   a   Sale were upward for most oC th e year. The profil reached a peak in
                       December.


                   b   The main reason for career dloice was ambitio n . Fifty per cent chose it.


                   c   ITis expected that the price of one bedroom flats will ri e AccommOdation
                       fo r individuals is in shon supply.


                   d   The pattern was different. Passen ger n umbers dropped in summer and rose
                       in wlllter.


                   e   Th e trend was d early upwaTd Manufacturing costs decreased at the same lime .


                       Consumption of e ne rgy ros e. The highest point was in January.



               Task 1 revision

               7   Decide if the following statements about Task 1 techniqu es a re true or false.
                   a   Your first paragraph is usually a gen eral statement about           True/False
                       the subject of the graph, table, map, etc.
                   b   Writing in paragraphs is not important fo r Task l.                  True/Paise
                   c   Task 1 w ill always be written in th e past tense.                   Tru e/False
                   d   If your English is correct, then it does no t matter if your         True/False
                       information is inaccurate.
                   e   You n eed to dedde which is the most important or striking           True/False
                       information in the graph, table, map, etc.
                       You should quote all th e figures that the information gives you .   Tru e/False
                   g   In a paragraph, sentences which quote specific figures nearly        True/False
                       always com e before general stateme nts.
                   h   Your con clusion will n ot normally give sped fic figures .          True/False

80 • • • • •
UNIT   10   I"dividllal al1d S')ciely
                                                    •••

Task 2 Paragraph structure

1   For each Task 2 question below, put the sentences that follow in the most
    logical order to create a p.:nagraph.


        1 Amuit,'cm IS a negative attl"ib llte of a person's character. Do yOIl
          agree or d.isagree .I ith th is sta tem ent?


    a   This is because, even when they realize an ambition, they are still not
        satisfied.
    b   It is cenainly Hue [h at ambitiou s people do not alw ays crea re happiness for
        themselves or others.
    c   If we look at the busin ssman w ho wants 10 earn a six-figure salary, we see
        tha t in most cases, when he reaches tJus p osition , he w ill still want m ore
        povver or an even higher salary.


        2 P£I 1'1 iwlilJ' ct/ltu res are IInder threat Jlowadays due tv tile f act that we
          art' li'ing in a global village. Wh at do you th ink ca ll be dOlle tv protect
          a society'S traditiolllll l"alues and wItIJre?


    a   Nor does ir mean that they will fail to respect an d valu e other people's
        cultures .
    b   One way to protect tr aditiona l val ues and customs is simply to teach peop l~
        to value their own culture
    c   On the contrary, it wil give them the con fidence to operate in our global
        village without feeling that their own identity is under threa r.
    d   This does not mean that they h ave to resist the current movement towards
        greate r internatio nal trade .


        3   Emails are the most vaLuable tool for communication in the
            twenty-first century. To what extent do you agree or disagree?


    a   Th ey can exchange ideas and discuss things more often as they are working,
        and the result may be a be tter end p roduct.
    b   This allows p eople to work together on the same project even if they are on
        opposite sides of the world,
    c   Emails ha ve certain ly b ad far-reaching effects on people's ability to
        communica te.
    d   It is now po ssible for people to correspond cheaply and at length from
        anywh ere as long as they h ave a conne ction.

2   Match each of the paragraphs above 1-3 with the correct structure below a-c.
    a   general statement - reason why this statement is true - example
    b   general statement - reason why this statement is true - effect - second
        effect
    c   statement of what should happen - statement that a negative result will
        not occur - statement that a second negative result will n ot occur - positive
        result


                                                                              • • • •            81
3   Read the following twO essay questions. For each ques tion, choose one of the
                paragraph structures in 2 on p age 81 and w rite a paragraph which could form
                p ar I of an an swer. following [h e structure you h ave chosen .

                    MOlley does not make happiness. To w hat ex ten t do you ag ree or disagree?


                    It   is [)fmer to reform criminals instead of jllst pllJ1ishil1g them. What
                    measures could be taken to attempt to ill tegrate law-breakers back
                    into society?


            Relevant and irrelevant information

            4   The three paragraphs below relate to the Task 1 questions in 1 on p age 81. In
                eA paragraph, there Cln: several option s. Choos(, cb." options wh ich are most
                  ch
                relevant to the question.

                Text 1
                1 Another r eason why ambition is not always good is that ambitious people
                   may lise u nfair or dishonest means of reaching th eir goa l. F r example.
                     they may
                a    work so hard that they neglect their families .
                b    take the credit for work that they have not done.

                2   In some cases, they may damage the careers o ( people who they see as
                    rivals, p erhap s by
                a    making false accusations about them to their employers.
                b    stealing their m on ey and possessions.

                3   In the most extreme cases, they may tum to serious crime . ............ .. .............. .
                    provides a clear exa mp le of th is.
                a   Shakespeare's story of Macbeth
                b   The story of Sinbad the sailor

                Text 2
                4 One way to ensure that people value their traditjonal culture is to focus on
                   language . With the global dominance of English, some minority languages
                     such as ............................. may feel under threa t.
                a    Welsh or Estonian
                b    Chinese or Arabic
                5   Ii people are made familiar with the history and literature of their own
                    language, then
                a    they will be more able to talk to older people about it .
                b    they will appredate th eir own culture m ore.

                6   This could be done by arranging arts festivals or writing competitions. For
                    example, in the UK
                a   there are many prizes which novelists and poets can win.
                b   there is an annual festival to celebrat e the best of Welsh w riting and culture.




~   .....
UNIT   10   I"dividual and society
                                                                      ••         •
                     Text 3
                     7   However, the effects of the Internet on communication are not all positive.
                         Emails can be wri tten and replied to very quickly which means that
                     a   people often do not consider carefully what they have w ritten.
                     b   people can check their inbox two or three time 3 day.

                     8   Another problem is that people simply send and receive co
                         many emails .................... The result of this Ls that they spend time dealing
                         wi th this constan t stream of messages instead of doing their real work.
                     a   Children , for example, lov e to contact tbeir friends frequently by em a il.
                     b   An office w orker, for example. may receive twenty or thirt y emails a day.


                 5   Reacllhc Task 2 question. Then ansover questions a-c below.

                         The current interest in famous people's privale lives has negative effects
                         both for those people alld JO/' s@ciety as a w·h(J!c. NelVspapen .d·ul/Ild rtot be
                         nnowed to ptlblish de tails of people's private lives unless.it is clearly in ti,e
                         pliblic illterest.
                         To what extent do y OIl agrel! 01' disagree?


                     a   Think of a famous person who has been in the news recentl y for something
                         unconnected with his/her job. What were the effects of this?
                     b   How rele v3m is your example [Q th e guestion . If possibl e, compare you r
                         example with a partn er. Which is [he most relevant to the question?
                     c   Write a general statement-ex amp le paragraph, using the example you have
                         chosen .


                 Task 2 revision

                 6   Read the Task 2 techniques in the questionnaire. Decide hmv oflen you do
                     these things.


Task 2 techniques questionnaire
Tick the appropriate box.                                             Always      Sometimes         Never
I mat ch the organizat ion of my essay to the question.                 D                D            D
[ use the paragraph struc ture.                                         D                D            D
[ divide my essay into paragraph s.                                     D                D            D
[ use organizi ng words to help develop m y sentences.                  D                D            D
I use a range of linking phrases - like, because,                       D                D            D
for example - to trigger my ideas.
J wTite a shon introduction wbich paraphrases tbe que li oo.            D                D            D
I know that I must write at least 250 wo rds.                           D                D            D
lleav myself rime to check my answer.                                   D                D            D
I develop functions like advamages, disadvantages, so/uliotls,          D                D            0
measures, causes by using reasons, examples,reslllts, effects.
I can state my opinion clearly apd contradict other opinions.           D                D            D

                                                                                               • •••            83
7    Which phrases can you use as trigger words for each of the following
                    functions ? Make your own list.
                    a Examp le: For example, ............................ .
                    b Reason: because ................... ....... ...
                    c Effect : As a result, .... ., .... ., ................ .
                    d Additional inlormation: Moreover, ............................ .
                    e Hypothesis: If ............................ .
                       Contrast: but ...., .. ., ........... ., ...... .
                    g Concession: Although ...... ..... ..... ........... ..
                    h Conclusion: A n d 50 .... " ...................... .

               8    Some functions are rel ated so (hal one suggests the other. Comp lete the
                    Jist below w ith rdaJed fl!In cHons. Are the combinat ions fix ed or can you
                    combine th em in any way?
                    a Problem and ................. .
                    b Measures and ................. .
                    ( Cause and ................. .
                    d Reason and ........... ...... .
                    e Example and ................. .
                    f Effect and ................. .
                    g Additional information and ............. ,., ..
                    h Con ditio n/Hypothesis and ........ "" .... ..
                         Concession and .. " ..............

               9    Read (he Task 2 question below, th en use the trigger words to d evelop
                    semences a-f with your own ideas.


                        Too much emphasis is PHt 011 eaming money rather thal1 lookiJ1g fo r {/
                        good qtlality of life. To what extent do you agree with tl1is idea?


                    a   Money is no t as important as frien                          5,   beca use .... .. ... .. ... ... .. ... .. ... .. ... .. .. ... .. ... ...... ..


                    b   For many people, keeping fi t and healthy is the main factor which is
                        necessary for a good qu ality of life. However, .... " .. .... ..... ...,.... ,... .. ... ,.... .. .. " ... ... ..


                    c   If one is content with life, then ...................................................... " .... ., .... ..... ...


                    d   What is involved in ach ieving a good quality oI llie depends on man y factors
                        rather than just one. For example. " ... ., ...... ., ........ ., ... " ............. ..., ................. ..... ..


                    e   Happiness and conten mlent are more impo rta nt than the p ursuit of
                        fre edom. Th e latter aim ............................................................................ ............. .


                        Many people living in poor housing conditions are still happy. So the idea
                        thaI ............................................................................................................... .. .......... .



               10   Wrire your own paragraph about [he importance of family in mai ntaining a
                    good qua lil y of li fe . W~ite about 60-80 words.

84 • • • • •
U NIT 10   TmJil'idllal n ~ Jd so ie/.'




••• •   ••    •     •       D

             Practice Test 10
                                               •
                                                   •         •               •
             Task 1
             You should spend abo/(( 20 minutes on this task.

             Th..: bar Ghart below sholl's fhf          pe/·Lt'lItL19i.'   of people in Great Britain li vi119 alone by
             age und sex ill 2.004./2005.
             SWI/llwrize tJu inft)f'matiim by sd.:ctill9 and reporting the main features, and make
             cOn/pan'sons where relevant.

             Write at least 150 words.

                                   People living alone: by sex and age, 2004/05, GB

                            Percentages


                   16--24
                            ~
                   25-44



                   45-64



                   65-74



              75 and over
                                          I                          I             I
                            o             10           20           30            40        50              60


             Task 2
             YOIl should spen d abollt 40 minutes on this Lask.
             Write about the following topic:

             Indil'idlwls WII do 110tl1il1g to clw/1ge society. Any new deve/olllllt:llts CLlII ollly he
             brollght abotlt by govel'l1men ts {lI1d large Itlstitutiotls. How fat· do you ag/'ee 0/'
             disagree?

             Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from YO ll r OHlII knowledge
             or experience.
             Write at least 250 words.




                                                                                                                 • •               85
Sample answers
         The p ublishers stress that these are not official grades and are for guidance only.
         Th ere is no guara nte e that these an sw ers wou ld ob tain these grades in the te st.


         Practice Test 1

         Task 1
          The graph indicates the Valiali on of t h ~' private use of Interne!, Pc' mobile phones and CD
          player in the UK (rom J 996 to 2003.
          The l[cnd in four dements of the study was upward except in mobile phone that was
          rarher erratic. CD pla yer had the biggest figure among all wit h 60% at ) 996/97 and 80%
          ,1t 20 02/ 03. While the Internet access only started in 1998/9 9 showing the lowes! figur
          throughoUl rhe period (from 10% in 19 98f99 to above 4.0% in 2002/03).
          Be1ween 10996/97 and 1998/9 9 mobile p hon and PC were going upward "" hile j ust alter
          1999 th e forme r exceeded. showing figure oC 70% compared to home c01111 uters with 55%
          in 2002/03.
          To sum up. it was ex pected to h ave home computers as e xceeding {i.g u re in the ~tudy as the)'
          provide fe atures o r CD player and the Internet acces b ut CD player and mobile phon were
          the two top modem technology access in homes . (154 Illords)


         Grade: 5
         Commen t: The t ext is logically organized, bu t does not indicate that figures are
         approximate . The summary cannot be deduced from the diagram . Vocabulary i
         adequate. despite some errors. However, grarnrna!i al mistakes, especially faulty
         complex structures, caus e some difficulties for the reader.


         Task 2
          If is obvious rhat people are unwilling to ma ke changes in their lives afr er being acc u toOled
          to a cert ain st yle of life . However this could cause many problems.
          Take for exampl e. people who leave rheir counrry and going abroad. They might face many
          issue.. Firsr of alL they have to adapt to a new culture and h abit which might be completely
          different from theLr nativ e country. Moreover, it takes time to Cldapt LO 'weather and to the
          sl},'le of new IUe w Lch m ay be differe n t [rom where they lived before.
          There is anoth er changes in lite . For exam ple. some people al a certain momen t in their live
          have to change their career, regardless of the reaSons. It is quite difficult they find not easy to
          acquire ex.peIience in their new job and difficult to make new friends at w ork.
          In my opinion. people should be lIexible. For p eople who leaving their coun try to live and
          work in another country I agree that they might have m any problems such as a new culture
          and la nguag,,· und habits bur the i.llregration wi th people it cou ld solve the problem. By the
          time, they will find themselves a pan of rhe ne w society. People who change t heir career
          the on ly lhing to eli.> it is to concentrate in rheir ne-' job . Experience thar they n eed they will
          acquire Ivith time
          In conclusion, people ha e to ready for any ch anges in their lives as no guarantee for anyone
          that the LiI e will be stable lorever. (2'>0 "e',<I;")


         Grade: 6
         Comments: All parts of th e prompt are covered, bu t the content is somewhat
         repetitive. Organiza tion a n d p a ragraphing is sa tisfactory, wi th some e ffec tive use of
         links . Vocabu lary is generally adequate However, complex sentences are u sually
         faulty and there ar e many grammaticaJ errors.


86   •
ampl,; flllSlt 'e r   '




Practice Test 2

Task 1
 The graph shows the cont ribuTion 01 diUercm senor, to th e UK economy in the 20th
 century, In particular it compares the agricultural. manufac!.Uring and businc' s and financial
 sector .
 Pirstly, agriculture sect or shows the higher value at the begi nning o ll he period (around
 50% in the Iirst 50 years of rhe ce tu ry). By the 1975, it had u tt ered a drama tic decrease
 (1 5%) tollowed by 11 drop to almost zero in ~OOO . By contra L busin e ' s and finantiaJ 'eclOr
 weI' almost zero at the beginnin g bl.J! it sharpl y increased during the pe n od .
 ,1anula w ring $ .ctGr seems to follovY rht:: trend of agri u lture, starri ng with a value o j 45 %
 in 19(1(). In J 95( it !>egan t() lalllill 1975 where ir IVa' bel,)w ,')"/0 At tl t' end of th e period
 the pnceillil!;l' for IlIilllllfilC!urillg   ,'t'ilC:WS   2()%
   general. ilgriclilt ur,ll JlId nl<lnulau uring St' llllr has .'l ~imilar trends but th<.: f rmer
 III
 dropped mu ch more a t the end of the cenl~lry tll,m the IJllt'r.li~ contrat, th ", l r t:nd o{
 bu 'iness and finan cial increased dur ing the periou. (l68 IViJrd,)


Grade: 6
Comme nts: Use of tbe rubric unchanged reduces the word count . The infurmalioll l~
logically ordered, but th e business sector data is omitted . Vocabulary is adequate and
usually appropriate, as is the range of sentence forms, but there are some imponant
errors.




 Studying the history is on of che most im portantsn bjectsin the drculum of primary and
 secondary scho ols . Some people argu e that there is nu benefit 01 tha t and history can be
 substituted by o th er more important subj ect s. However, it i;; no! a logical opinion for many
 reas ons.
 Althougb it is true thilt the <.:I'ents lllal a!'c studied in history haprcm,d in the past, it is also
 true that it reptesen! il nJuabk human experience. This can be VL'ry us eful in p lanning for
               rr
 the futuTe. humans know rhe mistakes thi)[ had been done .'lnd caused disastTia.se even ts
 in the past, lhey will try 10 avoid doing the same mistakes ill the tuture.
 Moreover studying the past of other nation, will give' the oppOrEUnily to .know mo re about
 their society. Tbl, will help in.1J!lild~ ng gol.vi rfldti()nshi, p~ I'etwcer: diUerelll c untries.
 Children art tht' peopie who l'ilI h:ld tIl<' world in the f 11 ru.re 50 they s hould ~prepa re for
 this role. The kno,,,,·1edge V;'llich can be gained trom the h istory is one of the most important
 sources fo r their skills o f und ers tanding the h u man society As m lIch as th ey learn [rom the
 histo ry. they will be efficient in their ability to decide when th y tace any problem in the
 future. Also the fliswry can give a good information aboul the developm ent in different
 branches of scienc . Som e o f these informalion may have a good a lue f r invl' Hors,
 In conclusion. it is undeniable that history, the su ounary of huma n experience, js very
 import ant in improvem ent of hu man's future if they can u:;e it pn1perly. (261)


Grade: 6
Comments: Th e topic is adequately covered, tbough there is some repetilion . The
order and paragraphing of ideas is mostly logical. Vocabulary is adequate and has
some precision . Complex sentences are well managed, but there are many min r
grammatical errors .




                                                                                             •                  87
Practice Test 3

               Task 1
                The diagramilluStralE'$ the I'arious stages in the desalinati.on of seawater to make it suitable
                for drinking.
                Pirst of all. water is taken from the sea Jnel the n passed througll a pre -treatment filler where
                the big impurit ies are removed. Th is backwash is then pip ed back into the sea through
                a no ther rUrer. At the next st age in the process, the rem ail1illg wilter is forc ed through 1
                membrane a t high pressure an d any impurities includin g salt are removed. Alter that,
                the seawater con centrate i retu rned to the sea w hile the remaining water goes through a
                pOSt treatment process . In this phase, the water is treated with lime, chlori ne and fluoride
                to make it drinkable before it is stored in a reservoir. Finally. the desalinated water is
                distributed to the integrated water supply system for people to use as d rUl king water.
                Desa lina tion involves a process of purifica ti on of VI'ater fo llowed by fi ltration a nd adding
                chemical agents. (153 words)


               Grade: 7
               Com.ments : Interest is maintained by the nexi Ie use of input language, and a wi e
               ra nge of vo ab u lary and skilfully deployed grammatical st ructures . All sta ge: a rc:
               covered accurately, though som e additions are made , The overvie w shou ld more
               logically be the second sentenc .


               Tasl< 2
                Great changes h a ve take n place in our life along w ith d v [opment of society, As far as I am
                concerned, the Internet plays a big part in this .
                Firsr. of aU, wi th the opp<)rtllIlity o f su r fing Ullcrnct or playing compu ter and video games,
                people h ave a more sedentary life style. Children no longer play games outside and get
                exerose bur they spend time on the computer. This has bad effect on their health and can
                cause problems such as obesity.
                Anot her problem is the negative effect on their relationship with their family, Internet
                access fills most young people's time, and even thei r leisure time, so this is the cause of their
                disconnection with t heir family and ultimately can h a ve an eli ct on tbeir social behaviour.
                A thjrd problem is that no t all interne t sites are US dlJI. tnlormation is often n ot accurate
                and some sites are not suitable lor children. Some interneT sites like chat rooms can eveu be
                dangerou because you do n ut know who is the other p erson.
                As regarding children's use of the Internet, the Lirst solution must be wilh tb parents,
                They need to limit hours that ch ildren spe nd 00 the computer and to encourage them to
                have other hobbies and pastimes. There is an impon ant need for th em to spl~nd mor e time
                to speak v.'itb their famil y than an electronic connection. Parents sh, uld also en ourage
                children to use other means of inIonnalion in addition to internet.
                To concl u de, I would say thaI th e interne t has hrought many benefits and it will Do t
                disap pear, therefore il is very importitll! tha t we learntlO me it well so lilat w e can reap tbe
                benefils and not me disad anlages. (278 words)

               Grade: 7
               Commen ts: The topic is considered fully, with ideas presented in a clear progression
               wi th m ostly logical paragraphing. A good range of vocabulary gives fl exibili ty
               and preasion to the writing. Sentence st ru cture is reasonably varied, b u t minor
               grammatical errors are frequent.




88   • • • •
Sample answer;
                                                                      • •
Practice Test 4

Task I
 The bar chart shows the figures for qua lifica tions a ltai,net.i in wornl'n an   m(;;n in Wale in
 200] ilnd 2002 in pt'r"(l'1I1ilges.
 The information can be divided in to three gro u ps. Tilt' br,l category includes degree a nd
 higher education qualification. The percentages Well: awund 13% and app roximately 11 %
 fu r m ell an d women respeC!ively for de~ret: but for hil1.her ed ucali,.Hl q:vdHicati on 8% for
 male and 9% for female.
 for GeE A level and GCSE grade A       to C   the percemagc was
                                                             DlllCb higher co m pared wit h the
 other two grou ps. TIK number of mak';, in GeE A level      roughl y 28% bu t for females
                                                              Wel)
 about 15 %. However, tbe GCSE gr,lde A--( sbowe d a revC[,;c: patlern, 18 'Yo ami 28 % fo r
 men arrd womel) respeClively.
 The fil~llrcs fo r the third group were mllch hw.'er. Other qualifications figures cited 12% for
 men and 11 % for w omen. No qualifica tions were rccordnl for higher num bers of men and
 w omerr. 20% and 2 3% .
 Overall, m en h ad more higher degrees whereas women b ad more GeE or equivalen t
 qualifications. (168 words)


Grade: 6
Comments: Deta ils are accurately li ste d, bu r there is no re al overv iew. The key
p oints a re n o t bro ught our. However. the voca b ulary sho w s some variet y an d
p recision . Despite m inor e rrors of grammar, simple sen tences al e used wdL but
complex structures are lacki ng.


Task 2
 To some ex tent I disa gree with lhe n o tion that competitive spons cannut be part of the
 school curriculum. However, the amount of time giVt"D SbOllJd not be overlooked.
 Sports as a whol ~' is an illjlort.J11l pJrt 01 growjng up. Students re gardle s of th eir age take
 pilri in exercise individua:U v or as il tcam member. Ta ke primary scbools for instance, they
 havL" playgrounds and [aid)' enough fadlitit:s fmrn whi.ch student' can tak e benefit.
 In $tL'ondary 5cl!ooh St uuents' attitude {(I sport ch ange'. The demand for m ore facilities and
 equipments rises. As C be seen, more dnd 1110re teenage rs turn (0 [ootbll11, sw imnling,
                        an
 even body building oUtside school ho urs. They tr y 10 make use of t h e facibties avallable t
 [hem ill schoo! as w ell. Whilt is impona nt is time .o;'hich should nOl be spent on taken up
 s~ on and nll! doing Dther school work or study.

 On the other hand, considering the availability o f the facilities to all schools is no t a bad idea.
 To illuslrilll· this, some schools are well equipped while others do poorly. NQ m atter how
 liltk the J'acility studenLI ~hould be encouraged [0 take part in competitive spons.
 Ai]   ill   r think spon WdS pan of everyday ;ife in the past and j ~ iD today's span attracting
             aiL
 sOCielieS . The best p lace you Sl<lrt yoc:r life after h Ot11e is school. Everyone decides what to do
 i1t early i1gt' As fo~ sport, il ',va, pan of curriculum vitae in the pa$t alld will be in th e future
 of cOurse, ,iith ,1 bettc( lim~ managernen L (25·1 wrrdsJ


Grade: 6
Comments: Though the ideas are relevant and sullicient. fa ul ts in ordering and
use of Links som etim es cause difficulty for t h e reader. A good ran ge of vocabular .
is mostly used with precision. A limited but accurate range of complex sen rene
al"e deployed.




                                                                                      •                 89
Practice Test 5

               Task 1
                Be twe en L990 and 2005 there were so many chauges that took pla ce in       to,'! Il   of Temp leton
                in term of deve lopments.
                On the weSl o f the liver that divide the city imo two parts, 1111.' re main buildings were
                constru cred replacing pan 0 1 the gr'en area a n d the suburba n h ome . Besides. more houses
                were built to reduce the greell area funher m ore. To the so uth 01 the a bove developments. all
                houses were demolished and new buildings raised up instead toge ther with supermarket .
                To the east of the river. an airp orl was bu ilt in an area previously covered by t ree. and more
                houses were added to tlle aIea around the hospital
                A m ajor develo pment took p lace in south east art of dty wh e re a facto ry was constructed
                a nd ferry service was established. replacing all of the old houses and the tree fores t tll at
                occupie d the area before. Moreover. a new railvvay track Ivas laid down alo ng id e th e
                embankment. (15.5 words)

               Grade: 6
               Comm e nt s: All key points were highlighted, but lacked a cI ar oven·jew. The data
               w as logi all)' and cohe rently arra nged . The vocabu lary was ad equat E' f r [he t a ~k .
               but induded some inappropriaci es. Sentence structures were varied and usually w ell
               comrolled. despite frequent grammati cal errors.


               Task 2
                Many people thin ks th a t the world exist ing problems are only matter the young generation
                a they are the candidate who are facing tl, em n ow and in the future.
                Alt h ough a considerable percentage of the public might refe r to th esl: hazards as hazards for
                the young pred ominantly. yet n1any of these concerns are actuall y brough t into the scene
                by Tbe old people. The previous generatio n are those who li ved the new de velopments in
                science and teclmology lhal brough l wit h them pollmion, PO' rty a nd part f it also possible
                distinction of man y species o f pla nts and animals.
                So The y ra ise the alarms fo r tho -e radical and serious consequences. It is often suggested that
                old generation are pas ing by and not interested in w hat happening and on ly the young who
                gives those alerts considerable thoughts.
                However from what we are experiencing now. tba t many of green pe ople are old and
                work a nj  ely to preserve animal rights and fight fie rcely agaimt global warming and
                environment al pollution. This give LIS that the prese nt world coneene; are a shared interest
                of both old and n e w generations. Although many an i is t on these issues appears in the
                m edia and they are from the yom h. still and probably equal nu mbe r fro m t he old follow the
                same rOlltes.
                Actually no one in this life want to destroy our planet. Defin itely every parent is of concern
                about his offsprin g lives thereafter. and selfish ness does not dominate OUT rhinlOng at aJl.
                What one should be aware of is that such threats are no t always djscussed or contemplated
                in t he right way by old or young generation. (264 words)


               Grade: 5
               Comments: Though the ideas are relevant and well argued, cohesi on is faulty and
               the paragraphing is notlogicaJ. Vocabulary is fairly varied and precise . Howe ver.
                omplex structures, thougb frequent, are always (aulty, with gram m atical errors
               causing some strain for the reader.




90 • • • • •                                                               ,
                                                                           IJ-
Samplt' O/ISII't'r:s




Practice Test 6

Task I
 The table ilJustrates the percentages of both young boys and gi rl whu listened to musiC' tn
 the previous m()l1 th in th e capital ()f Japan .
 The mos t striking feat ure i that males were m ore interested in music than their female
 counterparts except to r listening [0 CDs (19% and 22 % respectively). The highest rate wa
 79% for boy' who were interested in MP 3-players, while wit h regard to tbe same type of
 players for girls the proponioll was 40 % which was almost mnilar to the percentage of the
 Internet (42% ). With respect to live m usic, females recorded 44%.
 Turning to the pie chart. 70 % of young Japanese people prefer live musi c, w hereas recorded
 music raIl' was 26'% and those who a nswered Don't kn o w their rale was just 4% .
 In conclusion. young females spent less time l'islening to fa v mite mu sic cOlllpare d {O the
 opposite sex. Regarding prefcrerKe of music Live music scored t he to p percentage. (75 0
 wo rd,)


Grade: 6
Comments: The key poin ts are mainly covered, but the r is an important error
(paragraph 3) . It could be ordered more logically. However. cohesive devi e an:
well used . Vocabulary is adequate for the purpose. T here are a variety of sentence
 tructures, but their complexity sometimes causes difficulty for the reader.


Task 2
 There is no doubt tJ1at the number of visltors and businessmen and women who are
 travelling abroad has beeo incT';;3sing markedly in re cent years. However. not surpri ' ingly,
 underst anding t he culture of IDcal peop1e brings many benefits to all types o[ visitors as well
 as problems for those who do n ot unde rstand a n ew culture .
 First of all, no sensible per~on can deny the importance of breaking dOWJl barriers between
 countries By th is I me an, peop le from diiIerenl lands catl soda lize effectively and relate
 emotiona lly rega rdless of their race and religion. if they lake lim e to learn languages and
 to find out abou t where tbey are gOhlg before they travel. As a res ult . the tensior) between
 p0()p,e from different backgrou nds would be melted.
       l
 Another imponant advantage 111at needs to be taken into account is that travell er:; can
 broaden tJleir horizons by travelling. In other I-von:ls, people who travel for busi ness or
 tourism definitely would gain a lot of info rmation from t heir hos t society. KJ10 wing how to
 behave can help businessmen make lots 01 money for t hemselves and for their companies.
 undoubtedly business and tourism playa pivotal role in employing of people and reviving
 the local economy in thei-r 01''11 cou ntries and when they travel.
 On t he nber hand lac k of understanding of the culture and tradi tions of people may lead
 to misunderstandi n g and e ven increased te nsion between different cQm munities. imply
 becaus e the background of any society can act as a mirrOJ to reflect th'e nature personality
 and behaviour 01people. Certa inly. when we know these vitall hings we can overcome
 ma ny dilIiculties. (262 words)

Grade: 8
Comments: Ther are m any ideas, w ell organized intO paragraph s and highligbted
clearly, despite minor lapses in fo rus. The wide range of vocabulary exhibits flexibilil}'
and precision, with only occasional inappropriades. A variety of sentence stru ctures
are used, containing no Significant errors.




                                                                                        •            91
Practice Test 7

              Task 1
               The two ba r chart illustrate the percclllage of purchase on -li ne tickets o f concert, cinema,
               and th eatre in (Australia, th..: UK and Malaysia). by a se kcted age group and how !.he
               ime res t w as accesse d ove r the first three months of 2006.
               Purchases for the age group 25-44 was the same in t he western cou ntries at 55%, whereas
               in Ma.la ysia. it was JUSt under 40 °/" . Surprisingly, the percentage w a s very close in tbe UK
               and Ma lays ia a round 40'Y., for Ihe age group 65+, w il.h a slight increase in Australia to about
               45 %.
               Tn terms 01 the mo~ t common mean of access to buy tickets, th e chart shows that !.he
               desktOp co mp uters wa, the predo minant means in 1alaysia the UK and Australia at about
               60%,62% and 68% respeCliv t"ly. Next came the wptop , wit h ados ' percentage in Australia
               and M ala ysi a around (45 % each). while there was a modera te drop to 30 .5% in the UK
               The data might give us an indica tion about the nline purcha ' iog. (163 words)

              Grade: 5
              Comments: Excessive use of the rubri r ed u es the word count and in urs a p enally.
              There are many inaccuracies in the data, which lacks an overviev . V('I abulary Jnd
              links are inaccurately used, bUI grammar and sentence st ructures are adequate I r
              the task.


              Task 2
               The question of whether money could be more usefully applied to tackle the crisis around
               !.he world rat he r than spent it OD space research is a very contr vc rsial i.ssu and it is now
               a matte r of considerable public concern. There are. rherdo re, people on both sides of the
               (lrg umem who have feeli ngs either tor or agai nst.
               Many people believe that money should be spent to solve food crisis in Africa and South
               Asia. Drought. [or example, left Atrica with famine . Every 30 second aD African dilld dies
               of hunger and abom 4 5% ot d 1ildren in South Asia su irer from malnutrition. Similarly, the
               global issue is the conflict of A LDS in AIrica. Although, there are numerous factors in the
               spread ot HIV JAID S , it is largely recognized as a disease of poverty. Medicines, for instance,
               are very expensive and Ille government in poor countries ca n not aHo rd 10 treat the disease.
               tberefore Tlullions are dy ing. while in rich countries I eople are li ving longer.
               Havi ng said tha t. ho we ver, some people oppose the fOIDler argument. They claim that
               space researc h has bro ught e n ormou benefits to m ankind. Recently, NASA has launched
               Satellites lor weather and climate, v,'hi ch w ill give the scien tists a unique view of earth's
               auno pbere, helping tbern to im prove their abilities to forecas t weather and predio climate
               change.
               From what has been d iscussed abov we may draw the (onclusion that bOlh points of view
               bave their merits. Allhough. hum an life has priority in our 'ocieties, advanced research
               should be carri ~ d out to Lind illlolber so urce of energy, wa ter on othe r planet, and to
               uncicrstanJ the plallets and its' effect on earth to r the benefit of aU. (276 words)


              Grade: 7
              Comments: Though there are sufficient ideas and evidence, the first paragraph
              adds nothing . Ideas are logically organized and paragraphed, but the condu ion is
              n OI clearly articulated . There is a good range of vocabulary and sentence structures,
              despite some jarring punctua tion errors.




92   •   II
                                                                           .~
Sall/ple all   ll"t"1'l




Practice Test 8

Task 1
 The table illustrates ex-pected cost ot the Ihree t'll vironm mal pr je IS in three different pans
 of t he world in t he next five year .
 Th e t: 'timated cOSt a lthe A1rican project in Year I is 10 .5 millioll dollars, almost half o f the
 projected cost for Central America (20 million) and about one third ot t.he Asian proj ect (30
 million) . It is preuictecllhat West Africa  ill 'penclles~ money in (h e loilowin g years than
 in Year J. faJling 10 3. 5 million in Yea r 5. Central America h ws a imilar pattern. tn Year 5
 expected m st o[ projecl }S 5 million dolla.rs w hich i.s four times Ie s than in year 1. However.
 in South Ea t A. ia in year 5 spending will rise to 50 million dollar,
 Rega rdi ng I he pie cha rt, 50 % 01 projected cost w ill cover salaries. The rest 50% will be
 sha red on training and office expenseS. 10% each, while 30% is expected set up costs .
 Tu sum up SOUTh Eas! Asia has the     highe~t   pwjccted cos; for ellvilunlllL'nt.l1 projects fu r th e
 next five years . (J n Vclrr!S )


Grade: 7
Comments: Th e key points are presented logically and are su itably highlighleJ
by cohesive devices, However, the overview cou ld be more fully dey loped . The
voca bu lary range allow some fl exibility of presentatjo.n . Sent en e structures are
vari ed, b ut some basic grammatica l errors o ccur.


Task 2
 Many people are moving Qut of big cities into the counrryside to live to escape [rom city
 problems. Tllis is ca using problems because m ost the jobs that are available are in the cities
 so peo})le have to travel back into the cities again to work. The trans p'"lrt system can nor cope
 so people are using their own cars and the countryside is affected by the traffk pIU S.
 One 'oluti,ln to en courage people to Slay in cit ies is 10 improve the qua lity of life tbere. M.ore
 m one y could be spent reducing crime, as this is one of the main reasons why people leave
 cit ies. For example, more policemen can be employed lor city centres, which happenedln
 NevI' Y  ork and is happeni ng h ere in UK As well as safe places to IVork and live city centres
 could be ma de more iriendly and weJcoming. The en vironment can be made cleaners and
 more agreeable to live a nd work in. This INay pC'opk might be encou raged to ~t y ralhe r
 1ban m Oling out.
 A very dif ferent ,vay to tackle the problem wou ld to mo e ~ome of the job Ollt of city to
 smaJle r cities or towm. People could then still live in the countryside a nd enjoy it and only
 ha ve ( 0 travel short distances to work. Another ste p is to encourage worke rs to spend pan of
 their w orking week a t home, perhaps two da ys and I hen 10 go i ntCl work in the otber days,
 This is h appening m ore and more in ma ny parts of the world .
 There are uther ways to overcome the situation but these are the most important. (264 lI'ords)

Grade: 7
Comments: The writers proposals are dearly presented, w ith logica l paragraphing,
but the conclUSion could be more fully developed. The progression of ideas is well
marked. The vocabulary .is ve ry appropriate t o the task. Sentence structure are
reasonably varied, withou t significant errors.




                                                                                       • • •                93
Practice Test 9


               Task I
                The graph gives information about Ihe average moothly use oj a Healt h Club in Miami
                Florida by full lime members la -I year.
                One o[ the most striking features of the graph is that use the gym was higher in sununer
                compared to rhe other months of the year. In January 550 male visited the:: gym the
                figure decreased slightly. After that there was a significant increase in th~ nu mber of males
                membership [rom January to J unc. In June the !igur!' hit th e highest point of 8500 but.in
                Juiy there was a slight redu ction to December. The trend for Ie males membership follow the
                 arne. However (rom July to September 7200 female useJ the gym in every month.
                Turning to pie chart, -.% more of male membership aged between 2 1 and 4 5 used the
                facilities in gym compared to fem ales. Tb irtY-Iw pe::rc fit of fem al e m ember had ag!;: 65+
                in contrast to 25% of males. TwelllY percent o( otber age group among males had the
                ;nembership compared to 17% of female .
                J
                Ove rall . rugher number of males used the gym than women . (179 words)

               Gra de: 5
               Comments : opying the ru bri c reduces tl1 w ord coun t. Data is listed mechanically
               a nd, and in cludes serious errors. The selection, w hich is n ot w h olly logical, lacks an
               overview . The range of both vocabulary and se ntence struct ures is limited, with many
               grammatical errors .


               Task 2
                There is no do ubt tba t age expectancy has increased over the lasr twenty ,l' a rs. The question
                o[ whether the increasing number of elderly people causes posiIive eifCCTS or negative is a
                matter of dispute. As fa r as I am concerne d it has negative effect for a number of reaso ns.
                Some people are 1 the opinion rhat th is trend sho uld be increased bl'ca use tbere migbt
                be more experienced worker' in SOciety. People w ill work longer than nO·N. Tllli might
                have a possitjve effect on economy. A - w know. these people give tax 10 I h l;: government.
                Moreover if we ask anyone, they are hap py to live longer as they devote most o f their lives
                to working. In retirement age elderly people need comfort and such p(~ ople desire 10 do
                many rhings that they did not do before. Thus, increas ing aged populali n gives hope w [he
                senio who would like to enjoy their lives.
                However, I do believe that h igher aged population needs higher investment as people in
                elder age suffer frO diseases ouch as bea rt disease, srroke, diabetis, Alzehamer disease .
                                     Ill
                Govenunents n eed to invest a colosal sums of money treating such pati ents. Fur· her more
                                                                                                     t
                people in elder age become more dependent to orh ers as these people n e to be supervised
                by other people . I think nobody likes to live with other people and ust: the facilitjes thaI are
                not belong to them. Therefore seniors suffer from depress'ion and psychological problems.
                AI the "ame lime jf people work longer, [here j not promotion for rhe:: younger generation
                because most positions are occupied by the elderly people.
                l' conclude, Heel that the negative effects on oriety outweigh the positive effects because
                of the above reasons. (282 wcrds)

               Grade: 6
               Comments: There are plenty of ideas. bu t paragr aph ing is n o t ~weU ma nage d
               However, [h e sentences tend to be clearly linked . The range of vocabulary is adequate
               for th e p urpose, as is th e va rie ty of sentence struct ur es, but grammatical errors a re
               obtrusive.




94 • • • • •
Samplt! <l1l$Wer;




Practice Test 10

Task I
 The bar chart illustrates the percen tage o f people in Great Britain living alone according to
 their age and gender from 200-1 to 200 5.
 It is immediat ely apparent that Ji ing alone increased as people w e re getting older and th~'
 percentage of fem ale outnumbered the oppo ite se}; . For instance. the last category of age
 ~ howt d that tbe overwhelmi ng majority of people li ving alone wa~ female ' abou t 59%
 compared only to 28% of ma le:: .
 As regards males living (m thel r own we can see a little difference in the !:' ond third and
 Jourth groups ur age. They a lm.os t had the imila r percentage . Howl!Vt' r chi.; wa~ !lilt the case
 in the first category which was just 5% . UnJik e men . Ivo m en', predom inan ce began ill the
 65174 year old which showeJ a dramatic change. For example the percentage of females
 was 32 0ft, as opposed to 15 % lor males . Prior to this group, tbe Ihird category o f age had
 almust the sam e:' percentage.
 By and large, Jiving alone 'V as common among w ome n as th ey go older. The 35-44 year oids
 w as the only category with a noticeable male predornina n e. (182 'ord~~


Grade: 6
Comments: The rubric is copied, reducing the word count. There is a dear overview.
with well highlighted main points. However, organlzation is less clear in the
third paragraph. Vocabulary and grammar are fairly vari ed, but there are various
inaccurate usages .


Task 2
 Th ere is Little doubt that go vernments and Jarge i.ll stilulions implel11.e m many innovation-
 iJ1to our society. Ho w ever, fmm my point of view. rb ey are only able to Li o so w ith th help
 of ideas from individ ual citizL'llS.
 For a stan, every pan of society, including government a nd large imititulions, consists
 of individual membe rs. Governments have the righTS 10 rile furtht'r use of Ih new i.d eas
 and in iact ,hould alway, listen to them. For example. a U krainiilll L'ngineer called Pia ion
 il1lroduced rhe idea of bLTildinl~ i1. bridge across thl:" rivLT in Kit·. Seeing rh.e st rategic
 importance of Ihis bridge the govemment pruvidetl funds t.) build it. And nov>' the whult: of
 society benefils from tllte' lI~e ur Oll(' man's idea.
 Furthermore in london, rhe Mayor, Mr livingstOne, announced a comper it ion which can
 be entered by individuilb to find a new way to provide air conditioning for the undergro und
 sy~lcm. Tliis is yet another example 01 how governments an d large i nstitutioTl s rely on the
 creativity 01 individual:; to be lnventive- and brin g about change.
 Some people m ight say tha t goveruments have the st rength, power and mone t() realise
 and introduce new idea 0[1 thei r own. In the case ot illstitutIOns they possess up to date
 equipment and massive facilities . However 1 would sa ( tha t Ih e y are not enough to allo w
 them to contrib ut e to society as a whole. This 1. where crealivity and outstand ing ideas come
 in. So if an indi vidual's dfom are combined with t11 government" power and money,
 there wou ld be m any changes that could benefit eVI' T; one.
 In conclusion, bo th indi vid ual s and large organizations, lIlcluding governments need 10
 work in partnership to bring about any ben djda l change. (278 words)


Grade : 8
Comments: Th e writer d o es not fully address the topic but doe s p resent a clear
and logi cally _e q uenced a rg u ment, supported by e vidence . Cohesive devices are
u sed eflectively. The range o f vocabula ry produces nuency and precision. Sentence
str uct u re is va ried and gra mma tically a ccurat e .


                                                                                     • • ••          95
•••••
               •
               •
               •           I(ey
               •                           ••              •            •           ••       •       • •••               •
 Unit 1                                     g The number of visi tors at the
                                              th eme park fluctuated very
                                                                                         2
                                                                                         b   disa dvantage, ngree or
                                              sligh tly.
Task 1                                      h Sugar imp ons decline d
                                                                                             disagree
                                                                                         c   advantages/benefits,
 1                                            gradu ally.
                                              There has been a slow increase
                                                                                             disadva ntages
                                                                                         d   agree or disagree
Possible answer                               in the quality of food in
                                                                                         e   advantages/benefits
Students' own answers. Graphs                 supermarkets.
                                                                                         f   causes, solutions
associated with iPod and DVD                  There was a remarkable
                                                                                         g   measures
may be expected to be rising (c               fluctu a tion i the number of
or f) , w hereas graphs associated            air travellers.
with audio and vjdeo cassettes                                                           3
                                                                                         b three pans, tw o statements
m ay b e expected to be falling (a.
e, g, or b) .
                                            6                                              plu s qu es ti on
                                            a    African sp ice exports
                                                                                         c one pa rt
                                            b    new produ ct de velopment
                                                                                         d two parts, statem ent plus
2                                           d    ticke t pu rch ases
                                                                                           question
19       2c     3 d     4a      5b          e    Internet site s
                                                                                         e two parts, statem ot plus
6 h      7 f    8 e     9 h     10 e        f    mango sal es
                                                                                           quest ion
                                            g    theme park visitors
                                                                                           three pans, Statement plus
                                                 supermarke t food qualit y
3                                                                                          two qu estions
                                                                                         g two parts, statement plus
 2   rose
 3   fluctuate d                            7                                              question
 4   flu tuated                             b     $85,000
                                            c     $ 125,000
 5   dro pped
                                            d     $12 0,000
                                                                                         4
 6   fell. levell ed aU
 7   rose, cli mbed                         e     $130,000                               Possible answers
 8   d eclined                                                                           Work: p eople have less srabl jobs
 9   decreased, levelled off                8                                            Technology: continually
10   d ropped                               a months of the vea r                        d eveloping new computer
                                            b thousands of d~llars                       systems and electronic devices
                                                                                         Travel: air travel is still on the
4                                           c Sales w ent up for Internet
                                                                                         increase and becoming cheaper
Slow: steadily, gradually,                    Express. Wi-fi Cafe, and Cale
                                              Cool, bu t d own fo r Th e Tea             Communication: people are using
slightly
                                              Room .                                     tex t m essage more
Fast: wildly, sharply. dra m atically,
                                            d Betw een different cafes and               Healt h: life expectancy is
sudd enl y
                                              between different mon t hs fo r            increasing
                                              [h e same cafe.
5                                                                                        5
a There were wHd f]UCluauons
  in spice exports [rom AIri a              9                                            a   first sentence
                                            2   nou n            3   verb                b   ca uses, solutions
     over the period.
b    There was a gradual fa ll in the       4       nOUD         5   adverb
     development of new products.           6       verb         7   verb                6
c    Research investment has                                                             Th ey are ans w ering : can yo u

d
     decreased noticeably.
     There w as a significant drop
                                            10                                           suggest some pas ible solutions?
                                                d      2 g     3 e   4 f      5 a        Th ey sugges t: encouraging
     in the purch , ses of ticke ts la$[    6 c        7 b                               employees to relax , providing
     m onth.                                                                             gyms and massage therapy,
e    There was a significant r ise          Task 2                                       training employees to manage
     in the number of sites on the                                                       their time better.
     Interne!.                              1                                            Results: people wW be more
     The sale of' mangos decreased          a     drawbacks                              efficient and producti e; the
     suddenly.                              b     reasons                                w orkplace ,viii b happier.
                                            c     causes
                                            d     solution s


96      ••••
Fey
                                                                                   •••           • ••••
                                          purpose:     in order to
7                                         reason :     because, since
                                                                                    Unit2
 1 c      2 f     3 d     <1 a
                                          result:      consequently, and so.
5 b       6 e
                                                       therefore. as a result
                                                                                    Task 1
                                                                                    '1
8                                         12                                        a paper lUoney, around eighth
a      People should be encouraged                                                    century AD
                                          reason :  because
       to exercise more .                                                           b ballpoint pen, patented 1938
                                          result :  as a resulr, and so
b      Th e number of working hours                                                   (other dates are Fahrenheit's
                                          example: for example
        hould b e red u ced.                                                          thermometer 1714, Durand'
                                          solution: rhe obvious answer is
c      One possibili ty is for the                                                    tin can 1810, and Hunt's
       governm ent to p rovide each                                                   safety pin 1849)
       employee WiIh their own            13                                        c Students' own answers.
       compU ler.                                                                   d There are many otber
d      Parents could be pers uad ed t o   Possible answers                            importan t h istorical
       spen d m ore time w ilh their      A                                           in ve n tions. They could
       chi ld ren .                                                                   inclu de paper, the light b u lb,
 e     The number of cars coming          If people migrate to cities,
                                          they become trapped in po or,               radi o and TV.
       into cities should/coul d be
       restricted                         over ro wded accommodation and
       A good idea is for the             so their h ea lth deteriorates and as
                                          a result their q uality o f life may
                                                                                    2
       governmen t to build more                                                    a The bicycle was ranked as
       skyscrapers.                       be no bener than before. A good             most imponant by most males
                                          idea would be to try to create new          and females .
                                          jobs in the countryside. By doing         b More females thelD males
9                                         this, people would not feel the             ranked the bicycle, mobile
a      obesity (o r stress)               need to move into ci ties which             phone, and radio as the most
b      stress                             are already overcrowded.                    important.
c      (echnology                                                                     More males than females
                                          B
d      lack of disdpline                                                              ranked the car, computer,
e      traffic con gestion                People spend too m uch time                 Internet. and TV a the most
f      overcrowding                       watching TV For example, some               importam .
                                          children stay up late watching
                                          TV in their bedroom instead
10                                        of getting a good night'S ,Ieep .         3
                                          Consequen tly, they arrive at             a th an
 Possible answers                                                                   b popu lar
                                          school tile d and u nable to learn.
 bAs a res ult , peopl e w ou ld be
                                          If ho us eholds just h ave one T V in     c less
  ob liged to mana ge th elr lime
                                          rhe main li ving area. th en it wiLi      d The leas t p opula r
  more effedive ly.
                                          be easier to control h ow man y           e l'lore
c Thi would enable them to
                                          ho urs are spent in front of it.          f The most popular
  w ork irom hom an d avoId
                                          This will lead to better res ult s a t    g Fewer
  str ess[ul jou rneys into work.
                                          school.                                   h less importan t
d This would lead to better
                                                                                      than
  communication between                   c                                           les5
  family members.
e Consequently, the:re would              The development of tourism
                                          often creates resentment among
  be less traffic congestion
                                          local people because tourists
                                                                                    4
  and journey times w ould be
  reduced .                               do not help the local e onomy.            Possible answers
  By doing this, they would               For example, they may stay                Not as many females as males
  ensure that there were fewer            in international hotels which             chose the car.
  people living in crowded or             make large prouts outside the              lot as many males as females
  substandard accommodation.              country. Tbe obvious answer               chose the mobile phone .
                                          is to encourage tourLsts to use
                                          locally available accommodation .
 11                                       Furthermore, by doing this, they
       addition: and, furthermore         would learn more about the
       condition : H                      COLUJ try they a re visiting.
       example : for instan ce, for
                   exam ple

                                                                                                       • • •          97
f       Tradition does not hold us
5                                    9                                              back as some people believe.
a    M ore m ales than females
                                     Possible answers                       g       Schools and colleges need to
  eho e the car.                                                                    emphasize history and related
b More women than meu                a The bar hart probably
                                       provides infom1ation about                   subjects .. .
  selected the mobile phon                                                  h       The Interne! and compu ters
c The Internet was chosen by           the number of people in two
                                       di Uerent age groups who had                 ca n be used [ 0 preserve the
  more males than female s.                                                         past.
d More females than males              various interests.
  picked the radio.                  b n umbers of people
e Fe..,· r males tha n females      c interests/societies                  4
  picked the radio.                  d age grou ps                          a it/this
  The computer was chosen by         e There is no lime reference.          b ,hey
  few r females than males .                                                c This
g The bicycle was selected by
                                     10                                     d it, it
  fewer males than female s.                                                e it fthis
                                     1c      2e     3a      4 f
                                                                            f this
                                     5d      6 b
                                                                            g this
6
a Slightly
b considerably
                                     11                                     5
                                     Ending could come first: 2, 3, 4,
c M any                                                                     Stude nts' own ans wers.
                                     5, 6
d Substantiall y                                                            Other impQrtant histori cal
                                     Noun phrase only: in compa rison
e significan tly                                                            e ents could be the ctiscQvery of
                                     wi/h, compared with
f pracl ically                                                              Australia. the discovery that the
g far                                                                       earth goes ro un d the su n, o r the
h m uc b                             12                                     first splitting of the atom.
  N .arly
                                     Correct options
                                     1 However, B y contrast                6
7                                    2 but. while                           Relevant PQints: b, d, e, g
a    n early, pra ctically           3 but, wh.ereas
b    considerably, many,
     'ubstantiaUy, significantly,
                                     4 far, considerably                    7
                                     5 but, although
     far, much                       6 significan t.l y, no ticeably
e    slightly
                                                                            Possible answers
                                                                            __ . such as in Ancient Greece or
                                     Task 2                                 during th e Roman Empire.
8                                    1                                      A s a resu lt, they will be able to
                                                                            compare these socie ties with our
Possible answers                     Archeolog ists, for example, h elp     own .
a Far more males t ban femal es      us to learn abo u t th e pas t. They   Th erefore. they vill become more
  ch ose th e car.                   look for evidence in artefacts like    aware of th e kin d of society that
b Considerably more w om en          p ots an d jewellery. These reveal     we live in.
  th an m en sel ected th e mobile   a lot of information abo ut our        F urthe rm o r ' , they will come tQ
  phone .                            ance stors. This is very useful, but   appreciate [h e contrib u tion lhat
c The Internet was chosen by         it is still quite li m ited.           th ese sQcie ties m ade to the way
  significantly mor e males r11an                                           ~ve think roday.
  females.
d Substan tially more females
                                     2
  than males picked the radio .
                                     1 d     2 b     3 a     4 c                8
e Significantly fe w er males than                                              Students' own answ rs .
  female picked the radio ..         3
f Th e computer was chosen by        b    Old buildings help create a           9
  slightly fe"o'er females than          more relaxing environment
  males.                                  in cities than concrete office        Possible answers
g The bicycle was elected by              blocks .                              They eQuId visit historical places
  slightly fewer males than          c    Studying history may ~                such as castles or archaeolQgical
  females .                               an in terest in Qther subject         sites.
                                          ~.                                    They ould research their own
                                     d    Built-up areas can be mad e           family history.
                                          more attractive by adding             They could do project work on
                                          monume nts and stat ues.              historical periods or figures whQ
                                     e    Gov rnmems should provide             intere t them .
                                          m ore money to preserve
                                          historical sites.

98       •• •
Key
                                                                               ••• ••••• •••

                                                                                g It powers it.
10                                      2                                       h th e turbin e
                                        1   is extracted
                        Paragraph                                                 Th ey are sen t to a heat
                                        2   is heated
                                                                                  reco cry steam generator.
                1         2      3      3   is cooled
                                        4 reaches
    Solutions   a         b      h      5 cool s                                9
    Examples    i         e      d      6 condense s                            1    First of all
    Effects     f         c      g                                              2    After that
                                                                                3 where
                                        3                                       4 From this
                                        1 h old             5 occur
11                                      2 rain s            6 rises
                                                                                5 Folloving that.
a solution          b    effect                                                 6 in turn
                                        3 fil l             7 begins
c example           d    solution                                               7 then
                                        4 becomes           c. falls
e example           f    example                                                8 subsequently
g effect            h    solu tion
  e([ecI                                4                                       10
                                        a   intransiti ve
                                                                                a    When the snow fa l s, it covers
                                        b   transitive
12                                      c bOlh
                                                                                     th e ground with a protective
                                                                                     layer.
                                        Semence a cannot be put inlO the
Possible answers                        passive .
                                                                                b    As soon as her cubs are born,
One way is to en courage children                                                    the lioness licks them all over.
to study history b y usin g th e                                                e    Once the paper is collected. it
Internet. For e xample, th ey could     5                                            is sent [or re yeUng.
sea rch for in form ation about         Transitiv e: design,                    d    Before volcano es erup t, they
histOrical figures online . This        produce, send, mamtfact ure,                 send huge amo unts of smoke
coul d increase their motivation to     obtain, become                               into the air.
do historical res earch .               Intransi tive: fail, rise, die          e    Wh en the plants perspire, th
The best wa y is probably to visit      Both : begin, dry, gro w, cool               air becomes h u mid .
h istorical ire . For instance,                                                      The trees are cut down
children could visit a local                                                         and the lorest is gradually
archeological site . As a resul t,      6                                            destroyed.
the h isto rica l places will come to   Som e variation is p ossible .
seem more real.
Another method is to involve
                                        a A.fte r th e moto rcycle is
                                          designed, a prototype is made .
                                                                                11
children in doing writing proje cts,      It is tested and the m otorcycle      Possible answers
such as p roducing a p ster or an         is m anufactured. Ai ter this, it     a  As soon as the food is
in forma tion booklet . Th e skills       is exported an d sold .                  processed, it is packaged and
that they practise in these sorts of    b First the wh eal i planted, and          then it is dis tributed .
projects could then b e applied in        later th e crop is harvested .        b When the cycle is completed.
other subj ecis.                          The wheat is transported to              it repeats itself al l over again .
                                          the m ill w h ere it is made into     c Ailer th e rubbish is collected.
                                          flour. The flo ur is bo ugh t by a       it is sent to a centre for soning
Unit 3                                    baker. Later the brea d is baked         and then it is recycled.
                                          and sold.                             d. Once a new model of the
Task 1                                                                             bicycle is developed, it is

1                                       7                                          rested .
                                                                                e W hen the TV is assembled, it
                                        1 b       2 c   3 a    4 h       5 d
                                        6 e             8 g                        is sent to the shops.
Possible answers                                  7
                                                                                      s soon as lh e water is
a ring: gold, silver
                                                                                   p urifie d, it is bou led.
  house : cement, stone, wood,
  glass
                                        8                                       g The data about the weather is
                                        a by conveyor belt                         collected, and the information
  bag: plastic
                                        b oxygen                                   is then broadcast.
  shoe: 1 athe r
                                        c raw syngas                            h Once the prot otype h as b een
  car: steel, plastic, glass
                                        d ca rbon dioxide, mercurv an d            tes ted, it is modified .
b natural: gol d, silver, ston e,         sulphur                '
  wood, lea ther
                                        e puriiied syngas
  manu factured : cement, glass,
                                        f It drive it.
  plastiC, steel
                                                                                                    • • ••          99
12                                     d Technology saves us more and         Paragraph 3
                                          m ore lime, which can be used        Call (> : j'nt ernatiooal drive
 Stu dents' o wn answ n.
                                          to create more madlli1.es.           towards leaming new technology
                                        e More and m ore household             Result 1: young people leavin
 Task 2
                                          tasks are now carried out by         school literate in certain
 1                                        robots, which will be even           computer skills
                                          more common in the fu ture.          Result 2: a generation almost
 Possible answers                         Ev rything seems to be               deficient in ba ic practical skills
 a Comp uters, au(Omatic doors,           available at the touch of a          Reason: tedmical problem -
   mobile phones, and satellite           bulton, which makes people           solving bas been squeezed OUI
   navigation systems can all             ex-pect instant responses from       of the curriculum
   belp. All of them can make             other people.                        Example : making thin g in
   life difficult as it can take orne                                          carp ntry
   time to learn how to use tbem
   and they can go wrong.
                                        6
 b Automatic doors and TV
                                        a computers make mistakes and          9
                                          pre vent things happening            Paragra ph 1
   remote controls might make           b information abo ut the world         Problem: First of all
   people lazier. Video games and       c machi nes nov give us more           Ca u e: A number of reasons have
   lv1P3-players might also make          freedom                              been put for ward for this, bUl by
   people lazy in that peopl            d tim e                                fa r the m ost important
   might c me to prefer usin g          e r bots
   these instead of takin g up          f everything eems to be                Pa,ragraph 2
   more active pastimes .                 available a t th e touch of a        Example : li.k
 c Student' own answers.                    utton                              Cause : becau t:
                                                                               Ellect: consequently
                                        The which-clause expresses an
 2                                      effect in a, c, d, and f.
     auses, s JUli ons                                                         Para graph 3
                                                                               Cause: also needs to carry a good
                                        7                                      part of the blame
                                                                               Result 1: This has led to
 3                                      a   The situation, w hich has now
                                            become much more complex.          Result 2: it has also created
 a practical skills for everyday life
                                            is effectively out of control.     Reason: becau e
 b over-reliance on machines
                                        b   The problem, which the public      Example: lik e
 c office functions, openin
   and locking doors, switching             blame the government for, is
                                            everyone's responsibility.
   machines on and off
                                        c   The cause of the problem.
                                                                               10
 d IN rkers cannot do basic                                                    Result
   practical tasks .                        w hich is not immediately
                                                                               so
 e They have dilficulty in                  obvi us to eve ryone, is a lack
                                                                               therefore
   processing basic information.            of basic training.
                                                                               consequ n tly
                                        d   The solution, which in my
                                                                               as a result
                                            opinion, is by fa r the best. is
                                                                               and so
 4                                          to h ave a day at work wh ere
                                                                               fo r this reaso n
 a allow the TV to do th eir                people do not use computers
                                                                               as a consequence
   thinking for them at home                or other machines.
                                                                               hence
 b traditional pra ctical skills        e   Office technology, which
                                                                               which leads to
                                            require only basic lraini.ng
                                                                               which means that
                                            t use, is the cause of much
 5                                          frustration a t work .
 a Sometimes computers make                                                    Purp ose
   mistakes and prevent things                                                 in order to
   happening, which wastes              8                                      so as to
   valuable time and can cost           Paragraph 2                            with the aim of
   money.                               Example: fiting a plug, mendin g       . 0 that
 b TV programmes provide                a puncture on a bicycle, or even
   people with infonnation
   about the world around them.
                                        sewing a button on a shirt
                                        Cause: parents no longer have
                                                                               11
   which is often very useful.          enough time to spend at home           Possibl'e answers
 c Machines now give us more            with their children                    a   Children are now learning
   freedom, which means w               Effect: young people are                   how to do mental arithmetic
   have more time for leisure           consequently deprived of                   again, which means that they
   activities .                         valuable lime to I am practical            will rely less on calculators
                                        skills


100 • • • • •
K/!)
                                                                         •••

b Some cities charge motorists
  to take their cars into the
                                     4                                    10
                                     Paragraph I : a
  cemre in order to encourage                                             Possible arnswerrs
                                     Paragraph 2: b, c, d
  people to use public transport.                                         a about one in four/just under a
                                     Paragraph 3: e, f
c Machines are manufactured                                                 qua rter
                                     Paragraph 4: g
  to break down after a certain                                           b the overwhelming/vast
  time, 0 that companies can                                                majority of; 75 per cent
  sell more of them.                 5                                    c about one in three/just over
                                     General: a, e, g                       one third: one in ten
                                     Specific: b, c, d, f                 d Filty per cent; a hefty 64 per
Unit 4                                                                      cent/over ix ut of ten

Task 1                               6                                    e The overwhelming/vast
                                                                            majority/ About nine out of
                                     General: b, d, e, f, g
                                                                            ten
1                                    Specific: a , c, h
Students' own answers
                                     7                                    11
                                                                          a    The percentage who spent
2                                    a Far fewer junior Je turers read
                                       over twelve articles a we . .           8- 14 h our in tbe library are
a The pie charts describe th e                                                  imilar: 35 p r cent for all
  proponion.s of each group            compared o ith PhD students.
                                                    v
                                       The average junior lecturer             students and 32 per cent {or
  reading particular numbers of                                                postgraduate. The proportion,
  article ' each week .                reads mort: journal articl
                                       than the average student.               are approximately the ~ame.
b The number represent                                                         but for different categorie~ of
  percentage f people .              c The average PhD student
                                       reads more articles than                hours.
c It shows the number of                                                  b    The percentages of ludents
  articles read each week. There       the other students at the
                                       un iversity.                            spending 1-7 hours and
  are three separate categorie~.                                               fifteen or more hours are very
d For all student , the most         d Those students who are
                                       researching for a PhD have              different in each case.
  noticeable feature is that the                                          c    As students progre s toward
  majority read 1-5 artides .          more time to read articles than
                                       junior lecturers .                      postgraduate level. the
  Por PhD students, the most                                                   number of hours spent in the
  noticeable feature is that the                                               library increases.
  majority read twelve or more
  articles per week.
                                     8                                    d    The similarity between
                                     26 per cent                               the diff rent proportions
  For junior lecturers, the most     a.bo ut one in four                       fo r undergraduates and
  noticeable feature is that the     just over a quarter                       postgraduates, but for
  majority read 6-11 articles per                                              different categories.
  week .                             33 per cent                          e    Undergraduate students spend
e In general, most students read     one third                                 Ies time tha n other students
  between one and five articles      one in three                              in the library. Other stu dents
  a week .                                                                     spend less time in the library
  Most PhD students read more        48 per cent                               than postgraduate students.
  articles than other tudents        almost hali                               Postgraduate students spend
  and junior lecturers.              n early hali                              more time in the Ubrary than
  A tiny minority of junior          ju I under one half                       all other students.
  lecturers read only 1-5 articles   close to one hali
  per week .
                                     75 per cent                          12
                                     three out of four                    a pattern         e trend
3                                      ree quarters                       b proportion      f two-thirds
a how, an                                                                 c majority        g quarter
b   For example,                                                          d minority
c   respectively                     9
d   whereas                          very big : vast, overwhelming
e   Meanwhile,                       very big (used before numbers) :     13
f   but, which                       massive, hefty                       Students' own answers.
g   that                             very small: tiny
                                     not very big (used before
                                     n.umbers): modest, mere


                                                                                             • • • • • 101
Task 2                                   h Yet other people put forward                d It is important that boys and
                                            the view that being bored and                 girl ought to be educated in
 1                                          learning to deal with boredom                 separate schools. One reason
 a They are connected by the                is a necessary part of the                    for thjs is (h at the learn in
   topic of education.                      learning process for children.                different ways. For example.
 b No. th y stand alone . The                                                             boys are known to prefer
   statements are very sweeping                                                           competitive activities.
   and do not dearly support the          6                                             e SOIDe people think that
   fjrst one.                             e       d2     c3       b4      S g             teachers' salaries need to
 c Yo u could give reasons like:          6a      7/     8h                               be as high as doctors' or
     because chis would help poorer                                                       lawyers' since they have such
     countries and poorer parts of rich                                                   an important job to do. For
     anmtries develop. Then you           7                                               instance, creating a future
     could give example . like: For       a 3     b 2                                     generation of doctors and
     example, s hoofs in places like                                                      lawyers requires go d welJ-
     .... could be sponsored by richer                                                    paid teachers in the present .
      ountries.                           8
 2                                        Possible answers                              Unit 5
                                          a For example, they can learn
 B th statements SllPP rt the               languages like Japanese or
 opinion.
                                                                                        Task 1
                                            Russian.
                                          b A good example is the endless               1
 3                                          tests given to school children
                                                                                        Suggested answers
 Students' own ans wers.                    in some countri s.
                                          C Take for example trips to                   a Dave th inks it wa worSe.
                                            place. of historical interest likt:           There is now more lor young
 4                                          The Great Wall of China or                    people to do.
                                            Istanbul.                                     Sandra thinks it was better. II
 Possible answers                         d It can, for example, provide                  was quiet and peaceful. 0
 a It is important that                     small classes an d sometimes                  there is a bypass .
   universities should make                 even better facilities.                       Tom agre es the tOwn wa
   more links with businesses.            e Famous sports stars li ke                     prettier and more pea cful.
 b There is no doubt tha t the              footballers could. fo r instance,             However. he thinks there are
   present young generation                 conduct training on a regular                 more jobs and opportunities.
   knows more than therr                    basis.                                      b Students' own answers.
   previous counterparts.                                                               c Dave: The ice rink, the leisur
 c One cannot deny that                                                                   centre, and the kate park
   teaching thinking at school            9                                               were opened by the council
   is e sential, even at primary                                                          last year.
   level.                                 Possible answers                                Sandra: A ypass an an
 d It is impossible to argu e             a Some people are of the                        industrial estat e were built a
   again I the fact that more               opinion that foreign                            few year ago.
   time needs to be devoted to              langu age learning should be                d   Students' own answers.
   learning music, either during            comp uJsory, because it helps
   or afte r school hours .                 intellectual development.
                                            It can, for instance, develop               2
                                            one's own lan guage and                     a The town changed
 5                                          improve commun ication.                       conSiderably over tbe peri od.
                                          b There is no doubt that                      b 11 was more residential.
 Possible answers                           students need to have good                  c There were fewer tree s in
 e Some people believe physical             study skills on ntering                       2005.
   education is a necessary part            university. since most subjects             d They were dramatic.
   of Lhe learning process for aU           r quire a lot of sophis ticated             e The construction o f the
   pupils.                                  skills like listening [0 lectures,            stadium an d tbe removal of
   Some people fe el that play is           note taking, etc.                             the houses.
   a major part of the learning           c Yet others feel that university               They were cut down and
    race for children.                      lecturers need some teacher                   replaced by skyscrapers.
 g Other people are of the                  train ing, as they are us d to
   opinion that it is imponant              lecturing rather than teaching
   {or hildren to LTy to learn              which is n ot uitable fo r sma ll
   anoth er language arly in                groups. Lecturers could, for
   their education.                         instance, follow short courses
                                            o r visit coUeges or schools.

102 • •       ••
                                                                                  ..1
K~j'

                                                                          ••••••

 3                                  8                                     2
 2   residential                    d cannot replace Between 2000 and     a You can agree or disagree
3    experienced                    2005.                                   completely. You can agree 50
4    noticeable                                                             per cent an d disagree 50 per
5    houses                                                                 cent. You cannot be neutral.
6    factories                      9                                       You have to express an
 7   facilitie                      a    By 2005, the ro w of old           opinion .
 8   construction                        houses had been knocked          b Young employ e should
 9   comer                               down to make way for a road.       receive the same amO).lnl of
10   comparison                     b    By 2005, the forest had been       money as older people if they
                                         cut down to build a railway.       do identical work.
                                    c    By 2005, the area had been
4                                        redeveloped completely.
a Th e tow n centre was             d    By 2005, the factory had been    3
  developed dramatically.                converted into an art gallery.   a   Opinion statement
  The neighbourhood was             e    By 2005, the city centre         b   Contradiction
  completely transformed.                had undergone a tota l           t   Example
c The residential area was               transformation.                  d   Explanafion
  totalJy reconstructed                  By 2005, the row of old          e   Reason
d The old factories were totally         terraced houses in [he city      f   Reason
  redeveloped.                           bad been pulled down and         g   Resuli
e The old houses were rebuilt .          replaced by a block of fiats .
f The entertainment district wa s   g    By 2005, a sports omplex
  completely modernized.                 had been conslrUcted in the      4
                                         suburbs.                         a Many people believe that
                                    h    By 2005, a number of             b R wever
 5                                       spectacular changes bad taken    c Take {or example
b The town centre developed              place.                           d They deserve to receive the
  dramatically.                          By 2005, the whole                 same salary .
                                         centre of the town had           e becau se
                                                                          f Moreover,
 6                                       been transformed by new
                                                                          g which
a The map shows changes                  developments.
  which took place between 19 0
  and 2005.                         10                                    5
b   cry few trees remained.         a Tbey are beside the railvvay        Students' own answers.
c Over the next 25 years. a ll        line .
  these houses were kl10cked
  down.
                                    b It is north-east of the lake .
                                    c It is south-west of the
                                                                          6
d The single dwellings made way                                           Delete the following :
                                      stadium.                            1 Moreover
  for skyscrapers.                  d It is south oJ the goll course .
e The trees wae cut down .                                                2 while
                                    e It is north of the skyscrapers.     3   And
f The area experienced dramatic     f It is in the south -west of the
  changes .                                                               4 also
                                      town.                               5 however
g The woodland made way for a       g It is south of the river.
  golf course.                                                            6 Subsequently
h A marina was also built.
                                    11                                    7
                                    a in         b by        c   beside
 7                                  d in         e from      f   on
                                                                          1
                                                                          2
                                                                              a.
                                                                              b
                                                                                   contra st
                                                                                   reason
 awas knocked down                  g beside     b on            off
 bwas cut down                                                            3   a    addition
c was redeveloped                                                         4   c    example
                                    Task '2                               5   a    result
d was converted
                                                                          6   c    conclusion
e underwent                         1
J was pulled down/replac d          Students' own answers.
g was constructed
h took place
  was transformed



                                                                                                • • ••    103
8                                      10                                    5
                                                                              a pie chart      I
 Po ssible answers                      Possib,le answer                      b p ie chart     3
 a Many feel that young people          Some people feel [hat weblogs are     c pie chart      1
   have m uch m ore influence           ju t a waste of time and another      d pie chart      2
   in the world than their              w ay to lure people on to the         e pie chart      4
   coumrparts in the past.              Internet. Person ally, however,
   Personally, I believe that this is   I feel that they are very useful
   not necessarily true, because        for people of all ages, especially    6
   most people in power belong          young people, fo r many reasons.      a The vast majority of holiday
   to the older generation. For                                                 makers to China ...
   example, most politicians                                                  b It is clear that aIm st equal
   throughout the world                 Unit6                                   n umbers of bot h sexes ...
                                                                              c Only a Lin y minority of
   are mainly middle -aged.
   Moreover, most wealth is             Task 1                                  filmg oers ...
   concentrated among people                                                  d Tn conclusion, the trend is
   in their forties upwards. So,        1                                        Jearly upward, with just
   young people may appear              Students' own answers.                  under hall of companies ...
   to exert influence, but it is                                              e To su m up, neady a third of all
   limited.                                                                     tourists ...
 b Accorcting 10 some people,           2
   older workers are just as                                                  7
   equipped to deal with the
                                        Possible answers
                                        Student exchanges, language           Overall
   modem world as young                                                       It is clear that
   people. However, I think that        learning, joint ultural events,
                                        and shared cientific, and             To conclude
   younger people are much                                                    It is evident tha l
   more prepared because th ey          technological know- h ow an be
                                        canied out by individuals.            It would seem th at
   are much more comp llt er-                                                 It is clear that
   litera te than older peopJe.         Trade agreements, transport
                                        links, and media images can be        In conclusion
   Moreover, they are welJ-
                                        i.m proved by governments.            To sum up
   acquainted with the latest
   'gadgetS'. For example, many         Tourism can be carried out
                                        by both individuals and
   young people are able to
                                        governments.
                                                                              8
   design their own web pages                                                 a Backpacking is popular
   and adapt quickly £0 the latest      Climate and landscape, and
                                                                                with the youngest gr up
   tools. Thus, I feel they are         lifestyle and culture are difficult
                                                                                an d guided tours relatively
   better at coping with today's        to change .
                                                                                unpopular. This pattern is
   world.                                                                       reversed for (he oldest group .
 c Some people are of the               3                                     b 31-40 year aids
   opinion that advertising             a the overwhelming majority of        c satisfied
   should n ot be banned in TV            people were in (a vour of
   programmes directed at young         b with iii smaller n umber
   people. Nevertheless, I fe eL          nam ing lifestyle and fo od
                                                                              9
   adverts in these programmes                                                2 enj oyed
                                        c the most important languages,
   should be SlOpped, as they                                                 3 belong
                                          about equal numbers of
   encourage young people to                                                  4 accounts for
                                          people
   buy products that neither they                                             5 comes
   nor their parents can afford.                                              6 make up
   Take the latest toys or ED           4                                     7 include
   television sets. Pare n t~ may be    a Sentence a rela tes to student      8 is rated
   put under enormous pressure            exchanges, b relates to
   to buy these, thus ending              climate, and c relates to
   up in debt. So I think some            language learning .
                                                                              10
                                                                              It is dear ...
   control must be exercised            b Sentence a is illustrated by pie
   over TV commercials in                 chart 1~ b is illustrated by pie
   programmes for young                   chart 4, and c is illustrated by    11
   people.                                pie char t 3,                       a although, ne vertheless
                                                                              b although is a conjunc1ion,
                                                                                nevertheless is an adverb.
 9                                                                              Nevertheless normally starts a
 1 a    2 C     4 b                                                             sentence.
                                                                              c bU L however, despite



104 •     •••
Key
                                                                                        •
But is a conjunction. however is
an adverb and normally starts a
                                     4                                       11
                                     a    bene fi t                          Advantage : advantageo us,
sentence. Despite can only be used
                                     b    help                               beneficial, useful , invaluable.
before a noun or an -i119 form .
                                     c    difficult                          helpful, convenient
                                     d    enable/help                        Disadvantage: wonhless, di Uicu It
12                                   e    interfere
a 3    b 1     c 5     d 2    e 4    f    ideal
                                                                             12
                                                                             advantageous - di advantageous
13
                                     5                                       beneficial - detrimental
                                     Advantage: h Jp, benefits, ideal.       useful- useless
a Although the ast majority of       enable                                  wonhless - valuable/invaluable
  visitors to Britain come from      Disadvantage diliicult, interfere,      invaluable - w orthle
  Europe, they stay for fewer        enable                                  difficult - easy
  than len days on average .                                                 belpful- unhelpful
b Although forty-five per cent                                               convenient - inconv !li ent
  of people speak a for ign          6
  language. tb e vast majority       a e
  are at a low le vel.               b for example. so, however.             13
( Despite its/the good weather,        hence, neverth eless, because
  southern France is vi ited by      c Th y allow people to relax;           Possible answers
  only two per cent of Asian           they allow people grealer             a International art s festival s
  tou rists .                          freedom; they are a nui ' ance          en ourage intt:n:sl in [her
d The number of student                for other travellers .                  people's cultures.
  exchanges rose, but/altho ugh                                              b Lending artworks to o ther
  the st of them wenl up .                                                     countries improves th eir:
e Although the event was             7                                         knowledge of other culture .
  promoted to teenager, they           for example                           c Films and (oncert enhance
                                     2 even if                                 the quality of people 's lives.
  accounted for only 32 per cent
  of the audience.                   3 likewise                              d To enable children to value
                                     4 though                                  their heritage, we need to
                                     5 Although                                show (hem how strongly it
Task 2
                                     6 and                                     still influences society tOday.
1                                    7 Conseque ntly                         e Personal links can bene fi t
Stu dents' own answers                                                         travellers when they are out
                                     8                                         of their own country.
                                                                               Ignorance of th er people 's
2                                    a
                                     b
                                          disad vantage
                                          (, e, f, h                           traditions can handicap
a the first sentence                                                           b usin ess partn erships .
b the s cond sen renee
                                     (    Main advantage: this aT/ows
                                          p.:ople greater freedom and        g To prevent countries from
  (advanta es and                                                              falling out with each olher, we
  disadvan tages )                        flexibility and takes away the
                                          boredom ofjoll rneys.                need to promote interest in
                                          Main disadvantage: people are        part icular cultures.
3                                         becomi11g more and more isolated
(Some other entertainment                 in their OW1/ worlds. The art of   14
devices may be possible.)                 communication is being lost.       a    I Although, 2 Despite
a Advantage: iPod, DVD player                                                b    I emphasizes the
                                                                                  disadvantage, 2 emphasizes
b Advantage: Mobile phone.           9                                            the advantage.
c Disadvantage: iPod, handheld       a    drawbacks
  game .                             b    chance
d Advantage: iPod, handheld
  game.
                                     c    gain                               15
                                     d    problems                           a    Although
e Advantage: iPod, mobile            e    handicap                           b    However/N vertheless
  phone, handheld game, DVD          f    opportunities                      c    Despite
  player                             g    benefit                            d    However:/Nevertheless
  Disadvantag : iPod.                                                        e    but
g Disadvantage: Mobile phone.
h Disadvantage: iPod, handheld       10
  game.                              SerioliS emp basizes disadvantage .

                                                                                               • •             105
d   ot surprisingly, there were              proponion among EU
Unit 7                                      kills shortages in the chemical            oUllIries wa below that for
                                           industry.                                  Japan and the USA.
Task 1                                   e It is evident that inveslment
 1                                         needs to be increased.
                                           1t is noticeable that the patter       12
 Students' own answers.                                                           a students on all courses at an
                                           for investment in the arts is
                                           the reverse.                             Au tralia n unjversit y
                                                                                  b seve n
 2                                       g It is more important that the
                                                                                  c maths
a There was little hange over              cost of plasma screens is set
                                           to fall.
                                                                                  d phy ic . rientallanguages
  the period. onJy a slight
                                         h It is not surprising that              e chemistry
  increase from each source.
                                           analogue TV sales then fell.           f Apparently not. Fo( example.
b The highest proportions were
  allocated by non-European                                                         chemistry and physic are
  countries (Japan and USA .                                                        both science subjects but
c business
                                         9                                          chemistry was seen as easy by
                                         Sentences b, and d are possible .          70 per cent of students and
d the EU average
  The highest proportion was                                                        p bysics by only 25 per en t.
                                                                                    Likewise, among language
  allocated by Japan, the lowest         10                                         subjects. African languages
  by Italy.                              a The number of science                    were seen as easy by 60 per
                                           graduates fell significantly.            cent but oriental languages by
 3                                       b Evide ntly. the number of                onl y 20 per cen t.
                                           technical staff in hospitals is
2 is shown         3  rose
                      contribut            falling .
4   arne           5
6 overtoo '        7  was spent
                                         c The cost of training scientists        13
                    9 wa '
                                           is increasing noticeably year          a irrelevant
8 contributed
                                           by year.                               b relevant
                                         d Interestingly. investment              c rele vant
 4                                         in capital equipment like              d irrelevant becau e it contains
 slightly, approximately,                  spedalist machinery is down              an unn essary opinion
 consistently, closely, significantly.     on last year.                          e relevant
 considerably                            e   ot surprisingly, sale of new         f irrelevant as it give t 0 mu ch
                                           televisions soared before the            data. or rather unnecessary
                                           World Cup.                               inionnat ion abou t how the
 5                                         The trend is now obviously               bar chart is drawn
a sign iii can tly                         upward.
b consistently
  highly                                                                          14
d slightly                               11
e marginally                                                                      Possible answer
f considerably                           Possible answers                         The bar chart shows whether
g Approximately                          a Funding for R&D increased              stude nt at an Australian
h substantially                            only marginally over the               university rated different subjects
                                           period.                                as easy, moderately difficult. or
                                           Bu in ess provided                     difficult.
 6                                         approximately halI of the              Tbe subject which was most
 a 4    b 5     c 3     d 7      e 1       investment in ! 998.                   commonly rated as dif[icult was
 f 2    g 6                                The amount of funding                  maths. by 70 P r cent of tudems.
                                           increased very slowly over the         Only 20 per cent saw it as easy.
                                           period.                                Physics was also largely judged
 7                                       b Japan allocated considerably           to be a dillicult or moderately
It is also noticeable that
                                           more of its national income to         difficult subject. Only 25 per cent
It is interesting to note that
                                           R&D than Ita] y.                       of students 'ewed it as easy. By
                                           Evidently, the four EU                 contrast, chemistry was regarded
 8                                         countries invested less than           as easy by a massiv . 70 per cent
 a The number of sdentists                 the USA or Japan.                      of students.
   per head of population has              The proporti on of national            A far as language subjects are
   declin d significantly in rece n t      income given to R&D was                concerne d. language in general
   year .                                  noticeably higber in Germany           were seen as easy by 40 percent
 b It is interesting that the sales        and France than in Italy.              of students. This percentage
   failed to recover.                      The proportion allocated               dropped to 20 pe rcent for orienta
 c Numbers will probably                   by the UK was onJy slightly            languages. African languages,
   contin ue to fall over the              above the EU average.                  however, were iewed as ea y by
   period.                                 Interestingly. tlle average            60 per cent of ruden ts. An was

106 • • • • •                                                                 "
Key
                                                                                                    ••
judged to be an easy subject by         c   A commonly held belief is         e For example. more regular
only 30 per cent of students and.           that science is now playing a       contact between tl1e two would
like physics, 50 per cent rated it as       more important role in our          help scientists to appreciate'
dillicult.                                  lives than in the past. People      the way in which scientilic
In conclusion, there seerru to be           feel that it has an effect on       advances are perceived in
no dear correspondence between              everything we do from eating        society as a whole.
the type of subject and whether             to travelling.                      Take the job of lab technician
it was generally rated as easy or       d   It is argued by some people         for instance. It involves
dillicult.                                  that the work of artists should     dealing with tests and test
                                            be censored. They maintain          resul ts, and there is very linie
Task 2                                      that certain works of art that      human contact involved.
                                            are produced are offensive        g A good example is certain
1                                           and should be banned.               tests in which possible new
Students' own answers.                  e   Some people think that              medica l drugs were tried out
                                            scient ists should have some        on humans only to find that
Background information:                     involvement with artists. and       they bad unforeseen and very
Leonardo da VInci was a famous              vjce versa. They argue that         serious effects on the subjects'
Italian anis! and inventor who              bringing these two groups           health . .
 aimed the Mona Lisa .                      toge ther would be better for     h For instance. how could we
Albert Einstein was a famous                society as a whole .                continue to research cures
theoretical physicist who came up       f   Some people feel that science       fo r disease. uch as cancer
with the theor)' of relativity.             is dull and boring. They            or AIDS if the n o n-~cienti fic
Sir Isaac A eWlOn was an English            maintain tbat spending time         commun ity were allowed
scientist and mathematician                 alone in laboratories withou t      to interfere with scientist '
who described the properties of             much human contact is not           work?
gravity.                                    very interesting.
Nicola us Copernicus was a Polish       g   It is argued by some
sdentist who recognized that the            people that many sdentific        8
Earth orbited the Sun.                      experiments are dangerous 10      a2       b5      c4     ell     e3
                                            society. They claim that there
2                                           are m any examples where          9
                                            serious mistakes bave been        would. could and might talk about
a first sentence                            made.
b second sentence                                                             possibility.
                                        h   Yet others believe that the       Sentence d asks the reader
c third sentence                            work of scientists should         to imagine a situation and its
                                            n Ot be tightly regulated by      consequence.
3                                           society. They argue that by
I c    2 b     3 a                          limiting scientillc work, we
                                            might stop certain beneficial     10
                                            developments.                     a Unless they are ncouraged by
                                                                                parents and teachers. budding
4                                                                               musicia ns will not develop .
Many people feel strongly; They         7                                     b If science stops the ageing
argue; Supporters of ans groups                                                 process in humans one day,
feel                                    Possible answers                        will this benefit mankind?
                                        b A good example here is              c Unless there is an effon to
                                          Germany, which produces
5                                         a large number of sdence
                                                                                keep traditional crafts alive,
a4     bl     c3      d5      e2                                                they will disappear.
                                          graduates and has a thriving        d Providing innovation is
IS     g7     h6                          economy.                              encouraged, many new jobs
                                        c For example. when we buy              will be created.
6                                         food frOID the supermarket
                                          the flavourings and additives
Possible answers                          bave all been measured and          11
b   Some people feel that                 tested sdentilically.
    the wealth of a nation is           d A case in point are certain         Possib le answers
    connected with scientific             works which depict religious        a    Provided parents have an
    development. They claim that          figures .                                interest in m lJ sic, they will
    modem economies cannot                                                         encourage musical talent in
    advance without a strong                                                       their children,
    scientific base .
                                                                                                      • • • • 10'
b   IJ govemment support for ans                                                      It is clear that tlte majority o t
     projects is not available. they
                                        6                                              p eople are very concerne
                                        Sentence a decribes something
     will be forced to seek funding                                                    about climate change.
     elsewhere.                         which ""rill happen before a future
                                                                                       Recently, a number of
                                        time.
 c   Unless entrance to museums                                                        campaigns have encouraged
                                        Sentence b describes something
     and art galleries i free. m any                                                   people 10 plant trees.
                                        in progress at a time in the future.
     people will never experience
     them at all .
 d   Providing young scientists are     7                                         11
     given the right opp ort unities,                                             Generally, it is forecast that the
                                        a    w ill be using
     the work they do has the                                                     reforestation rate
                                        b    will be living
     potential to be of enormous                                                  It is al'O worth noting that
                                        c    will have been old
     benefit to society.                                                          From the pie chart. it can be seen
                                        d    will have become
                                                                                  that
                                        e    will h ave been de troyed

 Unit 8                                 8                                         12
                                                                                  a It gives in thousands the
 Task 1                                 a    the pie chart
                                                                                    estimated and actual numbers
                                        b    It is projected to increase .
                                                                                    of houses built in the UK in
 1                                      c    Ireland
                                                                                    2002.
                                        d    Hungary
                                                                                  b seven
 Possible answers                       e    the pie chart
                                                                                  c below
 a   The photographs relate             (    Yes. 64 per cent.
                                                                                  d   outhern England (77 . 00 ).
     ro our changing future                                                         London (47.800) and in
     relationship with the
     environment.
                                        9                                           Central England (16.200) .
                                          The charts show forecasts for             These figur far exceeded (he
 b-d Students' own answers.                                                         estimate ..
                                          the ann ual reforestation (not
                                          deforestalion) rate in selected         e North of England. The
 2                                        regions                                   estimate was 9. 300 houses
 a   1f shows predictions for the       2 They forecast tha t the                   while the actual figure was
     number of buildings that will        reforestation rate in th fou r            1.3 .500 .
     be powered by solar and wind         regions will grow u nti l 2025          f Nonhern Ireland an d Wa e .
     energy.                                 (not 2035)                             In Wales, it was estimated that
 b   They relate t the number of        3 It i projected that Ireland will          2,900 houses would b built.
     houses.                              hav the highest ra te in 2025             but the rea l fi ure was 6,300 .
 c   0-600 million                        at 1.7 p er cent (nor 1.5 pt'r cent)      Likewise. in orthern Ireland
                                        4 It i, anticipated that the figure         the stimate was for 2,500
                                          will cl imb from 0.5 per cent in          thousand houses, but the rea l
 3                                           200   (not 20]5)                       n umber was 5.000.
 a   will                               5    with the worldwide average           g Scotland.
 b   pr dieted, will                         fo r both 2015 and 2025 , 1. 0       h   cotland. 1t was estimated that
 c   prediction, will                        per cent and 1.3 per cent              3.2 00 hou es would be built
 d   predicted                               r especti vely (n ol . .3 and 1.0)
                                                                  1                 bu t in the event Ih figure was
                                        6    ('concerned' 39 per cent, and            nly 3,000.
 4                                           ' very concerned' 25 per cent).
 a projection, forecast,                                                          13
   anticipation                         10
 b projected, anticipated. forecast     a It is predicted that the use of         Possible answer
 c prediction: expectation,               solar energy will become more           The diagram give figures for the
   estimation                             Lmportant.                              actual and estimated numbers o f
   predicted: expected.                 b We see from the chart that              houses built in the UK by region
   estimated, set                         the largest amount of money             in 2002 .
                                          was spe nt on the water                 In most cases, the estimated
                                                                                  number was below the number
 5                                        conservation project.
                                        c The chart shows th· different           of houses which were actually
 a is predi ct d. will provid                                                     built. The highest numbers of
 b are expected                           types /of trees which are found
                                          in different regions.                   houses were onstructed in
 c will come                                                                      Southern England (77,600),
 d i. forecas t                         d From the pie chart, it can be
                                          seen that hydroelectric powe r          Loudon (47,800). and i Central
 e is not expected                                                                England (16,200), far exceeding
 r is projected. will be                  constitute seven per cent of
                                          the world energy demand.                the estimates (5 1. 10 . 24,800,
 g is set                                                                         and 8,100 respectively) . imilarly
 h is anticipa ted. will provide                                                  in the onh of England. there

108 • • • • •
£<e '
                                                                                      •
was a disparity of just 0 er 4,000   pressure - uncountabl                     Question 2
between th two figures, 9,300        action - uncountable                      Statement of opinion: b
houses for the estimated figure      incentives - countable                    Reference to rhe opposite view: e
against L3,500 for the actual                                                  Reason against the opposite view: g
fig ure. orthern Ireland and                                                   Restatement of opinion: c
Wales followed the same trend,       5
2,500 houses as o pposed to 5,000,   a n o article, n o article
and 2.900 compared to 6,3 00.        b no anicle                               9
Scotla n d was the region where        the                                     In conclusion: to sum up. to
the lowest number of houses          d a, n o article                          conclude
we re bu ilt. It was esti mated      e no article                              I do n ot agree: I do not accept. I
tbat 3,200 houses would e            f the                                     disagree with the idea tha t
constructed but in th e event th     g The. n o article                        All in all: in generaL all thillg
figure was only 3,000.               h The                                     considered
In conclusion, it is clear that                                                I feel that: I be lieve, I would argue
                                                                               tha t
many more houses were built io
the UK in 200_ th an had been
                                     6                                         certainly: of ourse. n doubt
                                     a    Wave power techn ology is th e
anticipated.                              best answer to lhe problem
                                          of pollution . However,              10
Task 2                                    the introduction of such             a There i no rea on why loca
                                          technology also crea les a             e o-friendly busincs es cannO!
1                                         pro blem.                              b uccessfll!.
                                     b    Government worldwide                 b There is no reason why people
Possible answers
                                          should ta x the cars more . A          could not take more holida y$
a   The most serious threats are
                                          measure like this would make           at home instead of always
    water sh nages, dTOugh t
                                          people think more about                flying abroad .
    and other natural disasters.
                                          nature.                              c There is n o reason why people
    as well as oth er effects ot:
                                     c    In the n ear fut ure, hOllses will     could not tra vel by fast train
    global warming .
                                          be more energy-eilicient than          instead of taking short [lights.
b-d Students' own an wers.
                                          rhey are now.                        d There is no reason why
                                     d    The food industry could pay            governments should not give
2                                         for recycled b t lIes as was           special financial suppon to
2 factories       6   leisure             done in the past. The bottles          eco-frie ndly busines people.
3 pollutants      7   pressure            would rhen not be thrown
4 fish            8   action              away.
5 wildlife        9   incentives     e    Insects like the bees. for           Unit9
                                          example, pla y a vital role in
                                          m ost ecosystems . Th bee            Task 1
3                                         pollina tes plants and flowers.
animal - countable
information - uncountable
                                          'fhe Facilities Uke dams and         1
                                          forests are also used for            St udents' own answer .
nature - uncountable                      leisure.
cl imate - un countable
accom modation - uncountable                                                   2
knowledge - uncountable              7                                         a The graph gives information
research - uncountable               aJ       b 2     c2     dl      e2          about rhe average use of beds
weather - uncountable                fI      g 2                                 in three typical hospital
tree - countable                                                                 around the world before
idea - countable                                                                 an d after day-surgery is
situation - coun.table
                                     8                                           introduced.
                                     Question I                                b While rhe trend was upward
fact - countable
                                     Statement of most important                 f r the French hospital.
                                     measure : d                                 th average bed occupancy
4                                    Another possible measure and                dropp d noticeably after the
problem - countable                  why it is I 5S effective: [                 introduction of day-surgery.
factOries - countable                Resta tement o[ most important            c The trend for the Ukrainia n
  oll utants - countable             meas ure and it consequences: a             h ospital was similar to that of
fish - uncountable                                                               the French ho pitat but the
wildlife - uncountable                                                           fall in bed use after 2003 was
I isure - uncountable                                                            not as marked.
                                                                                                            •     109
d You can make a con n ection          g contrast with                          Task 2
   betw een the coinddental [aU         h    G lD   be vievved in
   in th e budget for inpatient                                                  1
   care and the fall in bed                                                      Stu dent's own ,lin 'WCl'>.
   occupan cy.                          6
 e Yo u can use trend to                a 1         b 3   c 5       d 7   e 2
   summarize information.
                                        [ 6     g 4       h 8                    2
   You can use upward to sh ow                                                   1    strangely
                                                                                 2    well
   th e direction of the tren d.        7                                        3    su rprisingly
   You can use the phrase similar       a before
   pattern to compare simila.riti es.                                            4    Widely
                                        b receive
   You can u se reach a peak to                                                  5    accurately
                                        c stu dying
   describe a high poin t.                                                       6    often
                                        d useful                                 7    seriously
   YOll can use except that to
                                        e P 'Jsonally
   introduce detail which is                                                     8    well
                                        f sufJi cienr
   differen t from the general                                                    9   frequently
                                        g defin itely
   trend/pattern.                                                                10   Clearly
                                        h di ffe rent
   You can use saw a continuous           choice
   rise as an alternative to rose.        referred                               3
   You can use change to describe                                                T:le paragraph fo llows se ntence
   d c!.iHtrence that OCClrrs.
                                                                                 panem a.
   You CJl1 use co in cido to show
                         '              8
   when things bappen ilt the           Spelling rules                           Organizing words
   sa me ti me. vvheth er they are      i before ,'. except after C:. receive,   Situati on: The idea
   related or nol.                      bu t not after ch: ach ieve.             ExampJe: Ta ke th e example 0 1
                                        Words (,lldi ng in a vowel then y : y    Effects . The effects
                                        does no! change. eg studying.            ConclUSion: the COIl c/IiS ioll IS
 3                                      Nou n + full : remove th e second /
 2   impact                             == rlse/ul.
 3   trend                              Adverbs (rom adjectives ~n dio g in
                                                                                 4
 4   occupancy                          -al: add -Iy and remove nothing,         a    information
 5   p eak                              eg personally.                           b    idea
 6   falling                            Adc:verbs from adjectives enti iJl';     c    scheme
 7   marked                             in -e : add -/y and keep the e, eg       d    rH:,.a$ ll re

 8   ex:p erienced                      defin.itely.                             e issue
 9   ris e                              Verbs ending witllY + ·ina : no
                                                                                 f solution
iO   significantly                      change. eg studying .                    g knowledge
II   d ear                              Words of m ore tban one syllable:        h opinion
12   reduction                          the consonant doubles if the finaJ         problem
                                        syllable is stressed: r~feTTed .
 4                                                                               5
 1 details - information                9                                        Possibl e answers
 2 impact - eilect                      a    graduillly
 3 trend - ten dency                                                             a Thi s issue n eeds to be
                                        b    which
 4 occupancy - use                                                                 considered when planning
                                        c    occurred
 5 p eak - high point                                                              th e h ealt h care b udge! for any
                                        d    peak
 6 faJling - dropping                                                              country.
                                        e    fig ures, approxim2lld y
 7 marked - sha rp                                                               b This idea could ha ve benefits
                                        f    fluct ua ted
 8 experienced - saw                                                               both for people's health and
                                        g    e:-.:ceeded
 9 rise - increase                                                                 the education of docto rs and
                                        h    survey
10 Significan tl y - considerably                                                  n urses.
11 d ear - evident                                                               c This prediction may seem
12 reduction - cut/decrease             10                                         surprising, bu t I believe costs
                                        average                                    will be reduced as tech nology
                                        accid ents I                               be com es more widely
 5                                      dramatically                               available .
 Incorrect answers to be deleted:       improvement                              d Initially, this m ay be a
 a says                                 steadily                                   p roblem, b ut the changes
 b had an affect on                     regards                                    will res u lt in a more efficient
 c re ached a heigh t                   motorcycle                                 h ealth service.
 d design                               occurring                                e The situation, however, is one
 e alternatively                                                                   th at can be p repared for by
 [ towards                                                                         setting money aside for the
                                                                                   fu ture.

110 • • • • •
••
      Measures like this could lead        d Enormous progress has been
      t a significant improvemeOl            made in understanding how
                                                                                      4
      in the nation's h ealth.               disease spreads, .. .                    a The sales of specialisllours
                                                                                        h ave fallen recent ly.
    g Not su rp ri singly, it is a trend   e However, this equipm eOl can
      which is not looked on                 be dangerous if it is not used
                                                                                      d It i clear that the number of
                                                                                        Hats occupied by si ngle people
      favourably by some western             properly.
                                                                                        in major dties in the West is
      doctors.                               However. there is certainly
                                                                                        pUlling press ure on housing .
    h This is a matter that needs to         some evidence thaI it is more
                                                                                      e From the graphs, it can be
      be considered w hen plannin g          than ju t a placebo .
                                                                                          c ondudedthat y oungpeop~
      for future spending.                 g Some research has been
                                                                                        are much more mobiJe than
                                             carried out 'which shows that
                                                                                        previous generations.
                                             elderly people live longer if
    6                                        they liv e wi ih a partner.
                                                                                        The pursuit of a professional
                                                                                        career among both men and
    Possible answers                                                                    woman has led to a lIoticeablr'
    a music and health                                                                  reduction in the birth rate .
      Effect: h elps people relax ,        Unit 10                                    g There are several similarities in
      takes lip attention                                                               th e presentation of the data.
      Measure : music therapy,             Task 1                                     h Overall, the chart sh ows that
      used sometimes 10 treat                                                           tbe media art:: responsible for
      pat ients with communication                                                       urning pt'C'p/e into celcbritks.
      problem .                            Sru deuts' own answers .
    b alternati e therapies and
      health                               2                                          5
      Example: homeopathy,                                                            a an explanation
                                           a   Both chart refer to the main
      herbalism.                                                                      b with is n ormally followed by a
                                               re<1 SOns for choosing a career
      Information: contested by                                                         n oun then a erb with -i119.
                                               according to age group.
      different people .                   b   The y refer to the reasons
      Opinions: health practitioners
      versus peop le wh o have
                                               under consideration .                  6
                                           c   They show the differe nt               a   Sales were 1I pward for most
      experienced these therapies.             ways in which the two age                  of the year, with the profit
      Effects: may be due to                   groups were influenced by tbe            reaching a peak in December.
      influence on the mind as weU             various factors.                       b The main reason for career
      a- body.                             d   Th e most n oticeable fea tures          choice was ambition, with 50
    c exercise an d hea lth                    are the imponance of money               per cent chOOSing it.
      Effects: strengthens muscles,            and the position of friends.           cIt - expeded that the price
      helps coordination, help             e   The most noticeable feature s            of one bedroom nat will
      people to relax.                         are the imponance of m oney              rise, with accommodation
      Problem: high cost of gyms !             and parents, the reverse of the          for indiv iduals being in short
      health ceo tres .                        younger age group .                      supply.
      Scheme: companies offer                                                         d The pattern was different,
      gym membership as pan of                                                          with passenger numbers
      package to staff.                    3                                            dropping in ummer an
                                               the main reasons for ch oosing
                                                                                        rising in w inter.
                                               a care er
    7                                      2   were influenced by the
                                                                                      e The trend was clearly upward,
    Students' own answers.                                                              with manufacturing costs
                                               various factors
                                                                                        decreasing at the same time.
                                           3   were the reverse for the 40-50
                                                                                        Cons umption of energy rose,
    8                                          age group
                                                                                        with the highest point being in
                             d is          4   As regards teachers and role
    a is    b has    care                                                               January.
    e has   f are    g is    h have            models
                                           5   nine and fifteen per cent
                                               respec1ively for the younger           7
    9                                          group                                  a True     b False      c   False
    a This information is published        6   The only similarity between            d False      True       f   False
      all around us, even on                   the two age groups                     g False    h True
      ci garette packets.                  7   than an y other facto rs
    b Unfortunately, this advice is
      n ot often followed.
    c Instead, this work is carried
      out by h ealth care assistants.
                                                                                                         • • ••           111
                                                                                 ".
D
Task 2                                                                             e    Happiness and contentment
                                         6                                               are more important than th e
                                         U you want to achieve a good
 1                                       score band, you need to be able to
                                                                                         pursuit of freedom . The latter
 Question 1: b, a,                                                                       aim is an illusion as n obody j
                                         tick Always for aU of the items in
 Question 2 : b, d, a, c                                                                 e ver completely free.
                                         tne Ust.
 Question 3: c. d, b, a                                                                  Many people living in poor
                                                                                         housing conditions are still
 2                                       7                                               happy, Sotheideathatyou
                                                                                         have to have a high standard
 Question 1: a                           Possible answers                                of Uving to b happy is false.
 Question 2: c                           a for example, for instance, a
 Question 3: b                             rase in point is, like
                                         b as, one reason for this is, since        10
 3                                       c as a result, therefore, so, this
                                           means that, this leads to
                                                                                    Possible answer
                                         d moreover, furthermore . in
                                                                                    And yet other people believe
 Possib, e ,a nswers
       l
                                           addi tion, and, also.                    [h at the family play an
 Money d ves nof JI/,7ke happiness.
 To what extt!nt do yotl agree or        e if, unless, provided                     important role LO maintaining
 disagree?                                 bu t, however, while, wher eas .         a good qualit y of life, You just
 It is impossib le to deny th aI           despite                                  have to look at societies wh e re
 mon ey h elps people to a ch ieve       g although, despite                        there are exte nde d fami lies 10
 h appiness because it is impossibl      h and so, and therefore, to sum            see how mu ch m ore content
  to do anyiliing in liIe without il.      up, aU in alL in general                 peop le are because they are
 For example, if you want to ee a                                                   surrounde d by relatives vlhn
  fi lm or a play at tbe theatre, you
  need money for the ticket and
                                         8                                          love them and can look a fter
                                                                                    them if th ~ y fa ll ill o r ha ve
 for transport. Also, if you want to     Sugg ested answers                         problems. This support i
 have a relaxing time at home you        a   Problem and solution                   not just financial but also
 still n eed money, even to buy a        b   Measures and results
 TV or a computer. (structure b)
                                                                                    emotional.
                                         c   Cause and effect
 It is better to refonl1 criminals       d   Reason and example
 iI/stead ofjust pllflisT1i1l9 them.     e   Example and specific example
 'W hat measures could be taken fa       f   Effect and example
 attempt to integrate law-b"eakers       g   Additional inIormation and
 back into society ?                         example
 Personally, I think that criminals      h   ConditionlHyporhesi and
 o f all levels should be given a            result
 chance to be a pan of society               Concession and contrast
 ra ther thanjusl being put into
 prison. II this is done , then the
 offender will have a better chance      9
 of not reoffending, Society will
 also not have to pay fo r th e cost     Possible answers
 of keeping criminals in priso ns,       a Money is n ot a important
 whi ch are very e xpensive p laces        as frie nds, because it cann o t
 to run . Of course, then ocietyas         pr vide emotional suppo rt.
 a w hole will benefit. (stnlCl ure c)   b Par many people, keeping
                                           fi t and healthy is the main
                                           factor which is necessary for a
 4                                         good quali ty of lile. However.
 Text 1                                    developing a healthy mind is
 1 [,   2 a         3 a                    just as imponant.
 Text 2                                  c U one is content with liIe, then
 4 a    5 b         6 b
                                           there is no longer any need to
                                           pursue unrealistic ambitions .
 Text 3                                  d W hat is involved in achieving
 7 a      8 b                                a good qUality of life depends
                                             on many factors rather than
                                             just one . For example, money
 5                                           is important to gain a certain
 Student s' own answers .                    financial securi ty, but it is n o t
                                             enough on its own.



112             •

Improve your ielts_writing_skills(2)

  • 2.
    IMPROVE YOUR IELTS Sam McCarter Norman Whitby ~ MACMILLAN
  • 3.
    Contents • ••• • ••••• • •• Introductio n page 4 TOp ic Task 1 Ta..,k Z Unit 1 Change and Describing trends Understanding questions page 6 consequences Related verbs and nou ns Expressing solu tions Un derst and ing data Lin king ph rases Us ing trigger words Unit2 The importance Comparing information Using itltheylthislthese page 14 of the past Adverbs in comparisons Planning essays Com paring and contras ti ng Devel ping ideas Unit3 Machines, cycles, The passive Using which to organize page 22 and processes Sequencing information Expre ssing result and purpose Unit4 Education Ge n era l and sp edfic Avo iding o v rgenera jiza ti on page 30 statements Developing reasons Comparing information Describing proportions Unit5 Youth De scribing changes Developing an d j u stifying page 38 Describing locations opinions Writing introduct ions Unit 6 Culture Concluding statement. Expressing advantag sand page 46 Con cession ( 1 ) disadvantage Advantage an d disadvantage va abulary Concession (2) Unit7 Arts and sciences Adverbs DiSCUSSing other people's opinion pag e 54 Using actv eJ:bs to eva lu ate Hypo lh e izin g data Avoiding irrelevance UnitS Nature taking predictions Article page 62 Factual accura cy Wri tin g con clusions Unit9 Health Vary ing vocabulary Organizing words page 70 Checking pelling Verb-subject agreement Unit 10 Individual and Word orde r Paragraph str uClure p age 78 society Lin king using wi th Relevant and irrelevanr Task 1 revision information Task 2 revision Sample answers page 6 Key page 96 • 3
  • 4.
    • •• ••••• ••• • ••• In trod-uction •••• •••• •• What is Improve your IEL TS Writing Skills? Improve YOllr fELTS Writing Skills is a complete preparation course for the Academic Wr iting pape r o( the In ternationa l English Lang u age Te" ting System . Through targeted practice, it develops skills and language to h elp you achieve a highe r JELTS score in the Academic Writing pape r. How can I use this book? You can use Improve YOllr lELTS Writil1g Skills as a book fo r tudying on your own or in a class. If you arc studying on your own , f mprove YOllr f ELTS Writillg Skills is de signed to gu ide au step"by"step through the activities. This book is also completely elf-contained: a clear and accessible key is provided so that you can easily check you r answ r as you w ork through the book. in addition, there is a sample ans w er to acc mpanyeach Task 1 and Task 2 question . If you are studying as part of a class, your teacher will direct yo u on how to use each activity. Some activities can be treated a discussions, in which case they can be a u seful opportunity to _hare ideas and techniq u es w ith othe r lea rners. How is Improve your IEL TS Writing Skills orga n ized? J[ consists of ten units based aroun d topics wbich occur common ly in the real te st . Each unit consists of three sections : Task I: exercises and e xamples to de velop skills and la nguage for Ta k 1 questions. Ta sk 2 : exerdses and examples to develop skills and language for Task 2 questions. Practice test: a complete Academ ic Writing pape r base d on th e u n it topiC to prac tise the skills learned . Each Task 1 and Task 2 section is su b divided furthe r into sk ills se ti on s. These fo cus n spedfic areas of relevance to each task . In addition, there are echniqlles boxes throughout the book Th ese reimor e k.ey points on how to approach Academi c Writing tasks. How will Improve your JELTS Writing SkiJJs improve my score? By developing skills The skills secti ons form a detailed syllabus of essential IELTS wriling skills . For example, key elements of Task 1 prep ara tion, su ch as Describing trends an d COlI/paril1g information, are fully covered. Similarly, Task 2 skills, such as Expressing sO/II/iom and Dnelopil19 ideas are dealt with in detail. By developing language Each unit also contains a resour e of useful phrases and vocabular y to II e in each wri ting task. Over th e ourse of Irnprol'eyollr fELTS Writing Skills, you will encounter a wide rang of ideas (0 ensure thaI you are not lost for words when you get to the real test. These include concepts such as organjzjng word, trigger words, and linking phrases, which all contribute to an appropriate academic writing style. BV developing test technique The Tedlllique boxes contain shari tips w hich can easily be memorized and used as reminders in the real test. These include quick and easy advice about planning, under tanding question s, and how t o use eUectively the language you have learned. 4 ••
  • 5.
    Introdllctioll • How is the IELTS Academic Writing paper organized? The academic wri ting omponent of the IELTS lasts one hour. 111 the test, there are two task of different le n gth. both o f w hich 'ou m u st all' wer. What does each task consist of? In Task I. you will hav to w rite a t leas t 150 words to describe some data or a diagram. Data will normally be presented in the form of a graph, a bar or pie chan. a tabl e. or a ombin ation of these. A diagram will norma ll y (elate [Q a process, the worki n gs [ an object. or changes in map o ver time. You are alwa ys exp e te d to summarize the information by describing the main features. makin J comparison ".... here relevan t. In Task 2. you will h ave to w rite at least 250 words on a topic. Y 1.1 wil l b e presented wilh an opinion, an argument. r a p roblem, and you will be expected to respond in so n e w ay. For exam ple. in 'our re pons . yo u may be asked LO: x p r s an opinion . give views about two differe m opin ions and give your own opinion. discuss a dvantages and di sad vantage . give a so lution to a problem by sugges ti ng meas ures. discuss ca uses of a problem and suggest sol u tions. You are ahvays expe ted to give reasons and include any relevant examples from your own knowledge and experience . How will I be assessed? In bo th tasks ou will be Clssessed on your ability to expre s yourself clearly an d a ccurate ly in English. In Task 1. you r an wer is assessed according to yo ur ability to write abou t d ta in an organized wa y an d compare infoID1a tion where it is relevant to do so. You. ho uld write about the main fea tures of th e da ta an a ld rel evant d rail w here n e essa ry. In Task 2, your answer i assessed a cording to your abili ty to wri in a logical m a nner as you give a solution 10 a problem, present andjuslify an opinion, compare a nd contrast evict nce a nd opinions, or evaluate and challenge ideas or arguments. How much time should I spend on each task? You are ad ise d to sp end 20 m inu tes on Task l. Yo u are advised to spend 40 minut s on Task . Even though Task 2 ca rrie m o re m arks, you sh ould always do Task 1 firs t. This is be cause it is shorter, an d psychologicCl lly it fee ls better if you ha ve comple ted on e task. • 5
  • 6.
    UN IT • • 1 Change and conseqLlences • Unit aims Task t Tas~ 2 Descnl:lIng trends Understandmg questIOns Related verbs and nouns ExpreSSing soluttons Understanding data Linking phrases USing trigger wards Task 1 Describing trends II 1 The gTaphs relate to sales of media technolog . . Which graph a- h d o au think shows sales for each II V item in the p hotos 1-4? iii - 2 Match each grapb (a-h) w ith the most appr p riate description below (1- 10). ] Sales of auelio cassettes fell steaelily. .......... ~...... .~ 2 iPo sales rose gradually . .................. II 3 Plasma TV sales fluctuated wildly, but the trend was upward . .................. 4 Sales of video cassettes nuctuated wildly, and the tTend was downward ............ _ ... _ .. iii 5 Total digital camera sales dropped slightly. ....... - .......... 6 Sa es of audio cassettes fell and then levelled off. m .................. 7 The sales of MP3-players rose gradually and then ~ climbed sharply. ............. _ .... B Purchases of video casse tte recorders d lined D dramatically . ......... ,' ....... 9 Sales of games consoles decreased and then levelled off ................... m.--------------- 10 CD sales dropped suddenJy............ ....... II 3 Underline the verbs in 2 used to describe tren d Example iii ~ I Sales of audio cassettes kU steadily. 4 The verbs in 2 are modified by adverb such as steadily. Find the adverbs and decid e wheth r they mean slow or fast changes. Complete the lists below. Slow .. ~~~!~~ ., Fas! 6 ••••
  • 7.
    UNIT 1 Charlge alld COli eqllell"s ••• • • Related verbs and nouns 5 S en tc'n Cf:~ containin g verb phrQs es s uch as jeJl steadily call often b e re-'J.iLLen u sing the correct form of there islare and a related noun. Read the examples. Th en rewri te sentences a-j below. Examples Th co nsumption of cho colate fell steadily. (verb + adverb) There was a steady fall in the consumption of chocolate . (there was a + adjective + n oun ) There has been a dramatic rise in the produ crioD o f films . (there has been a + adjeCtive + n oun) Th production of film has risell dramaticalry. (verb + adverb) a Spice expons fr om Afri ca fl uc tuated wildly over the p eriod. There were ........................................ ................................. .. ..................................... . b Th e development of n ew products fell gradually. Ther was ...... ............. ..... .......................................................................................... . c There has been a noticeable decrease in res ~a r ch investmen l. Research ......................... ............... ........... ........ ... .. .................................................. .. d The purchases of ti.cket dropped significantly last month . Th ere ~,v as ............................................................................................................ .. e On the Internet, th e i lu rober of sites rose significantly. l There wa .................................................................................................................. .. There was a su.dden decrease in th e sale o f mangos. The sale .... ...... ........................................................................................................... . g At the them e park. there "vere very slight fluctuations in the number of visitors. The number ................................................................ ............................................... . h There was a gradual declin e in sugar impons. Sugar .......................................................................................................................... . The quality of food in supermarkers has tncreased slowly . Technique • • Th ere h as ................................................................................................ .......... ......... . • Include a variety of Th e number of air travellers fluctuated remarka bly. • structures In your • writing. Use both There ........ .. ................ ................................. .. ........................................ ..................... . • verb +adverb a 1 d • • adjective + noun • 6 Phrases such as the consumplion oj chocolate can often be rewritten as just two • structures In '{our nouns. Read the examples. Th en find and revyTitt' olh J examp les in 5 . T 1 answer. ask Examples • E xpress nouns as The . of or as TWO The consumptioll oj chaco/ate can become Chocolate cOllsumption . • nouns The production offt/lns can become Fillll production . (not Films production). ••••• 7
  • 8.
    Understanding data 7 Read the graph and th e Ta sk 1 q uesli.o n. Wh l was the in me in dollar for: a The Tea Room in January? $160,000 ..... .. ......... . .. ..... ..... b Internet Express in Jul y? c Wi-fi Cafe in November? d are Co I in D eember? e The Tea Room in February ? Task 1 Changing trends in cafe income .200 - . - - - - - - - - - - - -- Y0 1/ should spend about 20 111 in lites 011 this task. 180 + - - - - - - - - - - - + _ 160 -I--.or--~-------_I__ The graph sholt·,, I lJe income of faLl r cafes i/l Ne w York over lasl year. 140 -l--'rl'---1.---I.------.--- I - - ~120+-----~---~ -~~­ Sutnmal'iZl! the informalion by selectil)D - ------c ~..,....,.,-A__+_ ;3 100 -+-:..:--- Technique and reporliJ.ID the maill featt/res, and g 80 "' +---~.""""~--->.,_.-.,1'-~- m a ke com pllri ons wh ere relevallt. 60+----~~----- ~~~~ To l1el~ you read 40+-----~--~'-~--- the graph. write the Write at least 150 words. __ The TeB Room 2 0 +-~~~-~------ • Ilames nt tile t.afes -+- Internel Express at the end of each --- WI ·II Ca fe o +--.--~r_r_~~~~~-r~ - - Cafe Cool J F M A M J J A SON D Il n~ 8 Answer these questions about rhe graph. a Wh at do the lett ers , F M, etc along th b llom of the graph mean? , b Wh a t do s OOOs mean . e What P Ite m an yo u s 'C? d What comparison s can you make? 9 Read the model text and decide wherher each missing phras n oun, or an adverb. Example 1 adverb Model text me graph providef, informa1ion about the increase to $120,000 , furthermore, the 10 March options inc.ome trend~ of fo ur c.afe~ over the la5t inc.ome for both Internet £,y.pre5s and the a-g w ith gaps 1- 7 in Ib e model i ear Wi-fi Gafe'J ............ in Duember. The text. There are two baf,ic. general trendf,: former ey.perienc.e.d 4 .... ... ..... to June, but after Ihat, inc.ome rose S .. .. ..... ... ending a I adily downwar and upward. A regards the s the ~ear at approy.imate~ $1'30,000. b then rocketed fir5t, the earning5 for The Tea Zoom, ~ere down over the ~ear, falling I ... ... .. .. .. from UKeo ise, the trend for Wi-fi waf, upward, e dou bled alm05l $ ~O,OOO earning5 a month tO jU5t Between Janua'1 to :ru~, earnings d significant 11' under $50,000 in December, I. .... ........ from $')0,000 to nead'j $100 ,000 e also ended the and I .. .......... to around $lqO,ooo. B-t contrast, the inc.ome for ihc other thre.e year lip , ak5 went up b'j vat"(ing degrees,There It if, noticeable that the inc..ome fo r The a steady fall "las :2. ., ... ....... in Gafe c.ool' (') 5ale5 over i ea Zoom i5 lowel' in tne winter montho il ris ' the fir~t ten month5, followed b'j a sudden than for the. olne.r tnree. c.afes. " " 8 ••••
  • 9.
    ur~ rT 1 Cill7.llge mId cOllSeqllellCl!s • Task 2 Understanding questions 1 Task 2 questions cOlltdin a gen eral subject and ofte n in cl ude a spe jfic organizing word to help y ou org an ize yo ur t: ssay. In each group a-d belo w, 'o.vhich organil'Z ing word has a different m e an i n g fx JJ1 th e lher two? a ad anlages dr aw back s benefits b measu res st eps reasons c ause eHecls consequences d disadvanta ges drawbacks solutions 2 Cmnpkt ~ e,lCh Task 2 question below v-'" li ih organil.ing words 1t! n!)] th e b ox . You may use each item more th an nce. agree or disagree advantages disadvan tages causes solutions measures benefits a .. Wh at a re the ~~~~0. of learning skills jn th e mod rn vvo dd? b An y attempts to preserve the n a tural w orl d will a lvva is h inder economi c developmenL. The benefit will howe v r far outwe igh th e .................. . Do you .................. ") c What are the .................. and .................. of laking a eal" 0[[ b tween school a n d univcrsit y? d Stu dent s sh ould be trained on ho w to ope wit h ha nge in the modern world. How far do you .................. ? e Volunteer work with disadvantaged groups like underpr ivileged children is [he best way for you ng p eople to learn about th e real world . ' '''hat are the .................. of such work ? Every day, anim a ls are becoming extinct throughout the world . What do you think th e .................. of this are? What .................. can you uggest. g Ov rcrowding in large ci ties h as always been a problem, bu t with popula tions a ro und the w orld a out to double, th e social pro blems are certain to multip ly. What ............ can y o u suggest to control th e p roblem s . 3 H ow many p ans are [here in each quest ion in 2? For example, (a) bas one p art. If there are two or th ree p arts, how are th ey related? • •• 9
  • 10.
    Expressing solutions 4 Change is more rapid in the m odem world than it was in th e pasl. umber each category b elov 1- 5 accord 'ing to how rapi d ly each is changing in your opinion (1 = most rapid; 5 = least rapid). Tltink of an example ofrapid h ange for each catego ry. Work Technology Travel Communication Health 5 Look at the Task 2 ques tion below and answer the q uestion Task2 Jou should spend about 40 minutes 0 11 this task. Write about the following topic. /.ore lind. /}l o re people claim ti m " Hl O"~'''''1 1" rk pa tterns a re a SOlI/'ce of s l r ess. What do YOII think are the causes of this? Can you sllggest some possible SOIIi/iolls'? Give reasons for your anS'lver and inc/ude any relevant examplf!s from your own knowledge or experienCe. a Which part of the question states a problem? b Which t wO words in the que lion are important for the organization of your answer? 6 Read the Shen : How do you t hink people can deal with t heir conversati on stressful lives, especially at w ork? bel ' een rw o Tina: Firstly, I think employers should encou rage workers to relax. students d iscuss ing Shen : How? the prob lem of s tress Ti na : Well. in so m e co m pa nies, gym facilitie s o r at work . w hich p ar t m assa ge thera pies are available. of the question in 5 S hen: Massage? are they ans w ering? Tina: Yes . If you help yo u r employees to re lax, th is im prove s their effi ciency and prod uctio n. Wh at so lut ion s Sh an : A re t here oth er so lutions? and resu lt s d o they Ti na: Of co u rse. Employees cou ld be trai ned in suggest? how to plan t heir ti me mo re effectively. On e w ay is to stop peop le taking w o rk home. And then the workp lace w ill beco me a lot happier. 7 This p aragraph for employers to encourage workers to relax . 1 .. .. .. ...... . suggests a solution in some companies, gym facilities or - - - - -...... to [be Task 2 2 ....... .. " . , massage therapies are available . 3 .' .......... , this Technique que llon in 5 . • Identlf the type 01 • Com plete each gap improves their effiCiency and production. 4 .. .. .. . .. . .. train with th e phrases in employees in how to plan their time more effectively, que lion For cause/ - - a-f for p r Selliing so l utions, examples, and res ults, 5 ............ , by stopping people taking work home. 6 ............ , the workplace will become a lot hapPier. a A further step is to d As a result b for example e By doing this I think the mos t obvious For instance solution is 10 •
  • 11.
    U NIT 1 Ch al1!J~ (/lId coIIseqllellCe! &I 8 There axe several w ay s to express sol u tjon s. Should is u sed for SIl'ong sugges tion s; could is used for possible s ugge (i on s. Other ph rases can also b e used to express solution s. Read the example [rom 6 and 7 on page 10. Then rewri te the sent ences in a- f. Examp les Employers should eJ/courage workers to relax . [ think the most obvious solution is/or employers to ncouTage workers [Q relax . Employees could be [rai/led in how to plan their Lime more effectively. A further step is to train employees in h ow [Q plan Ih eir li me more dfe [i vely. a 1 think the most obvious solution is to encourage people to exercise mo re . PeopleshouJd ......................................... ,............................. ,... ,.,. ,....... ,.... ,.......... ,... . b The obvious answer is to reduce the number 0 wo rking hours , The number of working hours ...... ,....... ....... ,............ ,................................. ,.......... . c The government could provide each employee with their own computer. One possibility is ....... ,.... ... ....................................................................... ... ...... .... .... . d One option is to persuade parents to spen d more time with [heir children . Parents could .............. ,............................................ ..... .............. ,.. .. .............. , e A good idea is to restri ct the number o f ars coming into iries, The number of cars coming into cities .... " . ....... ..... .. ,' .......................................... . f The go emmenl should build more sky rapers to solve the problem. A good ide a is .................................................................. ..." ... ..................... . 9 Which problems ('[modern life do (he SentenceS in S rein Ill? overcrowding traffic congestion obesity lack of discipline stress technology 10 Use·the follo wing phrases (0 add re ults to the Solul ions ab ove. Use YOUT own ideas an d w ords. Examp le a I think the most obvious solution is to encourage people to exerdse more , By doing this, they would lose weight and would feel better generally. As a result, This would enable/help them to This would lead to This means that they would By doing this, Consequently, • •• 11
  • 12.
    Linking phrases 11 Linking phrases mark the ftloctions 01 other s ent e nt: es i1n d phrases, s u c l~ as solutjons, results, and examples. Match each linl(ing p h rase ' ' ,Itch th e cor Cl function. p urpose 8ftt! conseq uentJy, addi rion a nd and so since for instance, condition reason because in order to exarnp1e resuIt therefore, if fu rth crmore, as a result. for example, Usin g trigger words 12 Read the paragraph from a Task 2 essay on overcrow de d cities and find the U n g phr ases which m a tch these functions. nkL Reason Result Example Solution M an' citie in th e worl d have now b ecome very ove.r~rowded because people are migrating in fro m the counrrysid e in search of work. As a result , fa cilities like wate r supp lies an d public transport can no t cope with the demand s from increased numb ers of people, and so th ey are under severe stra in. The obviol1s an swer is to en courage the creation of jobs outside the cities . For example) we could encourage certai n business s to set up branch es in rur al areas. 13 Lin~",ing phrases can be used to tr.i gger id eas becau e th ey mark fu n ctio n s . When you plan a Task 2 answer, write down some trigger words to h elp you dev d QP YOUT basic idea. Use [11e trigger w o rds below (a d eve lop th e ideas given. A lfpeople migrale 10 cilies, they be come ................ .. And so ................ .. And as a restill .... .. ........... . A good idea would be to ................. . By doing this, ................ .. B People spend 100 /lllIch time watching TV. For example, ................ .. Con equemly, .. .. ,......... .. .. If .................. , then ................ .. This vill lea d to ........ .. ...... . . C The development of tourism ofTell creates resentment among local people because For example, ......... .. ...... . The obvious ans wer is to ...... _._ .. .... __ Furthermore, ....... _ ....... . .. 12 •• •
  • 13.
    UNIT 1 Cil(l11g e and cO lIst:q uenus •• •• • • ••Practice Test 1 • ••••• Task 1 You should spend aboUl 20 minutes on this task. The 9rtJph belDH' shows il1 percentage terms tlu changing patterns of domestic aeee s to Jil(){il'm tecJl11vlo9.Jil1 homes in the UK SIUJllII{//";ze flu "information by selectil1g and rep(wtillij tI,e IJ1l1in /catllres, anrl make comparisons where relevant. Write alleasl 150 words. Percentages 100 - . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - , CD pl ay er 80 ~--------------------------~~~~=----=====~ MObile phone .... . 60 --- 40 - -- --- ....... ".:.-.-------- ------ ------- 20 o I I 1996/97 1998199 2000/01 2002/03 Task 2 Yo u shou ld spend about 40 II/inures on this Jask. Write about the followil1g topic: People naturally resist making changes;n their lil'e~.. What kind of problems can this calise? What solutioJls can you suggest? Give reasons for your allswer and include any relevanr examples from your OHI1"1 knowledge or experimce. Write at least 250 words. • •• 13
  • 14.
    Unit aims .. The importance of the past ---.-~- ... .. •• Task 1 T 2 ask Comparing information Using it/they/ this/these Adverbs in comparisons Planning essays Comparing and contrasting Developing Ideas ••••• •••••• Task 1 Comparing information The pictures and tex t show some inventions and who invented them . Answer the question s. Ballpoint pen , Laszlo Biro First mercury thermometer, Safety pin, Paper money in China Gabriel Fahrenheit Walter Hunt a Which is the oldes t invention ? b Which is the most recem invention? c Which do you think are the most and least important inventions? d What other important h istorical in ven tions are n ot induded here? Tin can patented by Peter Durand 2 The chan shows {he results of a survey about th e most important inventi ons in th e l ast 300 years . Answer [he questions. Most im porta nt inventi ons in t he last 300 years a What is the most striking feature of I. Male 0 Female 1 the chart? b What voting pattern s can y ou see for females? c What voting patterns can yo see for males? • Technique • 3 You can use a range of structures to make comp adsons . Read these examp Je • In the test. circle • and number • • describing the chart in 2. Then complete s,entences a-j with sui table information based on the chart. - • Important de1ails • in pencil. I- • • Examples More males than females chose the TV. (more + n oun + than) • • Fewer fe males than m ale s chose th e TV. (fewer + n oun + than) The TV was more popular among males than female s. (morel less + adjective + than) The most popular form of conununication was the Internet. (the most/least + adjective) 14 • • • • •
  • 15.
    UNIT 2 TIre importGI1Ct! of the pasr •• a More fe males ....................... ...... males chose [h e bicycle. b The bicycle was more ........................ .... than any other invention. c The car was .... ......................... popular among females than males. d ... ................... .. ..... invention among both sexes was the TV. e ................ ....... .. .... women than men voted for the mobile phone . .......................... .. . invention among both sex es w as the bicycle . g ......... ..... ............... males th an females picked the radio. h The computeT was ............................. for women than for men . More people seleded the bicycle ............................. any other invention. The TV was ........................ .. ... popular than any other invention. 4 You can also com pare information by using a ma/ly ... as when numbers are very dose, or by using I/ot as many .. _as. Read the examp les . Then compare m ale and fem ale ani(udes (0 cars an d m ob il e phones. Examples As many females as males chose the computer. Not as many female s as males chose tb radi o . 5 Make comparative sentences based on notes a-g below and the chart in 2. Use the p assive or active form of the verb in italics . Examples female sJmale slselectfthe bicycle M ore females th an m ale sf/eeted the bicycle . males/femaleslseleetfthe bicycle Fewer m ales thall f males selected the bicycle . the bicyclelchooselfemales/male s The bicycle was chosen by more females than males. a males/femaleslehooselthe car b wom en/men /selwlthe mobile phone c the Intemetlehooselmales/females d (emalesJ males! pick/the radio e malesl£emaleslpicklthe radio the comput erl chooselfemales/males g the bicyclelselect/males/females • • • • 15
  • 16.
    Adverbs in comparisons 6 You can add ad verbs to comp arisons to make them more precise, such as significantly (more) or almost (as many). Read the examples. Then underline the adverb s in senten ces a-i. Exa mples Significantly mOTe people voted for the bicycle than tbe other inventions. The bicycle was chosen by almost as many males as female s. a Slightly more w om en than m en voted for th e bi cycle . b In the past, considerably more people lived in the countryside than towns. c Many more people can use a computer today than thirty years ago . d Substan tially less time is n ow spent doing housework than before. e There are significantly fewer people now worldng in manufacturing than in the past. Sports progra mmes are watdled by practically as many peopl n ow as jn previous years. g The exhibition about dnerna attracted far fewer visirors than expected. h Illiteracy is much less common than in previous generations . Nearly as many children as adults watch progranmles about anci enL history. 7 Which adverbs above mean: a almost? b a lot? c just a few ? 8 Look again at the sentences you wro te in 5 on page 15. Add suitable adverbs . Comparing and con trasting 9 Answer (hese questions about (he b ar chart. a Wh at do you mink the bar chart provides information about ? b What could th e numbers on the left relate to? c What do you trunk the wo rds along the bottom of the dl an relate to? d What could the numbers in the box refer to? e Is there a time reference for the graph? 7o,-----------------------------------------------, 60~------------------------ 2~01 -------------------1 I045-65 50~--,_~---------- 40 30 2 0 10 o 16 • • • • •
  • 17.
    UNiT 2 Tire;mportallu ofllle past 10 Match sentence beginnings 1-6 with endings a-f to form correct senlences abom the chart. 1 The arts and crafts society has the greatest number of 20-30 year-olds, 2 Only 25 people fTom the younger age group are members of the historica l society, 3 Some societies are clearly more popular with one of tbe age groups, 4 The keep fit and social clubs have slightly more members in the younger age bracket, 5 In generaL the 20-30 year-olds are more actively involved in societies 6 The keep fit and social clubs attract a broader range f people a wh reas the archaeological society is equally popula r wi th both . b ill compariso11 with [he hi stori al society, e but it is one of the least popular clubs with the ol' er age group - d comp.11'ed with the Ider age group, e whilt! the figure for 45-65 year-olds is abou 50 . althollgh they are fairly popular with both age grou s. 11 I n which of [he sentences in 10 u ld the ending a-f orne fir t? Which cOlmecting words in italics are followed by a noun phrase only, 12 Read the d escription of (he chan in 9. For aeh of 1- 6, tw o options are possible and one is ineorreCL Delete the in correct op ti on. Model text l'he G provides information about hart l'here- are about ~o membe-rs aged how two age groups partic.ipate in 'beveral be-twe-e-n'}.() and 30 , -; but/whereaslin d ub') at a Lentr£. for ,j(ktl1s. c-ompari50n ~Jith the number of people- in We c.an '5Ce. from the data that the the- 45 to (pI5 age group is 4 Jar/slightly/ arGhaeologic.al, Keep fit and wc.ial dubs considerably lower.1he Ke-ep fit and wGial are popular with both older and ~ounge-r dubs are popular with both age- groupD, Technique 'i howeverlbut/although there are sllghH'i people. I -IIhile/However~ contraM, the In the test, make historic.al and art'b and c.rafts wc.ietie-s fewer older people, e-mbe-rship of th a qUick list of dead,! appeal more to one of the age- ;;rc.haeologic.al Mc.iet., stand5 at it? fo the comparison groupD. In the historic.al Wc.iet-j, SO of the both groups. structures you know members are between 4'5 and (,?, In ge-ne-ral, the- ~ounge-r age- group are before you write 2. but/whilelhowever "lhere are onl~ 2.5 v signific.antly/almost/noticeably more from "lhe ~ounger age group. For the art involved in the various wc.ieties than tl1 and c.rafts soc.iet-j, the- pattern is reve-rsed. it?-(;j ~ear- 01d5. ... • 17
  • 18.
    Task 2 Usingitltheylthislti'zese 1 Read the text below writlen by a st ud ent as part of a Task 2 essay. Replace the words in italics wi th ii, they, this, or these. Archaeologists, for example, help us to learn about the past. Archaeologists look for evidence in artefacts like pots and jewellery. Pots aJldjewellery reveal a lot of information about our ancestors. Revealing infonnatioll about the past is very useful, but the information is still quite limited. 2 Match 1-4 witb a- d to explain how ro use il, Ihey, this, and tllese. I It and this refer to 2 They and these refer to 3 This and these are often used to refer to 4 This can also refer to a nou ns at the en d of the previous senten ce. b plural nouns. c situations and processes. d singular nouns. 3 Underline the exact text w hich it, they, tilis, and these refer [0 in sentences a-h. Th e first one has been done for you. a History teaches children not just facts, but a range of skills. For example, they can learn how to analyse material, do basic sorting and research . b Old buildings help create a more relaxing environment in cities than concrete office blocks . This makes them more pleasant to work and live in . c Stu dyin g history may trigger an in terest in oth er subject areas. This , in tum , may L to other hobbies. ead d Built-up areas can be made more attractive by adding monuments and statues. These can then enrich people's lives considerably. e Government s should provide more m oney to preserve historical siles. By doing this, our heritage w ould be saved for future generations. Tradition does not hold u s back as some people believe . In facr, it helps us to build the future . g Schools and colleges need to emphasize history and related subjects as these will h elp give them a wider view of th e world . h The Internet and computers can b<;.' used to preserve the pas t For example, they can be used by children to do basic research and store images. 4 Com p lete sentences a-g with ii, they, 1111:5, or these. a If the past i to be preserved, .............. ..,. must be done by usi n g modem technology. b The an and language of a country represent its history, so it is importan t that ................ .. are both preserved . c The primary role of advenising is to encourage the public to replace the old witb the new ................... is called progress by some people . d History broadens the minds of m ost people ,"vh o study .................. , but .................. also h as the potential to narrow the minds of some . e History should be given more emphasis in schooL as .................. will help children to understand better the world they live in . If hlstory is emphasized m ore in schools, .......... ..... :.. wiU lead to a b tter understanding of the world. g The past infom1.s us of the present an d the future, but few people are suificiently aware o f ,.... ... ."" ...... 18 • • • • •
  • 19.
    uNiT 2 The imparlQllce afllre pasl • P ]an n in g e ssays 5 Read (he historical facts in a-f below. Rank th e events 1-6 according to how = important you think rhey were in human history (1 most impoTlam; 6 = least importanr). What other events w ould you add to the l ist? a In 1792, France abolished the monarchy and instituted the fi rst republic. b In 1953 , Francis Watson and James Crick described the structure and importance of DNA. c In October 1492. Christoph er Columbus se t fo ot in the Americas. d In 1885. Karl Benz built and patented the first automobile . e In 1983. a com puter system connecting universitjes was created. whkh later became the Internet. In the nimh cemury. gunpowder was first invented and used by the Chinese . 6 Read the Task 2 essay question below. D ed d e w hich of points a-g ar relevant to this answer. It is sometimes said tllat h istory /lever repeats itself, yet there is mild/ ill it which is relevant to our modern world . Suggest some ways in. whicJI the study of h istory migllt help liS today. a Th ere is often uncertainty abo ut what really happene d with regard to well-kn own historical events. b Studymg other historical periods gives insights into different ways of life . e We can learn about the recent past by asking older relatives. d HiStory involves investigation and interpretation, so its study develops thinking skills. e Learning about conflicts in the past can teach u S hovv to avoid them in future . History is a more dHficult area of study than most p ople imagine . g The past can often provide explanations for the sit uation W ' face tod ay 7 Read the idea below. Choose some of the trigger words to develop tlus point. The first one has been done for you . Refer to Unit 1 p age 12 for more examples of similar phrases . Studying other historica.l p eriods gives insights in to different ways of life. For example, students ca11 investigate the way in which people lived in ancient limes such as ................ .. As a res ulr, ................ .. Therefore, ................ .. Furthermore . ................. . 8 Look back at Ihe other relevant sentences you chose in 6 above . Deve lop those ideas in the same way llsiJlg tr igger words. Then wri tt: out yow ideas in a pa.ragr aph. ... • . • 19
  • 20.
    Developing ideas 9 Read the Task 2 question below. M ake a not of any ways you can mink of to make history more interesting. Some children find lem'fling history at school very exciting. but matlY others think it is I'ery boriug. In what ways can history be brought to life for 0,1/ school children? 10 The list a-i below contains ideas th at a stud ent came up w ith for [he essay question in 9. There aI:' thr,ee solutions, each w h b an example and an ffe l. Complete (he table by matching each idea with the appropriate fu nct ion . P aragraph 1 Paragrapb 2 Paragraph 3 Solutions a Examples EUects a using the Internet and computers b isiting historical sites c historical places seem more real l: make a poster about local history (' go to a local archaeological site it increase motivation to do research g these kill can be applied in other subjects h doing written projects search for iniorrnation about historical figures online 11 Decide which function in 10 these linking ph ras es rel ate to. a Another method is to h T}')is will lead to c For example, d Last but not least, children could Technique e For instance, To help you build such as a bank of Ideas. recycle relevam g As a result. Information from h The best way is to other essay-_ , s, • _......;I. Then 12 Use YOUI answers to 10 and 11 to write the ideas out as three paragraphs. 20 • • • • • b
  • 21.
    U Nit' 2 The i mponallCt: of rhe past • ••••• Practice Test 2 • • • •• Task 1 You should spend about 2 0 minutes all this task. The graph below SllOWS the contribution of three sectors - agriculture, manufacturing, llnd b1lSi1l2.5S ilIId fin lll/cia I services -to the UK economy ill the twentieth cClllury. Summarize tile infonnatiol1 by selecting alId reporting tile main jea tw'es, and make cOlllpm'isolls where relevant. Write at least 150 wards. Contribution of selected sectors to the UK economy in the twentieth century 60 o Agriculture • M anufacturing 50 o Business and Financial 40 % 20 10 0-+-- ' - - Task 2 h'U sholild spend about 40 minutes on this task. Ihe/t'llu"....il1g topic: V"'I"itt" ,l bc,ut To some people studying the past has lillIe value it! tile modem I For/d. Wily do you tlIil1k it is important to do so? What will be the effect If children are not ta ugll t history? Give reasons foryour answer and include any relevant examples frolll you r own kno wledge or expenence. Write Cit least 250 words. •• 21
  • 22.
    • Machines, cycles, and processes • ••••• •• • Unit aims Tas' l T 2 ask The passive Using whIch to organize informatron Sequencing Expressing result and purpose ~~~~~~.~.~.~.~.~. =---~=-=-=-=-~~=-~=-~ Task 1 The passive 1 Look at the five objects a- and answer the questions. a W hich materials are used to make these objects? II b Which of th e material in your list are natural and which are manufactured? 2 Natura] processes are often d e cribed using (h e activ e form. whereas man ufaClUIi og processes are usual ly described using the passive. Read rh examples. Then omp lete 1-6 with the correct fonns of the verb in bra kelso Examples A riverf10ws from its source to the ocean . (active) Many electronic goods are manufactured in Japan. (passive: bi + past paniciple) Limestone is the main ingredient of cement. Firstly, it 1 .... .. ............. . . .. .... .. (extract) from the ground. Then, at the factory. it 2 .......................... ... (heat) (Q a high temperature with other ingredients. After thiS, it 3 ........... . .. ........ ....... (cool) with blasts of cold air. When warm air ~ .. ....... .... ................ (reach) high ground. it is force to rise. an d, as a result, it 5 ..... ... .. ........... .. .. ... . cool) . Moisture in the air 6 ......... .......... .......... (con dense) to form rain . 3 When describing processes, make sure the subject and verb agree. Read the When describing example, then complete 1-8 w ith the carr ct forms of th e verb s in brackets. processes, sho',", Example hat you can use active and passive The sun shines and the temperature rises. forms where • appropf i_ e_ _..... at_ Some rock formations I .... ........ (hold) large amounts of water, When it (rain). the tiny spaces in th rock gradually 3 .... .. ... .. . (fill) with 2 ............ water so that the rock 4 ... .... ... .. (become) saturated. Tbe top of this saturated zone is called the wate ( table. If long periods of rain 5 ...... .. .. .. (occur). the water table 6 ............ (rise). If there is no rain, the rock 7 ............ (begin) to dry out an d the water table 8 ............ (fall). 22 • • • • •
  • 23.
    UN IT 3 Machines, cycles, and prOCf!sstS • 4 Verbs which requi re an object are called transitive. Ver b s "v h ich never have an object are caUed ~Intransilive. Are the verbs in sentence a-c transitive, intransitive, or both? Which sentence cannot be put iOlO the p assive? a Th e temperature falls. b Manufacturers ma ke rubbe r products. c Sunlight opens the lea ves. The leaves Opel! . 5 Put each verb in the box into the correCllist: transiti ve, intransit i ve, Or b oth. design produce rise se nd begin manufacture obtain die become dry grow cool Tra nsitive : Intransitive: fall Both: 6 U e th e n otes below to write short paragraphs ab out prod uction processes. Example The production of a car involves various stages. car/design; prototype/make; car/rna s·produce; car/dis tribure; car/sell After the car is designed, a prototype is made and the car is mass-produced. The car is OUr1 distn'buted and sold. a The produ ction of a motorcycle involves various stages. motorcycle/design; prototype/make; proto type/test; motorcycle/manufacture; motorcycle! export; motorcycle/sell. b The diagram shows th e various stages in the production of bread. wheat/ plant; crop/harvest; whea t/tran sport to the mill; whea t/make fl our; fl ou rl buy/baker; bread/bake; bread/sold. 7 Some d iagrams require descriptions using past tenses. COIllpJe !e lhe paragraph with lhe verbs from the box. SWAMP a died and dropped b was formed 300 million years ago c lived d was covered e was trapped f turned 9 is now mined h buil t up The diagrams show the process by w hich coal I ............ over a pe riod of millions of years. WATER 100 million years ago First of all, large plants 2 ......... .. . in enonnous swamps a long time ago. Thes e 3 •.......... • to the bottom of t.h e w ater. Over the years, th e dead Dirt plants formed a layer, w hich became deeper Dead plants an d deeper. M ore and m ore earth and dirt 4 . .. ......... on top of this layer. Subsequently, this layer 5 ............ by rocks and dirt, and so the energy of the dead plan ts 6 ............ un de rneath . Rocks & Dirt A s the pressure an d the heat grew over time, ~ -I , the layer of dead plants 7 ...... ...... into coal. ·_·.,'t. / , ; __ t , t .-" :0=1IIII_, ." .". Seams of coal were form ed, and coal 8 ............ . Coal • • •• 23
  • 24.
    Sequencing 8 The diagram shows how energy is produced from coal. Answer the questions. a How is the coal carried to [he pO'wer plant? b What is added to tbe furnace in addition to coal? ( W hat gas is produced when coal is burnt in the furnace? d What do you think is removed from the gas? e What is the gas called fo ll owing trus pro ess? What do you th ink [h e gas does in the turbine? g What does the turbinE do to the generator? h Where do the hot ex haust gases come from? What bappens [0 the gases? .... Oxygen syngas Steam Generator Gas turbine Electricity 9 Complece the model text below by choo sin g the correct aJtcrnati''c in each case, Model text m e diagram !>hO"'~ 5 the variouf> f>tage!> in drive a gas turbine. me turbine" in turn/ the. proauc.tion of dean e.nerg~ from wa. afterwards/therefo re powerf> a generator, Technique I firM of aU/At first/One. the wal if> produc.ing eledric.it{ m e gas turbine aIM mined in deep pitf> underground and then produc.e5 hot e~haust ga5es. mef>e are When describmg 1 then/thertfore/consequently piped to c.an-jed to the $urfaa.. 2. F urthermore/ • processes, use a heat rewve.t"{ steam generator, ~hic.h • phrases such as A that/As a result, it i$ c.arried fter along a (.onve~o r belt to a power plant. wnvertf> the heat into $team. he 5team i5 • F{{st of al/, After I) tonsequently/subsequent/subsequently thar, and When as '3 w hen/then/where it i5 burned in a • trlgger words to . • large furnac.e to ~h i(.h o'l'~gen i5 added. LI$ed to power a steam turbine, whid1 • ~elp you sequence • 4 Ofherwise/from this/Therejore, ral" ilgilin if> uf>ed to generate elutri(. i~ . • Ideas. • $~n9a!> i!> proauc.ed. At tne ne~t 5tage. m e e.nerg'1 if> dean buau5e narmful of the proc.ef>f>, harmful f>ubf>tanc.es li:e produd$ are removed and the c.oal if> not c.arbon dio'l'ide., m{';rw~. and sulphur are transported to anothe.c 5ite to produc.e removed. S Fol/owing that/ Followino/ e.lec.tr i (.. i~ . Subsequent, the. purified gas i$ U$ed to 24 • • • • • Ie:n
  • 25.
    UNIT 3 /Hachines, cycles. alld proc£sses • 10 ConneCl the sentences below. Use the Unldng words in brackets in each case. Example The parts of th e car are assembled. The cars are ex-ported. (aiter) After the parts of the ca r are assembled, the cars are exported. a Tb e snow falls. It covers th e grou nd with a protective layer. (when) b Her cubs are born . Th e lioness licks them all over. (as soon as) c The paper is collected. It i sent for recyclin g. (once) d Volcanoes erupt. They send huge am ounts of smoke int o th e air. (before e The plants perspire. Th e air becomes humid. (when) Th e trees a re cut d OVIlI]. The forest is gradually dest royed. (and) 11 Connect these sentences using your own words. a The food is processed. Ir is packaged. It is distributed . b The cycle is completed . Jt repeats itseli all over again . c The rubbish is collected. It is sent to a centre for sorting. It is recycled. d A new model of the bicycle is develope( Tlic bicycle is teste d e The TV is assembled. It is sent to the shops. The water is purified . It is bottled. g The data about the weatl1er is collected . The infonnation is then broadcast. h Th e prototype is tested . It is rnodilied . 12 From your own knowledge, write a short paragraph to des cribe each of the processes below. a Th e process of digital photograph y from the acti on of taking a photograph to disp laying the im age . b The progress of a lener or parcel from packaging to delivery. c The life cycle of an animal su ch as a butterfly or a frog. d Th e water cycle which creates clouds and rainfall. 25
  • 26.
    Task 2 Usingwhich to organize information. Answer the questions about the list of technolog it.'s . computers automatic doors mobi le phones video games TV remote controls MP3-players satellite navigation systems digital cameras a Which of the techn ologies can help peopl e and which can make life more diffi cult? b Which technologies might make people more lazy? c Whicll technologies do you find annoying and which impressive? 2 Read the Task 2 question. What two kc'!' elements must you include in your answer? Underline the organizing words which tell you [his. A recent survey has shown that people of all ages are losing the ability to perfonn basic p ractical tasks and processes at work. Wha t do yo u think are the main causes of this? Wh at solurions can you suggest? 3 Read the following p aragraph vvri tten by a student and answer questions a-e. People generally are losing traditional practical skills whkh they n eed to function in everyday life . This has come abo ut in my opinion, because people are n ow so over-reliant on machines. For example, computers in one form or anoth er perform man y of the tasks th at people used t do themselves such as office functions, opening and locking doors, or switching mach.ines on and off. Consequently, w orkers annat do basi practical tasks in depth, which in turn has an impact on h ow to process basic informa ti on mentally when they are at work a What kind of skills are people losing? b What is the cause of this? c Which exam ples are given? d What is the practical consequence of all this? e ' '''hat is the mental co nsequence? 4 In each sentence below, what does the word in italics refer to? a People often allow the TV to do their thinking for them at b orne, which in tum has an impact on their mental performance at work . (Effect) II b People generally are losing traditional practical skills which they n eed to function in every day life. 26 • • • • •
  • 27.
    U NIT 3 Machines, cycles, and prou~sl'S • 5 Combine [he following pairs of sentences using which. a Sometimes, computers make mistakes and prevent things happening. This wastes valuable time and can cost money. b TV programmes provide people with information about the world around them, This information is often very useful c Machines now give us more fr eedom. This means that w e ha ve more tim e for leisure activi.ties. d Technology saves us more and more tim e. This tim e can be used to create more machin es. e More and more household tasks are now carried out by robots. They will be even more common in the future . Every thing se m s to be available at the tou ch of a button. Th.is makes people expect instant response s from other people . Technique 6 What does whieh refer to in each of your answers in S? In which cases does • Use which as a the wlll'ell clause express an effect as in 4a? • trigger word to • add detail to your 7 When combining sent ences, a which clause oflen cont ains information that .1.-_____.... • writing. • is non-essential to the sentence. Read E examples. Then combine Ih he sentences in a-e, decidin. which information is non-essential. Examples News broadcasts about wo rld disasters, which are now available 24 hours a day, can make people feel anxious. The situation, which people blame th e gove rnmen t for, is everyone's fau lt . a The situation h as now become much more complex. It is eUeclively OUI of co ntrol. b Th e problem is everyone's responsibility. The public blame the gove rrunent for it. c The cause of the problem is the lack of basic Iraining . The cause is not immediately obvi ous to everyone . d The solution is, in my opinion, by far the best. The solution is to have a day at work where peopJe do not use computers or other machines . e Office technology is the ca use of much fru stration at work. It requires only basic training to use . ':J ~-::: .1.1 27
  • 28.
    Expressing result andpurpose 8 The extract below contains three paragraphs, each organized to express functions such as cause and result. Identify the ideas that relate to each function and underline them. The first paragraph has been done for you. ?roblem rirf>t of all, in recent ~earf>, man~ people fi'l-ing a plug, menaing a pundure on ~ all over the worla have aemonf>tratea a bi c~de, or even sewing a button on a dear lacK of abilitj to carC'j out certain a f>hirt. baf>ic ta;,K;,. A number of reaf>onf> have Apart from parents, the international been put forwara for thif>, but b~ far the arive towaras learning new technolog~ mOf>t important, I feel, if> the comple'l-itj of also neeas to car~ a gooa part of the c..aUf>e ____ the moaern a@e. blame. mif> has lea to ioun9 people 'Parentf>, for e'l-ample, no longer have leaVing school literate in certain enough time to f>pena at home with their computer f>Kills. But it has alw createa chiclren, because ma~ are worKing a generation almost aeficient in baf>ic unsociable hours to cope with the practical f>Kills, because technical pressures ana aemanas of toaa~ ' s worla. problem-wiVing liKe maKing things in Young people are wnseguentli aeprivea carpent~ has been sguenecl out of the of valuable time to learn the pradical school curriculum. f>Kills nemsa~ for eve~aa~ life liKe Paragraph 1: Problem/Cause Paragraph 2: Example/Cause/Effect Paragraph 3: Cause/Result I /Result 2/Reason /Example 9 Which linking phrases are used in 8 to express the functions listed? Technique 10 Decide whether the linking phrases below express Result or Purpose. Learn at least one result phrase and so therefore in order to consequently so as to as a result one purpose phrase with the aim of and so so that for this reason as a consequence • and use these as trigger words. hence which leads to which means that • When you write a sentence, insert • your result/purpose 11 For each idea below, continue the sentence or write a follow-on sentence trigger words to using your own ideas to express Result or Purpose. , develop it. • a Children are now learning how to do mental arithmetic again . b Some cities charge motorists to take their cars into the centre. c Machines are manufactured to break down after a certain time. 28 • • • • •
  • 29.
    UNI T 3 M achi nes, cydes, and proc(! ~s • ••••••• • • Practice Test 3 •• •••••• Task 1 You should spmd abollt 20 minutes on this las T~le diagram behlli' .,11011'5 hOI!' S{ll.t i.'I rt!tI1i)I'f'd from sea water to m,7ki' it dr inkable. Summ arize Ihe illforT1Jilliotl vJ.' st'/c'{(ill.'J alld rq.'orti Jl!} Il le mdilJ f cd //./res, and make comparisons where releva/lt. Write at least 150 words . .;. - Water forced through membrane at high pressure Sea To integrated Filter 1 water supply system backwash 1 Seawater concentrate Water molecules - l ask2 You should spend about 40 minutes on this task. Writt' about the following lopic: The widespread lise of the Internet 1las hl'ought many problems. What do you thiflk {lrc th e mail! problems associated witll the use of the web ? What sO/lIlioll can YO Il suggest? Give reasons for your answer and inclllde any relevant examples from your own knowledge or experience. Write at least 250 words. 29
  • 30.
    Ed-ucation • •• •••••••• Task 2 General and specific statements Avoiding overgeneralization Comparing Information Developing reasons Describing proportions ••••••••••••••• •• Task 1 General and specific statements 1 The statements he10w give students' reasons for choosing a particu lar university. Which of these statements do you agree with? a The lecturers' qualification s are more important' th an th e quality of the teaching. - b The spo rts fa ci lities are as imp ortant as the academic reso urces . c Good library facilities are the most important factor for postgraduate students. d A pleasant environment is more important than the university's reputati n . 2 Look at the p ie charts and [be Task 1 question. Answer questi ons a-e below. The pie charts below illustrate tilt' number of journal articles read p.e r week by all students, PhD Sludents, and jun for lecturers at an Alistralian IIIJiI·ersity. Number of journal articles Number of journal articles NUIllON of journa l articles read by all students read by Ph D students read by ju nior lecturers • •• .. 75')'. l - tt05 _6totl 012'!-1 Summa.rize the infonnat.ioH by selectin9 and reporting r!'l e ma ill feLrtllu'S, and make comparisotTS' where relevant. a What does each pie cban describe? b Wh at do tbe numb ers on each pie chart represent? c Wbat does th e box at the bottom of tbe pie chart refer to 7 d What noticeable feature can you see in each chan? e ' !Tbat gen eral statements can you make abou t each chart? 30 • • • • • .,
  • 31.
    UNIT 4 Education •••• 3 Complete sentences a-g using the ph rases below. that respectively for examp le how but which m eanwh ile whereas and a The three pi.e charts illustrate .. ................ many articles [rom academk journals are read weekly by PhD students ..... .... ....... .. ju nior lecturer compare d to other students a t an Australian unjversity. b .................. the overwhelming majority of those studying doctora res read at least twelve articles per week in comparison with the average student. c The figures were 80 per cen t and twelve p er cent .. ................ . d Furthermore, only five pe r cent of PhD level students read between one and five articles, .................. th e average for all st u dent in tbis category is a hefty 67 pe r cent. . e ............. fo r junior lecturers the pattern appears to be slightly differenl. Most read six or more articles per week (99 per cen t), .... :............. out of this total 24 per cent read twelve or more, .................. is almost a third of the corresponding figure for PhD level students. g It is clear .................. those students who are re earching Jor a phD read more a rticles than either junior lecturer or other students. 4 The sentences in 3 form a model text. Group the sentences into foU( p arag rapbs. Paragraph 1: Paragraph 2: Paragraph 3: Paragraph 4: 5 Descr iptions contain general and specific st atements. Specific statements contain reference to data, wbereas general statements do not. Which statements in 3 are general? Wh ich are specific? 6 Divide the following sentences into general and specific statements. Examples General: Postgraduate students tended to be better off than other students. Specific: Seventy-five per cent of school children read comics each week. a Far fewer female lecturers as opposed to male lecturers are employed at the uruversity, 25 and 7 5 respectively. b We can see that there are considerable dHferences in t h e proportion of n ationalities in each course . c Only ten per cent of stu dents preparing for their Masters attended taught classes. d OveralL women were more likely to read novels than men . : Technique e Student s preparing for their doctorate read the greatest n um ber ofjoumal articles. • Aim to make at The sales for all fo ur comparue showed similar trends. • least one general g The pattern for senjor lecturers was v ery different. • statement in the h The vast majority of those students preparing for PhDs read twelve or more : middle of your text. journal articles each week. • • •• 31
  • 32.
    COlnpal'ing information 7 Rewrite th e following sentences using the giv en w ord so that the meaning the same. a Far more PhD stu dents ,read over twelve articles a week compared with junior lecture rs. Far fewer ................................................................................................................. . b The average student reads fe'Aret journal articles tl:1C111 th e average junior lecturer. The average juni.or lecturer ............................................................ ...................... . c The other students at the university do not read as many articles as the average phD studen t. The average Ph D student .... ..... ... ........................................................................... . d Junior lecturers do not have as much time to read articles as those students who are researching for a PhD . Th ose students w ho are research ing for a PhD ..................... .. .......................... . Describing proportions 8 The phrases in the list are alternative ways of describ ing proportio ns . D ivide the lis inlo four groups that each have similar meanings. three quarters almost half one third 75 per cent o ne in three nearly half 26 per cen t 48 per ce nt about on e in fou r 33 per cent three out of four just under one half just over a quarter close to one half 9 These adjective-noun collocations can also be used to describe proport ions. Write the adjectives next to the correct meaning in the ta ble. the vast majority a tiny minority a m assive 85 per cent a modest twelve per cent a hefty 85 per cent a mere tw elve per cent the oven,vhelming majority Very big Very big (used before numbers) Very small Not v ery big (used before n umbers ) : Technique • V the way you ary 10 R <:w ri(~ SCfli ~n ces a-e, replacin g the phrases h1 i talics w ,hh an a L~emative expression. • express proportions • - sometimes use a We see from the char t tha t 23 per cent of students fa iled to finish their • words instead of • university degree. : numbers. • b In 1990, nine oul of tel! engineering st udents were male, b ut by 2000 this • figure had fa1J.en to exactly three quarters . c In 1960, 34 per cent of se ence graduates went into the teachi ng profession but in 1970, the figu re was just ten per cen t. d Exadly one half of the student population were members of the union in 2001 , bu t live years la ter the figure was 64 per cent. e Ninety-nvo per cent of people surveyed felt that mixed sex schools were preferable. 32 • • • • •
  • 33.
    UNIT 4 Educatioll •••• 11 Read th e Task 1 question bel ow and all $ >' eT qu~sti on s a-e. Task 1 Tlte pie charts below show the t1l1mber of I,ours spent ill a BritislI IIniversity /ibra ry by underg raduates, pos/Bradlla.les, (/lid tile .tolal siud ellt population . Propo rt ion of all students Proportion of undergrudl!Hltes by Proportion of postgraduates by by time spent in libra ry time spent in library ti m e spen t in library I .1 to 7 0 8 to 14 • 15+ I Su mllla rize tlIe illjtJ rmati(1/1 by . ela ting Illd repor/l'ng the main f etllll res, muf make comparisons where reLevallt. a What are the similarities between postgraduate and all students? b W hat are the main differences betw een unde rgrad uate and postgraduate students? c What te n dency can you obse rve as st ude n ts move lrom undergraduate to postgra du a te? d What is th e m ost interesting feature of the three cha n e What general co n clu si ons can you draw? 12 Choose the most suitable alternrltive to complete the sentences bel ow about the d(1{ll in 1 L a Meanwh ile, the pattern/amount/majority fo r postgraduate students w as substa n tia lly different. b Ov eralL the pattern/size/proportion of postgraduate students who spent fifteen h ours a week or more in th e library was very clo . to the entire student body who spen t 1-7 hours in the library. c Th e most striking dillerence in the data for undergraduates was that a sizeable majority/m inority/n um ber spent only 1-7 h ours per week in the library. d A majority/minority/total of undergraduates (nin e per cent) used the library for fifteen or m ore hours p er week . e There is a clear trend/progress/drift towards using the library more as students m ove towards gradua tion and post- graduation. Un dergrad uate students were less likely than postgraduate stu dents to use [h e library witH just u n der one quarter/one third/two-thirds of the forme r spending 1-7 hours ther . g About a third/quarter/minority of undergraduate students as opposed to n early a third of postgradua te stu dents spent between eight an d f urteen hours stu dyi ng. 13 In your own words, write twO sentences about eacb pie chart and one summarizing senten ce . ,i • •• 33
  • 34.
    Task 2 Avoidingovergeneralization 1 Read the sent en ces below. Th en 8J1 wer qu e fion a-c. The international community should ensure that education is free for all schoolchildren. • They should provide books. • Parents should be encouraged to become involved in schools . a How are the ideas connected? b Do the second and third sentences support the first sentence? Technique c What ideas an you think of to support th first sentence? A common C riticism of IELTS 2 The op inion stat e ment below is very broad. In yOUT opini on, w h ich rea on is candidate IS that most approp riate? they overgenerallze III Task 2 Avoid 0 in ion sl atem Jl !: Ed u ca lion is a n1 ilj or Lx! r i n li fting people ou t o f p ' rty overgeneral izlIlg by Rea son 1: ... ince it gives peop le more ideas Clb Ul what t do with th e ir liv" . giviny lea sons. Reason 2: ,,' beca u se it gives th em grea ter opportun ities hen they I ok for work. 3 A 11 of the o pi ni on statem n ts a- h below are very b road . or each sla tem e nt, d ecide vvhelh e r you ( gree or d isag ree . a Univ r -iries should make m ore links with businesses. b The pre en! young generation knows more rhan their previous counterparts. Teaching thin ing a t c 100) i essentiaL even at primary level. d More time needs to be devoted to learning musi c. either during or aft r school bours. e Phy ieaJ e d u ation i a neee ary part f th e learn ing process for all pupils. Play is a maj o r p a n of the lea rn ing pr ce for children. g II is impo rtan t f r ch ildren to try [0 learn another lanquage c r ly in [h eir educa lion . h Being bo red a n d learning to deal w ith boredom is a n ce sary p<lrt f th e le arning proces for children . 4 Look again a t the tatements you agreed with in 3_ Choose from th e p hrases be low 10 intens ify your opi nions and add the e to the sen ! nces yo u agreed w ith in 3. Example Jc is importallt thal universities should make more link with busine . It is impo rtant tha t The re is no doubt that One can not d e ny that It is impossi ble to a rg ue ag a inst the fa ct tl1at 34 • •
  • 35.
    4 Educa/ioll ••• ••• UNIT Technique 5 Lo ok ag<lin ,1 the phrases you disag'rcec! ' ith in 3. It is p (}s~·;jbl 1 ].)11'0 $ 'Ill When you make an opinions as belongjng. to someone else - possibly to hide your own opinion. opinion sta tement Choose rr nm the phras es b e low ilnd PI (ld .r l1e s ~ to !lhl~ sent enCes you dis,l g l t'E'C] w ith in 3. that IS velY general. make sure yot! Some people think/feel/believe/claim/argue that Justify It with a Other people are of the opinion that reason U phrases se Yet other peop ~ e put forward the view that such as /.18C8USe and since as trigger words. 6 To avoid overgeneraliz8tion, give reasons. Add (he reasons below to opinions a-h in 3. since it crea te s a healthy basis for later life . 2 (IS it h elps the brain to funcri on better a nd increases coordination. 3 because children now find it more difficult to reaso n . 4 since they have more access ro infonnation. 5 bemuse it hel ps t hem intell ec tually and also heJps Lo fi nd a job. 6 as this would connect their research with the real world. 7 because interaction helps to develop social skills. 8 as it teache s ll, em h ow to be creat ive o n their own. Developing reasons 7 I n lELTS, opinions and rt'clSOl'l'i should be supported with 'examp les rrom your knowledge and experience ", Sentences a-c g ive three examples 10 support th e arg urn ent below. Match each examp le wHh the description s 1-3. Play is a major pari of the learl1lng process for children as it teaches litem how 10 be crealit'e. a Take for exam ple children in my cou n try who lea rn mu sical g" J1l s at em earlyage. b For instance . children who draw and paint are idely known to have grea ter spacial aw are n ess. ( For exam ple. pla y can develop artistic or m usical skills . a general example 2 an exam ple from kno wledge '3 an example froIU experien ce • •• 35
  • 36.
    8 Develop [he ideas belo w b y a ddi ng yom own examp les like thos e in 7 on pag e 35 . the phrases in the b ox t help you. Fo r instance, Fo r example, like namely Take for exa mple A good exampl e is a Out of sch 01 act lvili es help children develop because they can learn subjects that are not in the school curriculum . b Education is being red u ed to a production line becau e [he focus is on targe ts rather than on learning. c Travel helps to broaden the m inds f children because it helps to bring to life the things they read in class . d Priva te d ucation omplemen ts state ducation very well as it can do things state education cannot. e Su ccessful entrepren eu rs and sport s stars should teach in schools an d universities since th ey wo uld pro vide good role models for young people . 9 Develop three of th e sentences b elow . Use phrases to intens if I your own or other ' opinions. Give your own reasons an d example ". Ex ample: Too much emphasis is put on passing exam . . Technique Some people feel til I too much emphasis is put on passing exams, because pupils spend a large proportion of school time doing te sts rather than When you state a learning. For example, children in some Bri tish schools prepare for tests for reason, think how weeks before th e exams, bw they are n ot taught anyth ing . you could Illustrate it with examples U phrases slich as se For example and like a Foreign lan guage learning should be compulsory. as trrgger words. b Studenrs nee d to have go od study skills on entering un iversit y. c University lecturers need some teacher training. d Boys and girls o ught !O be educated in separate s hools. e Teachers' salaries need to be as high a doctor' or lawyers'. 36 ••••
  • 37.
    UN IT 4 EdllCfll i oll • • • • Practice Test 4 Task 1 lou shollid spend about 20 lIIinutes 011 (his (ask Lilli" clltlJ"t ,/IOII'S {he 11Ijhcsl qllalifiD1tit'J} all,7incd by Sf'S IlJ/" Tile tilL' '<,r/,:il};) lI!F~ pOpUllllioJl in Wales i112001l2002. Sum mari ze the infonHati01J by 5eleC:lil1g and reporting the IIwin reatures, and m ake com parisoll s where releval1t. Write (I( least! 50 words. Highest quali fications attained: by sex, for w orking age population 200 1/02 Percentages 30-,--------------------------~=_--~==========~ I_ Ma les ~ Fema les 1 20-+---------------------- 10 5 Degree o r Highe r GeE A level GCSE grade Other No equivalent education or equivalent A"-C or q ualifications qualifications qua lification equivalen Task 2 YOll should spend abollt 40 mil/ute'S 017 this task. Writ", about rhe following topic: SOJlle people beliere thnt competitive sports, both teaJII alia inail'ialla/, !Jave 110 place intlte ,'c111JOl' ' IJniculllllJ. HL'I!' fill' c rOil tlgree or disag ree? iL' Give reasons for your answer and iI/elude allY rdel'al/t examples from your OWI1 knowledge or experience. Write at least 250 wards, 37
  • 38.
    U N IT 5 • Youth ••••• •••••• Unit aims Task 1 T 2 ask Describmg changes Develop ing and JustifYing opinIons Describing locations Writing introductions Task 1 Describing changes Read the comments by three people talk i ng about toe [o w n where they grew up. Answ er the questions be low. Dave I r emember there wasn 't much to do her when I was growing up . My frien ds and I u sed to J USl han g around in the park, getting into trouble. These day s th ere 's much more here [or young peopl e. Fo r instan ce, the coullcil opened the ice rink, the leislIr centre. all d the skate park las I year. I wis h I' d had things like tbat to keep me entertained. Sandra One of the lhings I used to really like about this area was th e peace and q ui.et. It was so safe fo r us as kids . We cou ld play in the sIre ts or in the nearby woods and fields. They buill a bypass alld all indllstrial estate a few years ago, and there's been a lot more traffic and developmen t since . I don' t feel it's safe for m y children, aQd I'd like to move away. Tom Well, you can' t stand in the way of change, I suppose. Yes, peop le 1 00 at the town now and say it's oat as prett y or peaceful as it was in the pasL I suppose thaI 'S tru e. Even so, there are more jobs and opportun ities now than there w ere when I ,;va a teenager. I guess you can 't h ave on e w ith out losing tb e o th er. a For each speaker, do they think things were better or worse when they were yo ung? Wh y? b What changes have occurred to the p lace you corne froro? Do you think they are positive or negative ch anges? c How could you express the phrases in italics in a more formal wa y . ct Imagine you are a young person moving to a new town. Whi ch facilities in th e lis ! be lm'v would be important to you? go lf course skate park thea t re rfJilw<:Jy station co ncert hilil gal le ry stadium ice rink pa rk college airport 38 ••
  • 39.
    UN IT 5 YOIl/ll 2 The map s below sh ow ch.anges th.at Look plac in Youngsvill in ew Zealand over a 25-year p eriod from 1980 to 2005. Answ er th e fa ll wi ng question a Wbat is th e m ost n oticeable differen ce between th e two maps? b Was the town more or less residential in 2005 compared to 1980? Were there more or fewer trees in 2005? d ,'ere the changes dramatic or negligible over tl le 25 -year period? e Wh a t w ere the two bigges t changes north of the; river? ( What happened to the houses and trees along the railway line south of the river? 99 ~ N N 9 9 99 9 t t H~i~ • 9 . 999 H~P;~ • Park Stadi um ~ Manna 9 ~ School .9. River Alanah tt1 tI'1 . 9 tI'1 "'''''''1 Railway station School ~ a=m ------------~---=- ~~-.;-~ t 9 . : : :- ~ I!mtm Warehouse 111 t 9 Airport9woodland9 Airport "-"- Skyscrapers ~ rJ 9 9 9 fi9 1980 ~ Factories 111 2005 3 Complete the model text below. Use one ";lOrd frOIll lb' following list to comp lete each blank space. The first one has bL'l'll dDne [or y i;ll. houses experienced noticeable factories freVei-tt?fflents comparison residential co rner facilities COllstr"uction Model text 1he maps Dnow the I .0.0.'~!9.p.m.~.n~. sprang up around the airport and 5(.hoo. ~h ic.h tool:: plaa. in the- c.oastal to" n of 01'111 a fevl k e.es nodn of tile. river remained, Y ounysville between IqgO and 2005 1he ~oodand waD c.le.are< to maKe wa-, In IqSO, the. town -laD a muth grnner for a par~, a golf WUITl-, and L2r par~in9 2. •••••••••••• ••• ••• are-a witn a large. number of I ..... ,........ ... . Further dw' lopmenh were. Technique treeD and individual houses, but during the 0 ..... ... ... ... .... of a stadium near the tne ne"1-i 25 ie.arD the town ~ ................. . no!il1-easP ............ ...... of1heaKf. nd a In order to identify a number of dramatic. c.hangeD.1he mODt newDtrekn of railwai from the river running changes, study the maps and number ~ ,..... ............ i" that all of the trees 50Uth airutl'! nortl1. A marina ~ao also built at the the changes on the of tne, Z-iver AI anah were Gut aO'Mn, with OLrth of the river. ~ eciJrl d Ol le. Think all the. ' ....... ,........ ,. along th~' railVlai Overall , a 10 •••••••• , .. ... . ' of the two mapo of some general line being I::noG::u down and replaced bi reveals a change from a largel,! rural to a statements, and sKiscrape.ri> More.ove.r, a new industrial mainl urban landscape. nlake notes. estate. w " .................. and ~ arenouses ilD • 39
  • 40.
    4 Tran sform Ihe sentences b elow by chang ing the n ouns i_ lO verb an d using n Ihe passive. Refer [0 page 7 for m ore information on Rr!/aled verbscl11d JlOlllLS. Example There we re Sp f'clacllla r changes in th e are,1. Th e area was changed spe ct acu larly. a There were dramatic developments in the town centre. b There was a complete transfonnation of the n ighbourhood. c Th ere vva a tOt al reconstruction of th e residen ti al area . d There was a total redeve lopment of th old fa tori es . e There ·vas a rebuildi ng of the old houses. There was a com plete modernization of the entertainmenr district . Technique Do not just describe the map or maps 5 Look again at Ihe sentences you Wl'O fte in 4. Whi ch coul d b e rewritten in the Describe the active fonn? developments that took place. 6 Re ;vrit e sentences a-h be low u iog ynonym from th e model I Xl in 3. a Th e maps sh o w changes wh ich OCCllITed between 1980 and 200 5. b Very few trees <II re lef t. c Over the nexl 25 ye ars, all these hous es were delllolished. d The single dwellings were replnced by skyscrapers . e The trees Here chopped down . ,' The area wimessed d ramatic manges . g The woodland gave way lO a golf COllrse. h A m ari na W iiS also constructed 7 P u t th e verb' below i nto the correCl fo m1 . AU of th e changes took pl ace b tween 2000 and 2005. Exam ples Th e block of flats .~?'1.?~.~.r:r.~. (turn) into a hote l. (p assive) . Th e block of fla ts .. ~~.0.~ ~~y' .. (mak e way ) for a hote l. (acliv e) a The row of old hOlls es .... .. ,......... .. (knock down) to make way for a road . b The fore st ................ .. (CU I down) 10 build a railway. c The area .................. (redevelop) completely. d The fact o ry .... .... .......... (COnvert) into an art gaUery. e Th city entre .................. (und ergo) a total transformation . Th e row of old t rraced hous es in the cil Y .................. (pull down ) and .................. (replace ) b y a block of flats . g A sport complex .... ........ .. . (conslruCl) in the suburbs. h A number of spectacular changes ..... , ............ (take place). The 'w hole centre of tbe town ............ ...... (transform) by ne w eveJopments. 40 II •
  • 41.
    UNIT 5 YOll/I, • 8 Which of th e foll o wi ng cannot be used to rep lace the phrase Betwem 2000 <111 20057 a Over the period c Fro m 2000 to 2005 b During the fiv e year period d Over th e past Li ve years 9 The pa t p erfect (h(/d done) can also b e u sed to descri be changes occurring before a sp ecjfjc [LIn in th e p ast. Look at the example . Then insert By 2005 allhe begin ning o f each sen tence in 7 and adjust each senten ce . Exa mples By 2005, the block of flats had been fUmed into a hotel. (passive) By 200 , the block of flats had made way for a h otel. (active) Describing locations 10 It is so m et Lmes importan t to st ate loca tion s cl early on a map . Read tbe examp les. Then ans wer the question s a-g abou t th e m ap o n p age 39 using th e phrases in th e box. Exa mple Only a few trees 110rc/7 oflhe river remained. Where is the golf course? It is norrh-wes/ of rile lake. south of the river beside the railway line in the south-west of the town north of the skyscrapers south of the [Jolf course south-west of ~he stadium north-east of the lake a Whe re are lhe skyscrapers? They are ............ .. ............... . b Where is tb e stadium? It is ........... _ .. _ ." ........... . c Where is rhe lake? It is .............. .. ........ .. ... . d Where is the hospital? It is ..................... " ...... . e W here is the ra ilway sta tion? It is .......... .. ................. . Where is the airport? It is ...... .. ............ .. ....... _ g W here is the school? It is .... .. .... .... ... ._ ... _ . .. .... 11 Comple te the following sen fences by choos ing the c rreel preposi tions of p lace from th e alte rn aliv s . a Several changes took plac al/in/olllh town of Northgate. b North of the tOwn, there is a lake su rrounded in/of/by tree c A number of new hou ses we re built besidelarlolilhe railway line . d There was a large indusuial area located ontilliat the north . e A new railway was constructed which ranfroll/laflill north to soulh . f Two new hote ls were erected on/ill /at the banks of the riv r. g A large n umber of new vi llas were built besidelmlro lhe sea. h A yachti ng cl ub was set lip oll/il//ot the shor s of the lake . A number of wind turbine s were placed in the sea, just l~fflollIlO the coastline. 41
  • 42.
    Tas 2 Developingand I get better resu Its. jus tifying opini ons I should get more. 1 Loo k ilt t he p ictures and the l e !. An we r th ques tio n s b el w . a Which person do you agre e with? Do you agree with the justification for each person's opinion. c Is this situation the same all over the w orld? I shoul d get paid more -I have m o re ex peri en ce. 2 Read the fo Uovv ing Ta k 2 question, tb en an wer ques t i on s a·-b. Emplo)'!!rs shollid pal )'0 111'1,1} people tIl l!. St}J)/1! .ml'll }· t}~ older colleagues doing the sOlllejvb . To wlwt extent do .1'0 11 agree or di.~·ag ree ? a Do you hav to stro ngly agree or disagree? Is is possible to rake a neutra l view? b Rewrite the ·tatemeDl in your own w ords. Begin with Young employees . . .. 3 Read a-g, tak en front 3J l illwwer to th e qrUE'slj on in 2, l1.atcl1 ea h sentence or p <1.rt-senten ce wi.th the correct function from the list. The first one bas b e en don e for you . Contradiction E >~ plan a ti o n Result Examp le Reason I x 2) 8piflto-frSt-8"!en'ieI'Tt a Ma ny p eople beli eve tha t workers sh ould be paid according to age ra th er than merit. b How ve r, I feel that they should be paid according TO result . c Take for example someone in their twenties workin in a financial company. d They deserve to recei e the same salary . .. e '" becau e they are doing the same work. Moreover, young people nowadays are often fa ter at doing things than their older work colleague ' . .. g . .. which compensates for Jack of experience. 42 •
  • 43.
    UNIT 5 Yo 1111, • 4 Under line the iinl<ing phrases in 3 which in dicate the function 'o u ho e. 5 Using the sen tences in 3 a a model, write a paragrap h express ing your own op inion in response to the question in 2 . Use appropriat linking phrases. 6 Read th e Task 2 q u.estion and the model answer belo,-!. For each o f 1--6, two options are possible a.lld one is incorrect. D el te tb e inco rre t op ti on. SOllie people feclthat YOllJlg people fa ce fillY/: presSllres todm' OW/I the equivaleJlt age groups did il1 previous gCllcral'iL)lIs . Othas Il1il11< thalilley have a much easier life thon their parcHts did. 'I V/Jal i~ your opinion? Model text 9&11erations. "3 FurihtrmoreiLiktwi5t~Ancl, life for the 'joung in toda'j' 5 world is in there. is inc.rea5e.d mobilit'j of pe.ope. In tne some wais c.e.rtainli more c.omfortable. international job mar'Ke.t. ~'Kiled 'lor'Ker~ tn.;m for those in previous gene-rations. move from tl1e far £.a5t to £.urope.. ndia, However!fv1orwver/£ven so, one c.annot 4 for inManc.e/also!in parfic.ular. nas a . ae.ni tne fad tnat in a number of a:e.as large. pool of mobile 5'Killea 'lorlCw,. 115 life is muc.n more- demanding than It Uf>ed globali~tion ofjob511a5 'j C;O()$tqutntly! to be. howtvtr!as d result put intense pressure. la'Ke tne wor'Kplac.e, for e'f.ample. on iOU119 people af> the.i 5earc.h for ~or~ Competition for e.ver'jjob if> 110~ fierc.e. in in tneir home GOuntrie.5. I. 1hus!5o! all parts of the orld. not just de.velope.a Substqutntly. it i5 no longer a c.a5e. of just c.oUntrie5, 2- whilelbec.auseias '1 oun 9 be.ing gooa:'jollng people are e;~pede<1 to people. are mor o,ualifie<1 tnan previou5 be top rate.. 7 Decide which functions are indicated by the correct linking phrases in 6. 1 a contrast b re u lt c ad ilion 2 a contrast b reason c result 3 a addition b contrast c result 4 a contrast b addition c exampl 5 a result b contrast c reason 6 a example b reason c conclusion •• 43
  • 44.
    8 Read the st atements below and in each case cont.rc lllic( uhcnl. Begin by l si !) !., one offoll o wing expressions in Ihe box. Nevertheless, I feel.. . Howeve r, I think ... Personally, I be : ieve ... l Technique a Many feel that young people ha y oluc 1 more influence in the world than When developing their counterpart in the pas!. and Justlfymg OpiniOnS, you do not need 10 tell b According to some people, older wor 'ers are just a equipped to deal with the truth. iv1ake a the modern w orld as young people . statement and use linking phrases as tngger words c Some people a re of the opinion that advertising sh ould not be banned in TV to think up and programm s directed a t young p eople. orqanize ideas. Writing introductions 9 R ead the Task 2 q uestions and .i nlIocluctions bel ow. Match each introd ucti on a---< with one of (he questions 1-4 . All forms of med ia but especially films and TV programmes sh uld be censored to prate t young people. To what extent do you agre '? 2 The younger generarion are the main driving force behind many of the latest technological developments . How far do you agree-? '3 Blogs on the web are very effective ways for people to expres_ their ideas and reliev tensions. hat is your opinion? 4 The modern emphasis on computer redu the de velopment of any creative abilit y. How far do you agre a It is ce n ainly importan l to mal'e sure th at people arc prnlc(lcci Imlll ha rmful mnl erial in various media . Howev er, J feel th at care n eed 10 be taken in doino so f r ariou reason s. Technique b In some areas. i1 does appear that computers redt! e creativity. but 1 also feel Keep your Introductions shon they can be used as a tool to develop cr ative abiH t)' in many Ii Id . VVnte only one or c hile the youth of today definitely have an impa ct on the way new two sentences [echnology dev lops, there are other factors involved. 10 Fo r th e remaining tlll e, it 'our ow n int rodu tion . Try to paraphrase the statement illl11e title in on e sentence, an d then write another statement to show h oy y ou inte nd to organize your essay. 44
  • 45.
    UN IT 5 l'o llllJ • • •• •• • Practice Test 5 •• •• • Task 1 You should spend abou I20 m inurcs 011 this task. The m aps belol' sholl' the c1wnges that han, t.7J.:cn plocc at tl7C se aside resort of Ternpletol1 bctwee111990 and 2005. Summan"ze the informatio11 by selectil1f) and reportinf) tile main features, and make C(llJ1 p;,.nisul1s Hil,erI' relevant. - Write at ie(1S1} 50 wNds. 9 9~choo,14 t 9 f1f1 9 ~ ~f1Q .-J" III a III _HOsPital 9ITf1 9 f1~ y 99 ~ _tQ tt~t~2 9 9 -11 'f.tstation 9 N t 1990 _ HOsPit al Ferry 2005 Task 2 YO li shouid spend ab0 11 1.f O mi ilLiles ,1 Ji. Ihis task Write aboll t the fallol,vill zJ !opiC.' YoulIg people are milch 1rI00·e {/ware of and concerned about issues like the cl1virOl'l1l1ellt, poverty, and animal welfare Ihall previ,,1/.' gl!l1i."1"atiofls. WhClt is your OVII opil1iOJ"I? Giw rf,1$[>I15 for y our {i I/s,ver mul iil c/I/de allY relevant examples/rom YOllr own kl1O.l'!edge or experieJl ce. Write at least 250 lyards. •• • 45
  • 46.
    U N IT II 6 ••• Culture ••••••••••••••• Unit aims Task 1 T 2 ask Concluct ing statements Expressing advantages and disadvantages Concession {11 Advantage and disadvantage vocabulary Concession (2) ••••• Task 1 Concluding statements 1 Ra nk the ideas in the list below 1-10 according to how important th ey are in de veloping understanding between different cultm es (1 = most important; 10 = lease important). Think of examples to justify Y0ul ideas. organized stude nt exchan ges l:ll1gu a ge learnin g international tra de agreem ents similar cl im a te and landscape joint cultural events tm ns pon links tourism shared scientific and technological know-how positive media images similarities in lifestyle and cuhure 2 Which of the ideas in 1 can be carried out by individuals? which can be carried au( by governments? Which are difficult to change? 3 Statements a-c were used to conclude descriptions of data. Put the words in italics in the conect order. a It is clear that JII1?jcnilylpc·L'plel oven'.'/'lZlminqlof/theh-l·cre/,lfljm.·(1J!rim sL·bl )()1 visits between countries. b OveralL just over half tIl e people su rveyed fou od the climate in the tropics the m05·t difficult thing to ildapt to, alnlll llbcrlwithh"Jil l111cr-l nam illgl all dl lij~'sryle/food. c The lhree languages in question, Spanish, Arabic, and Ch inese, w ere n amed as iJll ~Jortl1nt/th ellq r1B 1 1 '?3fS I/Jl:)SI after En glish by ab,; H!l of!eq unllpeop lelJi li m bers. 4 An sw er these questions about the sentences in 3. a Wh ich topic in I do they rdatr' to? b Which pie chart 1-4 on p8gl' 47 vvonld be a good illu stra ti on of ea ch concluding stateme nt in 3? esc the proportions in each sen ten ce to help you. 46
  • 47.
    UNIT 6 CII 1/11 re • ·1 5 Pie charts are frequently used to summarize dat a. Therefore, th ey can often by used as the basis for concluding statements. Match each of th e foll owing conclusions to one of the pie charts 1-4 above. a To conclude. only a small minority of people felt that the language banier would preven t the development o( cultural links . . b It is eviden t th a r opinions are split almost equally between the three options as regards the benefits of joinr cultural venture s. c It would seem th at the vast maj ority o f peop le th ink tha r rhe development of trade links has the greatest impact on international relations. d Just under hall the peopie surveyed are of the opinion that China wou L be th e biggest cultural influence in tbe w orld by 2020 . e Abou t ha ll of the holida y makers visited ltaly because they were interested Technique in the art and culture, wh ereas the food and the climate were named as he Aim to Include most important factors by approximately equal numbers of the remaining several key features tOlJ rists in the survey. • In your description: • a paraphrase of the question. a 6 Rewrite the sentences below using a suitable phrase from [h Ii {. proportion phrase, nearly a third almost equal numbers the vast majo r ity some comparison. a tiny minority just under half nearly two-thirds some general and specific statement s. Examples and a concluding Govemmen t su bsidies accounted for 63 per cent of all funding. • statement. Govemmen t su bsidies accounted for nearly two-thirds of all funding. a Eighty-seven per cent ofholiday makers to China were v ery satisfied with their experience. b It is clear th at about 50 per cent of both sexes favoured increased cultural contacts. c Only eleven percent offilmgoers tho u gh t films helped promote cultural awaren ess . d In conclusion, th e trend is clearly upward w i th 47 per cent of companies establishing new trade and cultural links in 2005 . e To sum up, 32 per cem of all tourists were on some form of package holiday. 7 Look again at the Sl'm ences in 3,5, and 6. Make a lis t ofphra es which are used to in dicate conclusions. •• 47
  • 48.
    The table belowshows tile age profili! ofro.llrisls 011 backpack ing h olidays am guided tou rs in Ne w Zealand in 2005, (/11£1 the pie chart gives the satisfaction rating of their slay. Sat isfaction rating Not sure Age profile Backpacking Gujde d tOU-r5 18-30 62% 7% 3 1~0 23% 22% 41-50 10% 57% Other 5% 14% SWJlmari::<, tile infllrlll'arioJl bJ" si!leC-l iJlg ml(/ repo,1ing the maln featu res, alld make wll1pa";sons where relevdll1. 8 Read the Task 1 question and an swer questions a-c . a How does the age prof.ile of people on each holiday type differ? b W hich age group is almost equally represented on each type of holiday? c How would you d escrib the opinion of the majorit y of visitors? 9 Complete (he model (ext wit h verbs from the box. The firs t gap ha been done for you. comes accounts for bel ong prevtdes enjoyed is rated m ake up include Model text 1he. table I .J?~R0g~.~.. a bre.a::down s .... .. ....... ".. to 41-'50 iear-olds.1hese ~ ~eluted age group of those on people (; .................. 51 per c.ent of those. ba(.::pac.::ing and gUided tours in New on gUided tours, despitl', aa.ounting for l.ealand in 200'5, with the pie c.hart onli ten per c.ent of bac.::pac.::ers. indic.ating whether the.i 1. •.• .•• .....•.••.•• e>i c.ontrast the profiles for botl1 their holida'j. bac.::pac.l::ing and gUided tours Au c.an be seen from the table. the age 1 .................. roughli equal proportions profile of people on the two different from the 31-40 age group: Z.3 and Z.2 per "tipes of holidai varies c.onsiderabli- For c.ent resped ivel'{ . e~mple, the majorlti «(,z. per c.ent) of It is c.e<lr from the pie c.hart that New tl1ose. on bac.::pac.::ing holidai£ l.e.aland S ............ . ..... as a popular ? ................ .. to the IS-3D age range, holidai destinatiol1 among the majori~ but the 5ame age group < ••••• •••••• •• •••• of all holida,{-mal::ers, with a massive 53 3 small proportion (seven per c.e.nt) of per c.ent from both groups stating the'{ tl1ose. on gllided tours. 1oweve.r, the enjoied their holida'{ pattern is the c.omplete reverse w it hen 10 which phlase is used to indicat e a concl uding statement in th e m odel text? 48 • • • • •
  • 49.
    UNIT 6 Culture •••••• Concession (1) 11 Read the example sentences below. Then answer questions a-c. Examples Fifty-seven per cent of people on guided tours were aged 41-50, although only leD per cent of backpackers belonged to this age group .. Fifty-se ven per cent of people on guided tours were aged 41-50. Nevertheless, only ten per cem of backpackers belonged to this age group. a Which linldng phrases are used to in troduce a contrast? b How are th e phrases u sed d.ifferently? c Find three examples of similar phrases in the model text in 9. Which phrases in the example sentences are they like? Which phrase can only e used before a Doun or an -il1g form? 12 M,ltch a-e below with suitable follow-ons 1-5 to create correct statements abom the data in 8. a Despite accounting for nearly eq ual proporti ons of each holiday type. b Althougli people age d 4 1- 50 were dominant on guided tour ', c Gui ded tours were leas t popular among people in the 18- 30 age group. d One in ten people said that they didn't enjoy their boliday. e Only fou rteen per cent o f peopl e (rom the 'oth er' category chose guided tours. Technique th ey still accounted for one in ten backpackers. Show that you can 2 Nevertheless, m ost clearly expressed satisfa ction . 3 this age group still accounted for under a quarter of each. • combine ideas into complex sentences. 4 However, th at was still a higher proportion than th e J 8- 30 age group . S bllt they were most popular with the oldest grou p. 13 Join each of the following sentences using the phrase given. a The vast majority of visitors to Britain come from Europe. However, they stay for fewer than ten days on average. Although ... ... ... .. .. .. ............................................. .. ................................................... . b Forty-five per cem of people speak a foreign language. Neverthele s. the vast majorit y are at a low level. Although fo rty · five per cent ................................................................................ . c It has good weather. Howev er. southern Fran ce is visited by only two per cem of Asian tourists. Despite .. ........ .. ... ..... .. ........ .. ............................................. . d The cost of student exchange s w ent up . N evertheles~ exchanges rose . The number of stud enr exch anges ............................ .. ~ e The event w as promoted to te enagers. Neve rtheless~ only 32 per cent of the audience. Although ............. .. .. .................................... .... .. ..;... .. ... ... . • • • 49
  • 50.
    Task 2 Expressingadvantages and disadvantages 1 Look at the photos of popular electronic items. Which ideas in the box explain the popularity of each item in the pictures? What do you think the next electronic craze will be? size design portability technology business need entertainment fashion price 2 Read the Task 2 question below. Then answer the questions. Portable entertainment devices, such as MP3 or DVD-players, which allow people to listen to music or watch films on the move, are now commonplace. What do you think are the main advantages and disadvantages of this development? a Which part of the question states the general subject? b Which part of the question contains the organizing words? 3 Decide whether each idea below is an advantage or a disadvantage. Which entertainment devices would you associate them with? a It helps people to relax. b It allows people greater freedom. c It reduces communication. d It makes life more enjoyable. e It makes entertainment more accessible everywhere. It makes people more isolated. g It is a nuisance for other travellers. h It makes people less sociable. 4 Complete each sentence a-fwith a word from the box. help difficult interfere benefits ideal enable a These devices bring a number of .................. . b The main one, in my opinion, is that they .................. people relax, for example, while they are studying or working in cafes or on trains. c Some people find it .................. to do so when it is completely quiet outside their homes. d So these devices .................. people to relax and create a familiar environment. e Sometimes, however, they do .................. with others if the volume is too high, hence the quiet zones in many trains. f Nevertheless, laptops, etc are .................. , because they allow people to do things where they want to rather than being restricted to working at home. 5 Decide whether the words in 4 express advantage or disadvantage. 6 The sentences in 4 form a paragraph taken from an answer to the Task 2 question. Answer questions a-c a Which sentence in 4 expresses a disadvantage? b Which linking phrases are used in 4? c Which ideas from 3 are used in the paragraph? 50 ••••
  • 51.
    UNIT 6 Culture •••••••• 7 The paragraph below is taken from a similar answer. Complete the paragraph with words from the box. even if likewise for example though consequently and although The main drawback is. in my opinion, quite obvious. Take I ................. . people of all ages who are travelling on trains nowadays. 2 ................. they are reading, they are plugged into the radio. talking on their mobiles, or listening to music on their MP3-players. 3.................. , others are playing games, watching a film, and working simultaneously, even 4 ................ .. they have friends next to them to talk to. 5........ ........ .. this allows people greater freedom and flexibility 6 .............. .... takes away the boredom of journeys, people are becoming more and more isolated in their own worlds. 7 .... .............. , the an of communication is being lost. 8 Answer these questions about the paragraph in 7. a Does this paragraph concentrate on an advantage or a disadvantage? b Which ideas does this paragraph mention from the list in 3 on page 50? c Underline the main advantage and disadvantage in the paragraph. Advantage and disadvantage vocabulary 9 Nouns can be used to express advantage and disadvantage. Complete sentences a-g with words from the box. benefit problems opportunities chance handicap drawbacks gain a Not knowing a foreign language has its .................. , such as when one tries to make contact with people in other countries. b Visiting other countries gives people a ........... ....... to experience cultures first hand. c The financial .................. to any nation exceeds all other benefits. d If people take time to find out about the country they are travelling to, they Technique will face fewer ................ .. . Use nouns. verbs e These days not having access to the web to find out what is going on is a and adjectives. serious .................. . such as benefit and Cultural exchanges offer enormous .................. to the nations involved. • drawback. which • express advantages g Being culturally aware is of great ..... ............. in business. and disadvantages as trigger words to Adjectives can also be used to emphasize advantage and disadvantage. Does • help you plan. the word serious in ge emphasize advantage or disadvantage? • • •• 51
  • 52.
    11 Decide whether each adjective in the box expresses advantage or disadvantage. 66.6f1t6geeus beneficial useful worthless invaluable difficult helpful convenient Advantage: Disadvantage: 12 Write the opposite of each of the adjectives in 11. Where possible, add or remove a prefix or suffix to create the opposite. Example advantageous 13 Verbs can also indicate advantages and disadvantages. Complete the following sentences in your own words. a International arts festivals encourage ................................................................... . b Lending artworks to other countries improves .................................................... . c Films and concerts enhance ................................................................................... . d To enable children to value their heritage, ....... .................................................. . e Personal links can benefit ....................................................................................... . Ignorance of other people's traditions can handicap ......................................... . g To prevent countries falling out with each other, ............................................... . Concession (2) 14 Read sentences 1 and 2 and answer the questions a and b. 1 Although the vast majority of electronic devices are very usefuL they are also highly annoying. 2 Despite being highly annoying, the vast majority of electronic gadgets are very useful. a Which word introduces the concession in each case? b Which sentence emphasizes the advantage? Which emphasizes the disadvantage? 15 Complete sentences a-e with words from the box. nevertheless however despite although but a .................. listening to music on CDs is very pleasant, it is not as good as a live concert. b Documentaries are invaluable sources of knowledge ................... , they need to be entertaining as well as informative. c .................. the large numbers of tourists, ancient buildings and temples are still inspiring places to visit. d Sculptures can make gardens and public spaces attractive ................... , they are expensive to look after. e Arts exhibitions show the public artefacts they would not normally see, .................. at a price. 52 ••••
  • 53.
    UNIT 6 Culture •••••••• ••••• • • • • • •• • •••••••••• Practice Test 6 Task 1 You should spend about 20 minutes on this task. The table below shows how young people in Tokyo, Japan, listened to music over the previous month. The pie chart shows a record company's international findings about whether people preferred live or recorded music. Summarize the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make comparisons where relevant. Write at least 150 words. Live music MP3-players Internet CDs Male 60 % 79 % 55 % 19% Female 44 % 40 % 42 % 22 % Preference 4% EI Live • Recorded 0 Don't know Task 2 You should spend abou t 40 minutes on this task. Write about the following topic: It is important for travellers and business people to understand the cultures they come into contact with, however briefly. What are the main advantages of doing so? What do you think is the main disadvantage of not doing so? Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from you r own knowledge or experience. Write at least 250 words . • • •• 53
  • 54.
    UN I T Arts and sciences •••••• Unit aims T 1 ask Task 2 Adverbs Discllssing other people's opinions Using adverbs to evaluate data Hypothesizing Avoiding irrelevance •••••• Task 1 Adverbs 1 Read these conflicting views about scientists moving to rich countries, Answer questions a-c. The 'brain drain' of skilled workers like scientists and techni~ians to rich econon 1ie5 is morally wron g. People should have greater freedoDI to work where Lhey want. Surely. it's a I e,-s.mal m atter. a Which vie ws do y t.l·ll agree with? b Is [his 'brain drain' a new phenomenon. or has it been around for a long time? c Should somdhing be done about the situation or is it uns roppable ? 2 Read the Task 1 questi.on below. Then answer questions a-e. Sources of funding for R&D in the UK o Govem m ent I - , 1999 I • Bus in ess o Overseas I 2000 - 200 1 I , I I I I 10 20 30 40 50 60 The cha rt abOlJe shows sources of funding for researCH and devel'opmen t (R&D) in tile UKfronJ 1999 to 2001. The table below SllOWS tlte percentage of natio11al income spent on R&D for a range of collntries. Proportion of national income allocated to R&D (1999) UK USA Germany Fran ce Ital y Japan ED average 1.82% 2 .75 % 2.4% 2.3 % 1.1 % 2.9% 1.81 % Summmi:e the information by'selecting and repOi1.ing tile ltIain featl/res, and make compm7so11s where relevant. a What general tr en d can you see in the chart? b What general pattern can you see in the table? c Which is clearly the main source of fundin g in [he bar chan? d Which piece of data in the table can you Use as a standa rd for com parison? e Which pieces of information in the table are signilicant? 54 ••••
  • 55.
    U NIT 7 Arts ani! scil!llces • • 3 Complete (he modellexl below with verbs from the b ox . rose contributed (x 2) was overtook was spent is shown came stmws Modeftext "The. c:narl I .. .~ ~q~~.... information about last two 'je.ars it t. ................. . gove-mment the main 50Un..es of funding fo r uientific: spending in this area. re5earc.h and development (Z-W) in the N, regard.s the proportion of national UK .1he. proportion of national inc:ome inc.ome aoc.ated to 2-&0. the. highef>t spent 0tI j2.M) b'j LOuntf'j 1. ....•.. . .......... in perc.entage (1-8 per a .nt) 1 .. ... ......... .... b'j the table. rapan. foowd c:05e'j b'j the U 'Sf- Betwe Iqqg and 1-001, jht .amount of ,cn (2.'5 per·Le.nt). B'j contrast l"tal'{ funding aloc.a"le.d from eun soura· ~ .................. ihc smauit amoLint of ., .................. vef'j slightll ippro~imatel~ national inc:ome to ~, on'j1.l per c:ent, half of all inve5tment throughout the f>ignific:antl'j be-low the f,U average of 1$1 perioa 4 ...... .... ........ from busine.5s. ~n ie per cent the. government wnsiste.ntl'j It if> interef>ting to note that al1hough the ? .................. around seventeen per c.ent. Uk'5 spending on 2.&D 1 ........... ....... above It is abo notic:eable that in IqqS ana Iqqq the f,U average in IqqS. ii if> c.on'!>iderab'j over5e.af> '!>pending on ~ in the. UK be.hind othe.r dose trading partners wa'!> wmparabe. to the government' 5, at Franc.e and bermanl around seventeen per c.e.ni. But for the 4 find examples of adverbs ending in -ly used in [he modeltexl. 5 Choose (he most suitable adverb in sentences a-h. Examples Th e trend for other countries was completely/wd1 different. Govern ment investment rose significantly/ ftigftIy. a The government's spending for the past year was significan tly /weli higher than before. b Women h ave b een consistently /deeply u nder- represented in science jobs. c Workers in highly/lowly/considerably paid jobs are generally healthier. d Th e company's sales are slightly/much behind its competitors. e Sales were marginally/deeply up OD the pre vious quarter. Investment in the arts rose quite considerably/slightly/seriously. g S!ightly/Approximately/Welll1aJf the spending was from the private sector. h The income for the arts centre was substantially/much/highly down on the previou s year. 6 Match the adverbs a-g below with their opposites 1-7. a .vcID I rapidly b marginally 2 slightly c approximately 3 exactly d constantly 4 badly e slowl y 5 considerably f significantly 6 pa rtially g completely .' 7 erratically 55
  • 56.
    Using adverbs toevaluate data 7 Look again at [he model te x.1 in 3 on page 55 . Which ph rases arc:: us ed to ' introduce sentences in stead of noticeably and illteresting /v? 8 Rewrite each sentence a-b using an adverb or starting with It. Example Clearly, the trend is upward. It is clear that the tren d is upward. a It is significan r tbat the numbe r of scie ntists pe r head of population has de clined in recen t y ars . b Ime re tingly, the sales faile d to recover. It .................... ............................ ................................. .................... ,...... ,.................. . c It is probabl e tha t numbers will continue to fall over th e period. d It is not su rprising that there were skills sbortages in the chemical industry. e Evidently. inveSlment n eeds to be increased. It ... ,.... ,.......................................... ,... ,......... ,...... ,.. ,.... ,.. ,......... ,... .. ... .. ,.. .... .. .......... .... , Noticeably. the patte rn for mv lInen! in the art is the revers . It ........ ...................................... .... ........................................................................... .. g More importantly, Ihe cost f plasma scre ns is set to fall. It ............................................................... ..'......... .................................... ,...... " ........ , h Not surprisingly, analogu e TV sales then fell. It ............................................................................................................................... . 9 DifferCIH adverbs can be put in different pillces i.n sentences. Which sentences a-d are possible? a Considerab ly. sales fell. b Sales fell considerably. c Clearly, the trend was downward. d The tren d w as clearly downward. 10 Put th e adverb in bracke ts in [he correct place in Ih e senc ence. Some can b e used in morc than one place. a The number o f science graduates fell. (signifi cantly) b Th e number of techni.cal staff in h ospita ls is falling. (evidently ) c The cost of training scien tists is increasing year by year. (noticeably) d Investment in cap:ital equipment like specialist machinery is down on last yea r. (in teres tingly) Technique • e Sales of n ew televisio ns soared before th e World Cup , (not surprisingly) The trend is n ow upw ard. (obviously) Use at least one • adverb or adverbial • phrase to help you 11 Write your own sentences about the data in 2 on page 54. • evaluate the data . . a b Describe the bar cha rt, u ing marginally, apprpximately, and slowly . Describe the table, using considerably. evidently, noticeably, slightly, and interestingly. 56 • • • • •
  • 57.
    UNIT 7 Arts and deuces • Avoiding irrelevance 12 Look at the chart below, which shows how students on all courses at an Australian university vkwed difft:r~'nt subjects on a scale of easy to difficult. Answer question s a-f. 100% 80% 20 60% 30 60 40% 20 25 60 G Easy 010 o Moderately 20% 30 25 difficult 2Q ~ • Difficul t 0% Languages Chemistry Physics Maths Art languages languages a Whose opinions does the chan show? b How many subjects does the chart show? c Which subject was rated as 'diffi cult' by the highest percentage of tudents? d Which other subjeCTSwere judged 'difficult' or ' moderately diffi cult' by a large number (over 70 per cent) of students? e Which subject was rate d as 'easy' by the highest percentage of students? f Is there a clear correspondence between the type of subject and whether it was rated as easy or difficult? Give examples to show why/why not. Technique 13 Decide whether the statements a-f are relevant or irrelevant and explain why. Irrelevant statements may contain an unnecessary op inion, too much D not speculate o data, or unnecessary speculation. when you describe data unless you a The subje ct which was ra ted as difficult by the highest percentage of are asked to. Avoid students (70 per cem ) was mathematics, ma inly because I think it is writing lists of complex for many students. detail b By contrast, the subject which was most often judged as easy was d1emistry. c T- e chart shows tbe opinions of Australian students on whether different h subjects v ere easy or difficult . d Airican languages ,;vere seen as easy, which is somewhat surprising when YO ll consider the range of languages in Africa . e Oriemallanguages w ere ranked as easy by only abOll t 20 per cent. f The Y axis shows th e percentages, and the bars contain the numbers about tbe legend at the bottom . 14 Describe the chart in 12 in your mvn words . •• 57
  • 58.
    Task 2 Discussingother p e ople's opinions 1 Complet the list below with a famous artist and scientist from our coumry. Leo nard o da Vinci Albert Einstein Si r Isaac Newton Ni co laus Copernicus a Are the people in the list famous in your ountry? b W hat do you know a out th em if they are? c What benefit do artists and scientists bring to society? d Do art ist an d scientists in your society h ave a high or low status? e Sh ou ld scientists and artists be gove med by the same ru les as we are? Why do you thi nk 507 2 Read the Task 2 ques[iOD b(>Jo'V and say which p art of th e qu 'S U OIl rd a[es [0: a people's opinions abOllt the arts? b people's opinions abou t sciences? c your opinion? Some people belie ve tlla t tile a rts should receive ubsidies or spoJ/SorslIip f rom governmellt l.11l d big companies. Oth ers f eel suell speud il1g is a [uxu ry a nd tha t it w ou ld be better if it were invested il1 scientific project. Discuss both views arid give your own opin ion. 3 Complete the paragrap h w ith senten ces a-c. a So supporte.rs of art groups feel that the ompany's tra I and accommodation costs ough t {Q receive m ore sub idies or sp on o rsh ip . b Touring th ea rre groups or dan e companies are a case in poin t. c Nlan y people feel stron gly th at arts projects like exhibitions of photography. sculpture, or paintings hou ld be h elped financially by gov rnment and big companies. 1 .. .. .. .. .... .. .... . They argue that such projects enrich people's lives, often simply because they are new and show a different way of doing things. 2 .......... ........ . National companies, for example, can take plays to provincial areas that don't have their own facilities. This, however, requires a lot of money. 3 .. ....... .. .. ..... , If thi s were done more by the government and commercial organizations, then the arts could be brought to a wider public, 4 Which phrases are used in (he p aragrap h in 3 to ind icate som eone else's opinion? 58 .. '
  • 59.
    UNIT 7 A rls ami sLien ces 5 Match the statements a-h w ith the bes t explanation s l-8. Example: a4 a Amateur arts groups should be en couraged . b The wealth of a na tion is connected with sdeutific development. c Science is n ow playing a m ore important role in our liv es than in the past. d The work of artists shou ld be censored. e Scientists should have some involvement with artists, and vice versa . Science is dull and boring . g Many sdentific e"X.-perimenrs are dangerous to society. h The work of scientists should Dot be tightly regulated by socie ty. Modern econ om ies cannot ad ance without a strong scientific base . 2 Bringin g these tw o groups together would be be ner for sodety as a whole. 3 It ha an effect on everything we 0 from eating to travelling. 4 Such groups help to develop talent and bring p eople together 5 Certain works of a rt tha t are produced are offensive and should be banned . 6 By limiting scientific work. we might stop certain beneficial devel opments. 7 There are many examples wh ere serio us mistakes have been made . 8 Spending time alone in laboratories without much human contact is not very interesting . 6 It is often useful to suggest [hat an opinion bel ongs to som eone else . Read the example and phrases in the lists below. Th en join yo ur ans · ers to 5 with similar phrases. Example Some people thin k th al amateu r arts groups should be encouraged. rhey argile Ih.lt such groups help to develop lalent and bring people together. It is argued by some people that They claim that Yet others believe that They feel that Many people think that They mainta in that A commonly held belief is that They argue that Some people feel that 7 Use the expressions in the box below to develop the e xplanations in 5. Example They argue that su ch groups help to develop talent and bring people together. A good example here is wh ere a young artist joins a local group and progresses on to TV work. For example, For instance, A case in point is ' " ,which A very good example here is Take ... for example. It/They • • 59
  • 60.
    Hyp othesizing 8 Match th e semence ha lv s a-e w it h th e en d ings 1-5. a Personally, I would argue that science need not be b However, it could possibly be a requirement for the first two or three year , c During this time, children can do exciting experiments, d If trips to places of sciemiiic interest are also arranged, e Above all. I think it is better fOT science classes to be optional thi s might motivate some children to take up a science subject. 2 obligatory at this level. 3 because n ot all pupils are good at such subjects and any compulsion migl:t discourage them. 4 like m aking basic chem ical com poun ds or colleering plants . 5 as it wouLd give pupils a raster. 9 The sentence s in 8 form a p aragraph. Why has the writer cho sen 10 use word such as wOllld, ccJuld, and might? Which sentence ask lhe reader to imagin e a situation and iIS consequence? Technique 10 The linkin g phrases if, providing, provided, and II It less can all b e used to h ypothesize . Read the example . Then rewrite sentences a-d using the word Use linking phrases given . like if and unless in answer to Task 2 Example questions In order to A n ati.on should n urture the talents of its people . It will then reap many hypothesize about benefits. effects. If a nation nurtures the talents of its people, it will reap ~wlly bellefits . a Without being encouraged by parents and teachers, budding m u sicians will not develop. Unless ...................................... ........................................ , ..................................... . b Science may one day stop tbe ageing process in humans, but will this benefi t m ankind? If .......................................................................... ,.................................................. ? c If there is no effort to keep traditional crafts alive, they will disappear. Unless ..................................................................................................................... . . d If innovation is encouraged, many n ew jobs will be crea ted . Providing ............................................................................................................ .... . 11 Complete the following senten ces using yow- ow n ideas, a Provided parents have an interest in music, b If government support for arts projects is not available, c Unless ntrance to museums and an gaLLeries is free, d Providing young scientists are given the right opportunities, 601 •• • •
  • 61.
    UNIT 7 Arts and d eflcc:; • • ••••• •• • •• Pr actlce Test 7 Task 1 You should spend about 20 minutes on this task. Tile charts belo.'.! show how selected flge g ro ups p uc1Ulsed concert cinema, al1d theatre tickets online over rIte fit-st three J/lOlltlis of 2006 ilt th ree cOlin tries and how tile In tern et was accessed. SWllllwrize the illformation by selecting and reporting the maillfcatures, and make comparisons where relevant. Write at least 150 words. L Most li kely t o buy theat re/co ncert/ci nema tickets on li ne Most common m eans of access to buy tickets I 70 4 o Australia 60 I 025-4 1 60 65+ _U K 50 50 o MalaysIa 40 40 % 30 , % 30 20 20 10 10 0 0 Australia UK Malaysia Desktop Laptop Mobile phone computer Task 2 You should spend about 40 minutes on this task. Write about the following tupie: The money spel1t on space re.,earcJ11ws brou.ght enormous bel1efits to mankind, but it could be /JIore usefttlly applied. How fa.,. do yOIl 11gree? Give reasons for your answer and i/1clude any relevant examples from your OW1/ knowledg~ or experience. Write at least 250 words. 611
  • 62.
    •••••• Nature Unit aims ....... _...... . T 1 ask Task 2 Makrng predictions Articles Factual accuracy Writing conclusions •••••••••••• Task 1 Making predictions Answer questions a-d. a What aspect of the future do the photos relate to? b What en vironm ental developments do yo u think wlll h appen in your country in the near fut ure? c What other developments are h appening in your country which are not happening elsewhere in the world? d What will your c untry be like in ten years' time? in 25 years' tjme~) 2 Look at the bar chart and description below . Th en answer questions - c Tlu bar cllm1 SIIOII'S the prt!dictcd nllmber of bll ildiJlgs that will be powered by so/ar and willd energy in the flllll reo 2025 2020 - - I_ Wind power I !CJ Solar enegy 2015 ~ o 100 200 300 400 500 600 mil lions a W ha t does the chart sh ow ? b What do the n umbers relate to? c Wha t is the range of the numbers along the bo ttom of the d 1arr? 3 The structure will + infiniti ve or a range of prediction verbs are used to talk about future stati stics. Complete sentences a-d with tb e w ords will. predictioll or predicted. a The n umber of solar-p owered buildings .................. increase to 500 million • ,Technique . . - ---~""'""!--- _ b in 2025 . It is .................. (hal the number of solar-powered buildings ................. . • Before you start • increase in the future. • writing make a list c The ................. . is that the n umber of building powered by solar energy • of 'predict' verbs • to use as trigger • .. ................ in crease . ~ words. • d The num ber is ... ,.......... ... to increase to 500 million in 2025 . 62 • • • • •.
  • 63.
    UNIT 8 Nature •••• • 4 Answer these questions ;:tbout the StntL"nC:s in 3. a Which of these words could replace the w ord prediction? projection assumption forecast antic ipation h Which of t h ese words coul d replace the word predided? projected anticipated fo recast said c which other words do you know [0 replace predidion and predicted? 5 Complete sentences a-h with the correct forms of the verbs j n brackets. a It ...................... ....... (predict) that in 202 5, solar energy ... ,........................ . (provide ) en ergy for 500 million buildings worldwide. b In 20 ) 5, abou t 25 million buildings .................... ......... (expect) to receive energy from wind power, c In 2025, much more energy to power buildings ............................. (come) from solar energy compared to wind power. d In the future, solar energy ............................. (forecast ) to be a much greater source of energy than wind power. e In the futu re, win d power ............................. (not expect) to be as great a source of power as solar energy. In years to come, it ............................. (proj ect ) that wind power ............................. (be) a less .im portan t source of energy than solar energy" g Solar energy ............................. (set) to assume greater importance as a source of energy in the future. h In 201 5, it ............................. (anticipate) that solar energy and wind power each ............................. (provide) approximately the same amo unt of energy, 6 Which of the sentences below describes something which will bappen before a futUre Time? Which describes something in progress aL a time in th e future? a By 2025, 500 million buildings will have converted to solar power. (will have + past participle) bIn/By 202 5. 500 milHon bnildings will be using solar power. (will be + ·il1!1 form) 7 Complete sentences a-e with the correct form of the verbs in b rackets. Use will + infinitive, will have + past participle, or will be + -ing form . You may also need to use the passive. a By 2020, it i expecte d that 30 million buildings ............................. (use) wind power. b By 2025, v ery fe w people ................ " ........... (live) in the countryside. c In2 0IO, m ore bicycles ............................. (sell ), d By 202 0, it is predicted that many animals ............................. (become) extinct. e By the year 20 15, it is anticipated tha t many narura! habitats ............................. (destroy). • • 63
  • 64.
    factual accuracy 8 Look at the charts. Then ansvveT questions ,1-f. Forecast for reforestion rate Forecast for wo rldwi de Cu rrent interest in selected areas of t he w orld reforestatio n ra te in reforestation 1.8 1.4 .---- - - - - - -- - - IJI"" 1.6 - 1.2 - 1 - - - - - - - 1. 4 .- - f--- ...., % 1.0 1.2 I-- ,...., % 1.0 - r- - !-- 0.8 0.8 - - !-- 0. 6 0.6 - - !-- 0.4 0.4 - 1- - - 0.2 0.2 - r- - !-- 0 Irelil~ Th~a~d Hu'ng:!ry Tasmania-' o i_ 2006 0 2015 02025 1 a Which chart p rovides more general information? Which c11art can be used for the conclusion? b In general, is the reforestation projected to increase or decrease? c Wh ich region is prOjected to have the highest rate") d For which region does the chart show the greatest difference between 2006 and 2025 ? e Wh ich chart COntains information which could be used for a conclusion? In ge neraL are most people concerned about reforesta tion or n ot? 9 Find and COlTed SL",( factual errors in the text below. !he c.hartf> show fOrec.a5tf> for the. annual It alf>o w noting tl1at the refore-fltation orth de.forestation rate. in f>eluted regions rate in Thailand if> antic.ipate-a to be and worldwide together with the wrrent ey.ac:.tli in line 'lith the worldWide average. attitude towardf> c.onc:.em for tre,e, 10f>5. for both 2(11) and 2021). 1."3 per c,(',nt . beneralli, it fore.c:.a5t that the and 1.0 per c:. ent re5pec:.tive-l,/- tJleanwhie.. refore,f,tation rate in the fou r region5 !-ur1gal'( w be, be,lowtne international ill w growuntil UY3'5. though at vClf'-l ing ill rateD, whiie both Ireland and -raDmania rate,s. It is prQjuted that Ire-lana 1ill have. wi1 ey.c.eed them . the highef>t rate in 202'5 at IS per c:.ent f rom the pie c..hart, c.an be. f>een that followed c.of>el'j b~ -raDrna nia. The- fore.ul5t there if> some obvious wnc:.ern about the for bath regions for 20lS iDtl1e f>ame at nee,d for planting more treef> (wnc.erned' 1.'5 per Gent. Hungal'(. b-t c:.ontra5t, 'litl1 "3'f per c:. ent, and 'not vef'j c.onc.erned' 2'5 tl1e 10'leDl projec:.ted rate throughout per c.e,nt). w at the 5ame time there is hile. the pe.rioa, 'l ill e.~pe.r ie.nc:.e. the. greate-~t a 5i1.eable. proportion of pe.ople who art~ overall inGrease-. It iD antic.ipated tl1at the not wnc.erned. figure lIlill £.limb from os pe.r (.ent in WI? to 0.11 pe.r (.ent and then riDe- more f>harpl'j to 1.1 pe.r c.e.nt. 64 • • • • •
  • 65.
    . UN IT 8 a/llri! lOIn each of sentences a-f (here is a word mis sing. Add th m is ing w rd . a It predicted that the use of solar energy will become more important. b We see from the chart that largest amount of money wa spent on lhe warer conservation project. c The chart shows the different types o f trees are found in different regions. d From the pie chan, can be seen that hydroelectric power constitutes seven per cent of the world energy demand . e It is dear tha t m ajority of p eople are very concerned about climate ch ange . Recently, a n u mber of campaigns have encouraged people plant trees. 11 Look agai n at the text in 9. Tbere is a missing word in each of tbe last three p aragraphs. Add the missing w ords in the correct places . . 12 Read the table. vvh ich describes in thousands the estimated and actua l num b ers o f ho uses b uilt in the UK by region in 20 02. Answer que lions a-h to iden tify the conecl facts . Regions Actu a l Estimate d Scotland 3,000 3,200 Nonhern Ireland 5,000 2,500 Wales 6,300 2,900 North of England 13,500 9,300 Central England 16,200 8,100 Southern England 77, 500 5UOO (exc. London) London 47,800 24,800 a What infonnation does the table give? b Ho w many region of the l JT< is it divided into? c Usually, was the estimated Dumber abo ve or below the actual n um ber? d In which three regions were the highest numbers of houses built? How did th e figures for these regions compare with the estima tes? e Which region had a disparity of just over four thousand between lhe estimate and the actual figure? What were the figure s for thi' region? f Which other two regions followed the usual trend? W hat were the figures for these two regions'?' g [n .v hich region was the lowest number of houses built? h Which region is an exception to t.he general trend? What were the figures for this region? 13 Using the facts identified in your an 'weTS to tb e que lion s abov e , summarize the tab le b y selecting and reporting the m ain fea n u e s, and make compar isons where relev an t. Wri te at le ast 150 words. • 65
  • 66.
    Task 2 Articles Answer quesjons a-d. a What are the most serious threa ts that the natural world is facing in the ~enty-firstcentury ? b Wha t is th e most serious threae to the envi ronment in your counery? c Wha t action is being taken? d What Cunher steps do you think could be ta ken? 2 The paragraph below has been taken Crom an essay on measures 10 reduce river p ollution thro ughout the w orld. Complete th gaps vdth th e nouns in the box . The fir st on e has been done for you. factories pollutants action fish wildlife pmblern leisure incentives pressure Pj fa r tne best wa~ to Mlve tne. would. be able to use them for 1.P..~P.!~r!:1... of Vlater pollution i~ to v.................. liKe 5V1imming ana fi'bhing. locate all 1.. .. " ............. aVla~ from rive,r5 There i5 c.on5iderable. 1....... . .. ........ on and. laKe~ and to in&tall wa~te treatment mani poor countrie& to ckvdop tne.ir center'b. i I the ~.................. in tne wat'.r uonomie5 ana 'bO it Vlould b'. diffiwli to would then be de~tro~ed.. a& ha& been per&uade mani of them to c:.hange their done in ma n~ old indu~tria areas in pOlic.ies. l1owever, I thinK tha1 Voland. and G.erman~ . 1hi'b Vloula mean 'I}, . .. .... , ......... nud.s to be taKen an that ~.. ................ and. 5.................. ~ ould perhaps financ.ial 1.. ................ from b'. able to return to rive.r:, and people ric.her c.oun1ries would help, 3 AJ'e the words in the lis! below coulltJ.ble or uncountable? animal information nature climate accommodation knowledge research weather tree idea situa tion fact 4 Look again a( [he paragraph in 2. Are the answers countab Ie or uncoun tabl e? 5 Add a/an, the, or no anicle [0 sentences a-h. Examples The plastic bottles that I threw out yesterday have been taken away for recydilig:' Plastic bottles are now being made of .................. biodegradable material ' _ (n o article) a .................. knowledge about th e environment can be foun d in ................. . books and on th e Intern et. b .. ................ energy can be generated from bio-fuels . ( Trees belp to protect .................. soil by conserving wa t r d Newspapers n ow use ........... .. ..... high percentage 0 .................. re yel d paper. e Looking after .................. nature is important for all of us. It is better to see animals in .................. wild than in captivity. g .................. solution to the problem is to fine people for dropping ........ ... ,.... .. rubbish. h ............ "" .. n ew plastic containers which 1 bought last week are not harmful for the environm en t as th ey are biodegradable . 66 .•
  • 67.
    UNIT 8 Nallln • 6 In each text a-f, th ere is one mistake relating to artjcles. Con eer the mistakes by add ing or deleting a ·w ord. Example Animals like ch impanzees and apes should not be used for the ex-periments. a Wave power tech nology is th e best answer to the problem of poll ution. How ever, th e introduction of such technology also creates the problem. b Governments worldwide should tax the cars m ore . A measure like tbis w ould make people think more about nature . e In near futu re, bouses will be more energy-efficient than they are now. d Food industry co u ld pay for recycl ed bottles a Iv as done in the past. The bot tles wo uld then not be thr own away. e Insects like the bees, fo r example, playa vita l role in most ecosystems. The bee pollinates plants and flo wers. The fadlities like dams and forests are also used for leisure. Writ ing, COncllllS i oilS 7 Read the two Task 2 queSl tOns . Then decide which q u estion each sentence a- g relates 10. Write 1 or 2 next to each sentence, 1 Pol/Lltioll from aircraft is one of tlie main factors responsible for global wm'm i 1f!I. What measures could be taken to l'edtlcc this sou r C of e climate change? 2 Wilen a COUllt,)' become'S l"ichet : the natural ell d rMll11en t lI'ill slljTn: It is /"lot possible for a cOtm tly to both develop its economy and proteL"( the envil'omnent. To what extent do you a,qree or disagree? a This means that in the short term we will just have 10 accept paying higher prices for flights and Ira veUing less. b In conclusion. I do nOI agree [hat d evelop ing a country's e onomy has to involve destroying the n atural world. c If this type of eco-friendly business is encouraged, then there is no reason w h y a healthy economy and a healthy environment cannot exist together. d All in all I feel that imposing higher taxes on airlines is unavoidable . e It is tru e that some b usinesses move into new areas with no regard for thei r effect on the environment. We can cenainly investigate "lIays of making aixcrah technology cleaner, but we do not kn ow how long tbey will take to develop . g However, there are many examples of local busine ses whi ch depend on and support the local environment. II • 67
  • 68.
    8 A con clusion n eeds to state your opinion or your most important idea, and remin d (h e reade r of how you argued in fa vour of it. T h e sentences in 7 on page 67 form concluding p aragraphs to th e e~ am ques tion . Wr it e out th e two paragraphs with the sentences in the best order, follow ing the framework s h d ow. Question I Statement of most important measure : Another possible me asure and wh y it is Jess e ffective: Restatement of most important measure and its consequences : Question 2 Statement of opinion : Reference to the opposite vie "': Technique Always write a Reaso n agains t th e opposite view: conclusion to your answer Avoid repeating words in Restatement of opinion: your conclusion. 9 Look at {he underlined. phrases in the sentences in 7. For each one, ch oose two alternatives with a similar m eanin g from the box below. to sum up I believe of cou rse I would argue that in gene ral 10 Your conclusion must be dear but you need to avoid m aking claims tha t sound roo strong. One way to avoid this is to talk a boUt poss ibilit ie u ing the phrase There is /10 reaslJ!I WilY + neg.1ti' e. Read the exampl . Then change sentences a-d in a similar way. Example A healthy eco nomy and a healthy environment can exist together. There is /10 reason why a healthy econ omy and a h ealthy environ men t cann ot exist toget h er. a Local eeo-friendly businesses can be successful. b People could take more holid ays a t home instead of always flying abroad. c People could travel by fast train instead of taking short flights . d Governments should give special financial support to eeo-friendly busine s people. 6a • • • • •
  • 69.
    UNIT 8 Na/llre •• •••Practice Test 8 • •••• Task 1 You should spend about 20 minutes on this task. The table below silo II'S tile projected costillgs OVe/' tl1e next five years in American dollars for tJu'el! ClIVil'OlImental projects Jor SItS/ainable forestry. The pie chal1 sh ows the e.ypected e.i'peilditur.e brea kdou'Jl aJ/ocll.tiol1 for the first year as the projects m-e set LIp. SI./JlllIlI1ri:e the injormution by se!utiJlfj and reporting the JTuli ll fi?alllreS, and make cOlllparisMls where relevant, Write at least 150 words. Year 1 Year 2 Year3 Year 4 Year 5 West Africa 10.5 million 7.5 million 2.5 million 2.5 million 3.5 million Central 20 rrul1ion 12 millio n 5 million 5 million 5 million America Sout h -east 30 million 20 million 40 million 50 million 50 million Asia Projected expenditure in Year 1 • Set-up costs • Salaries o Training o Office expenses Task 2 You should spend about 40 minuu~s on this task Write about the following topic: More and more city W01*ers are deciding to live il1 the country and travel into work every day. TIre rest/It is increased traffic cong.estion and damage to fIle 1!!1'irOJlJIICJIt. What measures do you thil1k could be taken to enco urage people not to travel such long distllJlces ilfto i'Ll7'k ? Give reasons for your ansl'.ver and include any relevant examples from your own knowledge or experience. Write alleast 250 words. 69
  • 70.
    U N IT Health •••••• Unit aims Task 1 T 2 ask Varying vocabulary Organizing words Checking spelling Verb-subject agreement Tasl< 1 Varying vocabulary 1 Answer these questions about hospitals and h alrh care. a What are the m,li ll p::i"ri( ics of he alth care in yo ur counlry? b How is health Gl rc delivered in your home coun try? If YO ll wan t to nsu it a doctor. what do you do? - c Are medicines fre e or do you hav e to pay for tb em ? d What effect has tech nology had on medical care in your country'? 2 Read the Task 1 question on page 71. Then arlswer questi ons a-e below. a What general statemen t can you mak about th e whole graph? Look a t the deSCription and the graph itself. b What general statement can you make about the French hospital? c What general statement can you make about the Ukrainian hospital? d How can you link the pie charts to the graph? e How could yo u use th ese words to describe the graph. trend upward similar pattern reach a peak except that saw a continuous rise change coincide 70 • - • • •
  • 71.
    UNIT 9 rIealtlr • • The cllarts below show the average bed use i/1 three rypiml hospitals illtf l'J1lItiolla/ly and ,lie prop01'til1n of 1111spital b lldgets a/ll)JCl"lted to i/'l-pati"~1t care before and after day-surgery was introc/llced in 2003. Av erage bed use for the years 1997- 2006 100 90 ... ----- -- -. -- 80 -- . .~ 70 60 50 40 30 -- ... ~ ..... 20 10 o 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 Fu nds allocated to in-patient care 2002 Fu nds allocated to in-patient care 2006 Othe r cost. Other costs 65% 73% In-patien t In-patient 27% 35% StwllJltl r .fze O,e il1fonndtiorJ by seli?ctill9 and reportil1g t/H~ JIIllill fe.lil/ res, mid make comparisDns whe r e relevant. 3 Complete the text with words frou t th e box. The first ~ i:lp ha. been do n for you. peak impact clear oeeu paney trend det-&i+s marked reduction fallin g sign ifieantly ris e experi enced Mode l text The graph proviaes I .. .0.~!!~... about use after 2.00"3 WaS not so 1 ......... .•. ...... the. average be.ds in use. eae-h iear in (1(; beds in 2.00"3 as against 11 in 2.00v). three similar hospitals before ana after 1he Chinese hospital, b'f c.omparison, the introaudion of da'j-c.are. wryer'! . s .................. a c.ontinua 'i .................. in D a'j-e-are surgef'j seems to have h;}d be.d use behJeen Q'l1 and 2.00(;. 11 ;lIla an"l. .................. on bed use in all three q"3 re.spe.c.tivel'j. l1o'lever, we. see. that after hospitals. A.t the. frene-h hospital. the. 2.004 the rate of ine-re.ase 'las I •....•• .. ..• •. .. slower than in previous figures sho~ an upwara ? ............. . ... . over the. perioa from 40 be.cis to 4(". ,{ear",. K ever, in 2.003 bed 4 ...... .. ..... ..... had ow It is II .................. that the fall in be.d use reac.hed a ~ .................. of just under 10 c.oinc.iaes wi th the 11 .. . . . ......•...... in the. beds, before (. .................. bac.k. A. similar average budget at the three hospitals for pattern w repe.ate.ci for the UKrainian as in - patient c-are (?? pe.r a ,nt c.ompared to hospital, e"1-(.ept that the du.line in bed 2.1 per e-ent) between 2.002. and 2.00(;. •• • 71
  • 72.
    Technique 4 Look again at the words in the gaps in 3 on page 72 and choose an alternative [or eadl one fTom the box . You 'vill no'! use aliI th e words . Use a variety of alternative effect use tendency cut considerably low evident expressions when increase decrease drop pi ng information result writing your answer saw high point sharp dramatically to avoid repetition. 5 For each sentence a-h, there are three alternative phrases to replace the phrase in italics . De le te the option which is nOI correct. a The graph provides details about bed use. (gives/says/shows) b The introduction of day-care surgery had an impact on bed use. (had all effect on/ had an affect on/ affected) c Bed use reached a peak of just under 7 0 beds . (reached its highest point/reached a height/hit a peak) d A similar pattern was se n in th Ukra inian h ospita l. (designl trmdlmovellleJ/ (} e The Chinese hospital, by compa rison. continued to see a rise . (by contrast/oil the other hand/alternatively) The numbe r of beds ro e from 40 to ar und 45 . (approximatelY/l1bolltltoll'ards) g There was a reduction in the budget ( 35 per cent compared (027 per cent). (as opposed tolas against/colltrast with ) h The change in bed use is reflected in the budget. (call be seen in/ can b viewed in/can be detected in) 6 The descripti ons below sUmnlarize the sentenc Slr uctW'e of th e model in 3. Number the notes in the correct order, based on the sentences in th mode. The first and last have been done for you. a General introdu ctory statement . b Ge n · ral statement of first m ain trend, then specifi c data . c General statement abom a reinforcing trend, then specific dat a. d Spe ific statement qualifying the trend. without detail. e Gene ral statem ent about the line graph. General statement of contrasting trend, then specific data . g SpeciHc statem ent qualifying the trend. with detail. h Gen eral conclusion based on pie charts. ..... J?..... .. . 72 • • • • •
  • 73.
    U N 'T 9 He(llth •• • Checking spelling 7 In each group of fOUT words, circle the one which is spell incorrectly and correct it. a therdore opposite bcfor limit b believe achieve recieve bri ef c stay, ng i stayed studing studied d usefllil helpful hopefuUy carefully e personaly practical usually n ormal f efficient sufIicent ancient deficie nt g unfortunately improvement definitly m anagem ent h comfortable diffrent temper ture interested chaise price increLl se advice prefe rred commitled rdered h appened 8 Look again at your answers in 7. Some of the spellings d ep e nd on simp le rules. What spelling rules explain the misspelt words? Compare your ideas with tbe key on page llO. 9 Find and correct the spelling mistakes in the following sentences. One of the semences has two spelling mistakes. a The numbers declined gradualy and stood at JUS! rwen ry in 2006. bIn-pa tient CZl re [Oak up 25 per cent of the funds, wieh wa s an increas e of SL,{ per cem on the previous ye a r. c A number of significant changes oecured in the following t venty years. d The percemage increased sharply and reached a pick in 2003 . e The figres rose from approximatly 4 5, 000 to 49 ,000 over the p eriod. Patient numbers rose steadily for the first ten years, and th e n flactua ted around 500 for the following decade. g The required number of beds exeeded what was anticipa1ed for rha I year. n Mos[ people in the servey thought that more money should be spent on the health service. 10 Read the following extract written by an IELTS student on the number of traffic accident victi.ms seen at a local hospital. Find the eight mistakes that he made . me averag numbe.r of rOad traffiL 3Licr.nts from G2r~ mLrea""ed dramati(.a1i petloJe-t,n Iqqr;; 3nd tne ie.ar 2.000, risi"s from a tob'l of '5'3 to Il£> respedive.ll Over the. nf·~t five ieaf5, tnen '1135 a notiLeape improvme.nt <15 number:> fell ste.a dil~ to a new low point of?J in 200~ . Ai' l regard mOlorLid uc.ide.nt5, noV/eve.r. it is dear the. tnnd is upward, with more oLLuring in thi:> , at~' 90!"{ in the. later pe.r.iod. ••• 73
  • 74.
    Task 2 Organizjngwords 1 Which of the following do you (hink are m ost imponam for good health? Rank them .i n order of imp ortance (1 = most imp ortan t; 6 = least important). Are there any ot her lifest yle factors w h ich are n ot included in (he list? taking regular exercise carefui'ly monitoring your diet having a wide rang e of int@rests having a wid@ netw(i)rk of frie nds living in the countryside sleeping at least seven hours a n ig ht 2 Complete the paragraph by choosing (he best adverb in each case. !he 1 normallyloutlandishlylstrangely are (, oftenlrartlylhardly even taKen benefi(.ia effec.t that anima~ have. on 3!"ound hMpita 'tJard5 to be. ir'ltf"odua. d to people.'$ ne<lltn and general well-being is 1 seriously!17ugtly/deadly ill patient~. lhe. now 1 tsf>t.ntiallylgoodlylwell ru.ogniz.ut e.ffed~ of this partiwar partnership are Ihe idea ma~ seem pec.uliar to some people, S importantiylrUJ li'yl we/l dowmente.d and but ;I surprisingly/shoc.kinglylunprtdidably have led to animals being ll~ed there. is dear evidel1Le of the. partnership. ~ freqUtnilylseldomlots to wppe.ment laKe, the, e;f.,ampr, of dophiI15, w are, hic.h c.DIlVl:-lltiollal mMic.ill(:'. 10 {5l1idtntlc.Jearlyl 4 wildfy/Wide.fylhardly ~t1Ovm for their Oddly. the. c.ondusion If> to maKe more bealing qualitle.$. DOg5 have· al50 bew mone.1 available for re$~. ard1 Into ho'~ used to deted Lanc.er c.el<:. ve~ 'i de.eplyl animalf> c.an benefit humans. proje.s5ionallylac.c.urately in patien15 and 3 Which pattern does the paragrap b in 2 follow? which organizing >ur,: ~ Jrt' llsed to emp b asize eacb elemem of the p attern ? a situation - examples - eUects - conclusion b situat ion - effects - reaso ns - examples - conel usion 4 Complete sentences a-I with an organizing word from the box. idea information issue knowledg e m easure opinion problem scheme solution a The best way to improve public health is to provide people with all the facts , but the .................. needs to be made simple. b It is often suggested that national health systems shou ld be modernized. However, many people are opposed t o (he .. .. .. ............ of modernization. c Our progra mme to introdu ce new equ ip ment u cceede d in redu cing waiting lists, but the improvement .................. met with considerable resis lance . d The governmen t should in vest more m oney in preven ting drug abuse . This .................. , if taken . would save many lives. e Obesity is on the rise in many countries and n ot just in the developed world . It is now an .................. that deman ds immediate atte nti on . More nurses need to be uained rather than doctors. This, I feeL is the best .................. 10 the current crisis . g People are often awa re of the dangers of sm o ki ng. but even with [his widespread ........ " ........ , it is difficult to persuade them to stop . h Some people are againsl the involvement of private companies in health care, but this .................. is h eld by fewer people n owadays. Lack of health care is making the lives of many people misera Ie. ye( it is a .................. that can be easily tackled. 74 •••
  • 75.
    U NIT 9 Healtlr 5 For each of a-b, read the first sent ence, then comp lete the follow-up sentence with your o wn ideas. Use the organizing words in it alics to help you . a Som e p eople are concerned that increasing n umb r of old people will mean m ore sp ending on health care. This issl/e .. ... d.·" ··.· ..... .............................. .... ......... " .. " .... ... ... ............................ .. .... . b Conventional and alt rn atjv e medicine can complement each other. This idea could ." ....... .... ............. ....... .. ..... ... ........... .. d . . .. ... .. . . ............... ... .................. . c In the fut ure, h ealth care will be much cheaper and for everyone . This predictiol1 .. ... ,." ...... .......................... .. ........ ........ ..... .................... ... .. ................. . d The pace of ch ange within many national health systems is speeding up . Initially, this m ay be a probbn, but .... .... ................ ..... .................. ........ ............. .. . e Health care costs are now worrying plan ners thro ugh out the wo rld. Th e situatioll, h owever. ............. ..... .... ..... .. .. ............. ... .. ........... ........... .... ......... ..... . . are emphasis should be put on preventive medicine, like health education. Measllre like this ....... ..... ..................... ........ ........................................... .. .............. . g Acupuncture is becoming more and more popular around the world. N ot surprisingly, it is a tren d ........... ........ ............ ............. ................. ....... .......... " .. . h If people live longer, [h en this can lead to other COS ts and p roblems . This is a matter that ... ... .... .... ........................................ ...... .................... .. ....... ...... .. . 6 Choose one of the topics a-c below. Make a list of id eas for the topic you have chusen. Ue (j~e organizing words in the box 10 trigger id eas. a the connection berween m usic and health Technique b h ow alternative therapies can influence hea lth Ai m to use at least c the conneClion between e>;.ercise and healt h one organizing /v'ord in each paragraph conclusion effect idea information issue knowledg e you write. matter measure opinion prediction problem scheme solution trend view ex a mp le 7 Write your own paragraph based on your ideas in 6. To plan your answer, a k yours elf these questions. a What paragraph organization can I use? b WhicJl connecting words can I use to link the pattern I have chosen to "'.-Tite? c Which exa mples can I use to justify my ideas in each paragraph? • • 75
  • 76.
    Verb-subject agreement 8 Comple te t he following sentences with is, are, has, or have. a The number of people who are suffering fTOrn stress .. ................ on the increase. b The fact that people live longer nowadays .................. led to an increased number of elderly people in sodery. c Predictions about how long a patient with cancer will live .................. often inaccurate . d A ban on advenising all types of junk food .................. probably the onl way to stop the spread of obesity. e The pressurized situation in many hospitals .................. resulted in a stressed workforce and low morale amongst n urses. f Elderly people who have a large family ........... ....... generally healthier and happier than those who have fewer contacts with other people. g The reason why allergies are becoming more common .................. still not known . h An increasing number of patient seem to be dissatisfied wjth conventional medicine and .................. turned to alternative therapies. 9 In sentence a-g, replace the countable nouns in italics with an uncountabl e n oun [rom the box. M ake any other n eces ary changes in verb fo rms or p ronoun s. progress evidence informatio n w ork advice research equ ipm ent Technique Make sure you a Everyone is aware today of the bad effects of smoking on people's health . check that the The e fadS are published all around us, even on cigarette packets. subjects and the verbs In your sentences agree. b Most doctors recommend a diet low in sugar and fat. an d high in fibre. Unfortunately, these suggestions are not often followed. c Many nurs es nowadays do no r carry out basic care such as washing and feeding patients. Instead, these tasks are carried out by health care assistant . d Enormous advances have been made in understanding how disease sprea but the possibility of a worldwide pandemic is still with us. e Many people enjoy keeping fit in the gym by using rowing machines, walking machines, and so on . How ever, these devices can be dangerous if they are not used properly. f Ma ny doctors do not believe in homeopathic me didne. However, there are certainly some indications that it is more than just a placebo . g Some studies have been carried out which sb oY': that elderly people li ve longer if they live with a partner. 76 •••
  • 77.
    UNIT 9 H.:allll • • • • •• •• Practice Test 9 Task 1 You should spend about 20 m inutes on this task. The 9Taph belmi ' shbwS the average monthly use of a healt11 club jn Miam i, Florida by all full-time members over last year. The pie charts shaw the age profile of male and female members. Summarize the iflformatiol! by selecting and reporting the main features, an d m ake compan'soJis tII'll'ere relevant. Write at least 150 words. Health club use over last year 900 800 ~ r-- ~ r- ;- r- ;- 700 ---= ---= 600 ;- i--- r- ---= I----- '- 500 r- ;- r- - 400 '- 300 r- 200 - 100 - o '--- J - F - M '-- A - M '- J '--- J '-- A s - o - N '-- o - 10 Female • Male I Male m em bersh ip by age Female m em bership by age Task2 You shou Id spend about 4 0 minutes on this task. Wrile about the fo llov,/i1l8 topic: The numberoje/derly people in the world is increasiJlg. What do you lliill/.: lire the positive al1d l1egative effects of this trend? Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from YOllr own know/edge or experience. Write at least 250 words _ • II 77
  • 78.
    UN IT Individual and society •• • • Unit aims Task 1 Task 2 Word order Paragraph structure Linking using with T 2 revision ask T 1 revision ask Relevant and irrelevant information Task 1 Word order 1 The list below contains factors which influence career choice. Choose the five that have influenced you most j.n choosing a career. RanJ, them in order of importance 1-5 (1 = most important; 5 = least important). Then ans wer questions a-d . money interest friends ambition role models parents teachers a Why have you chosen these five factors? b How did they contribu te to your career cboice? c W hy did you not choose the other factors ? d What oth er [actors m ight influence you? 2 Read the Task 1 quesrion. Then answer questions a-e. The bar charts show M ain reaso ns for choosing a career - 20-35 age group the results of a Greek 30 survey from two 25 selected age 9roups in 20 2003 011 tile relative % 15 10 importance of five 5 factors in choosing a o career. models SlIlJ/JllLlrize the Ma in reaSOnS for choosing a career - 40-50 age group information by 30 seleclillg a1/d 25 repOltin9 the main 20 % 15 featllres, and make 10 cOlllparisotlS where 5 relevant. o a What does each chart refer to generally? Look at the captions . b What do the items along th e bottom of the bar charts refer to? c How do the bar charts relate to each other? d 'Nhat are the m ost noticeable features of the first bar chan ? e What are the most noticeable fea tmes of the second bar chart? 78 •••• L
  • 79.
    UNIT 10 [ll di vidll al alldsociely • • 3 Reorder the words in italics in the model text below. Model text 1he bar c ,harts provide information from ~ 1eac.herslaslrtgardslrole/andlmode/:;. a ~reeK surve.~ about I reasonslthe/for/ the- relative importance. of e.ac.h was ag" M main/c.areer/a/c.hoosing among two age the other ,a~ round: S ninelfifteen/ 9roups. 20-'7'5 and 40-'50. andlresptc.tivelylgroup/per/c.entljorl It is de.ar that the tw 9rouPS 2. thel o younger/the, and fourtee.n and elwen per influenc.u1!werelvar-iouslby/ at..tor5 f G for the. older. ent to diffe.re.nt de.gre.es. with the mOflt ~ similaritylonly/the/the/twolgroupsl inf uentia facton) w contributed to hid) be-tween/age waf> that friends had lef>s Gareer chOice for the. 20-2? age group infuena over G areer G hoice for the being monei (i:lpprO'l'imatel'i 2.1 per cent) iounger and olde.r groupfl 1 fa ctors! and then pi:lre.nb (2"3 per u~ nt) . HOI,eve-r. than/any/other. seven and ten pe.r cent the fadors • the/agt/ w ere/for/reversel respe.ctivell grouplthel40-50. w pare.nts affe-d ing ah the.m most at '70 per G ent. 4 Six of the sentences a- h contain a word in th e wrong place . Corr: t each sentence by moving the word to the right place. Example Traveller numbers have decreased ov r period in the question. Traveller n umbers have decreased over the period in question. a The specialist sales of rours have fallen recently. b In 2006. more males than females tOok up individual spons rather than team activities. c As can be seen. more people from the younger age group (Tavel on their own. in sharp contrast to those over sixty. d It is dear lbJ t rhe number of flats by single' people in ()ccllpieci major citie in the West is pu tting pressure on housing. e From [he graphs, it can be concluded that are young people much more mobile than p revious generations. The noticeable pursuit of a professional career among botb men and wo man has led to a reduction in the birth rate. g There are similarities in the presentation of the several data . h Overall the chart sho ws that the media people are re ponsible for tumin in to eel brities . • • •• 79
  • 80.
    Linking using with 5 Read the example sentence from the model text in 3 on page 79. Then answer the questions below. Example How ever, the factors were the reverse for the 40-50 age grou p, with parents affecting them m ost at 30 %. a What function does th e phrase beginning with with introduce? b What type of verb stru cture normally follows with? 6 Read the example, Then join the sentences below making an y nec s ary changes. Example There were several similarities . The m ost and least important factors were the same. There were several sim ilarities, with the most and least importan t factors being the same. a Sale were upward for most oC th e year. The profil reached a peak in December. b The main reason for career dloice was ambitio n . Fifty per cent chose it. c ITis expected that the price of one bedroom flats will ri e AccommOdation fo r individuals is in shon supply. d The pattern was different. Passen ger n umbers dropped in summer and rose in wlllter. e Th e trend was d early upwaTd Manufacturing costs decreased at the same lime . Consumption of e ne rgy ros e. The highest point was in January. Task 1 revision 7 Decide if the following statements about Task 1 techniqu es a re true or false. a Your first paragraph is usually a gen eral statement about True/False the subject of the graph, table, map, etc. b Writing in paragraphs is not important fo r Task l. True/Paise c Task 1 w ill always be written in th e past tense. Tru e/False d If your English is correct, then it does no t matter if your True/False information is inaccurate. e You n eed to dedde which is the most important or striking True/False information in the graph, table, map, etc. You should quote all th e figures that the information gives you . Tru e/False g In a paragraph, sentences which quote specific figures nearly True/False always com e before general stateme nts. h Your con clusion will n ot normally give sped fic figures . True/False 80 • • • • •
  • 81.
    UNIT 10 I"dividllal al1d S')ciely ••• Task 2 Paragraph structure 1 For each Task 2 question below, put the sentences that follow in the most logical order to create a p.:nagraph. 1 Amuit,'cm IS a negative attl"ib llte of a person's character. Do yOIl agree or d.isagree .I ith th is sta tem ent? a This is because, even when they realize an ambition, they are still not satisfied. b It is cenainly Hue [h at ambitiou s people do not alw ays crea re happiness for themselves or others. c If we look at the busin ssman w ho wants 10 earn a six-figure salary, we see tha t in most cases, when he reaches tJus p osition , he w ill still want m ore povver or an even higher salary. 2 P£I 1'1 iwlilJ' ct/ltu res are IInder threat Jlowadays due tv tile f act that we art' li'ing in a global village. Wh at do you th ink ca ll be dOlle tv protect a society'S traditiolllll l"alues and wItIJre? a Nor does ir mean that they will fail to respect an d valu e other people's cultures . b One way to protect tr aditiona l val ues and customs is simply to teach peop l~ to value their own culture c On the contrary, it wil give them the con fidence to operate in our global village without feeling that their own identity is under threa r. d This does not mean that they h ave to resist the current movement towards greate r internatio nal trade . 3 Emails are the most vaLuable tool for communication in the twenty-first century. To what extent do you agree or disagree? a Th ey can exchange ideas and discuss things more often as they are working, and the result may be a be tter end p roduct. b This allows p eople to work together on the same project even if they are on opposite sides of the world, c Emails ha ve certain ly b ad far-reaching effects on people's ability to communica te. d It is now po ssible for people to correspond cheaply and at length from anywh ere as long as they h ave a conne ction. 2 Match each of the paragraphs above 1-3 with the correct structure below a-c. a general statement - reason why this statement is true - example b general statement - reason why this statement is true - effect - second effect c statement of what should happen - statement that a negative result will not occur - statement that a second negative result will n ot occur - positive result • • • • 81
  • 82.
    3 Read the following twO essay questions. For each ques tion, choose one of the paragraph structures in 2 on p age 81 and w rite a paragraph which could form p ar I of an an swer. following [h e structure you h ave chosen . MOlley does not make happiness. To w hat ex ten t do you ag ree or disagree? It is [)fmer to reform criminals instead of jllst pllJ1ishil1g them. What measures could be taken to attempt to ill tegrate law-breakers back into society? Relevant and irrelevant information 4 The three paragraphs below relate to the Task 1 questions in 1 on p age 81. In eA paragraph, there Cln: several option s. Choos(, cb." options wh ich are most ch relevant to the question. Text 1 1 Another r eason why ambition is not always good is that ambitious people may lise u nfair or dishonest means of reaching th eir goa l. F r example. they may a work so hard that they neglect their families . b take the credit for work that they have not done. 2 In some cases, they may damage the careers o ( people who they see as rivals, p erhap s by a making false accusations about them to their employers. b stealing their m on ey and possessions. 3 In the most extreme cases, they may tum to serious crime . ............ .. .............. . provides a clear exa mp le of th is. a Shakespeare's story of Macbeth b The story of Sinbad the sailor Text 2 4 One way to ensure that people value their traditjonal culture is to focus on language . With the global dominance of English, some minority languages such as ............................. may feel under threa t. a Welsh or Estonian b Chinese or Arabic 5 Ii people are made familiar with the history and literature of their own language, then a they will be more able to talk to older people about it . b they will appredate th eir own culture m ore. 6 This could be done by arranging arts festivals or writing competitions. For example, in the UK a there are many prizes which novelists and poets can win. b there is an annual festival to celebrat e the best of Welsh w riting and culture. ~ .....
  • 83.
    UNIT 10 I"dividual and society •• • Text 3 7 However, the effects of the Internet on communication are not all positive. Emails can be wri tten and replied to very quickly which means that a people often do not consider carefully what they have w ritten. b people can check their inbox two or three time 3 day. 8 Another problem is that people simply send and receive co many emails .................... The result of this Ls that they spend time dealing wi th this constan t stream of messages instead of doing their real work. a Children , for example, lov e to contact tbeir friends frequently by em a il. b An office w orker, for example. may receive twenty or thirt y emails a day. 5 Reacllhc Task 2 question. Then ansover questions a-c below. The current interest in famous people's privale lives has negative effects both for those people alld JO/' s@ciety as a w·h(J!c. NelVspapen .d·ul/Ild rtot be nnowed to ptlblish de tails of people's private lives unless.it is clearly in ti,e pliblic illterest. To what extent do y OIl agrel! 01' disagree? a Think of a famous person who has been in the news recentl y for something unconnected with his/her job. What were the effects of this? b How rele v3m is your example [Q th e guestion . If possibl e, compare you r example with a partn er. Which is [he most relevant to the question? c Write a general statement-ex amp le paragraph, using the example you have chosen . Task 2 revision 6 Read the Task 2 techniques in the questionnaire. Decide hmv oflen you do these things. Task 2 techniques questionnaire Tick the appropriate box. Always Sometimes Never I mat ch the organizat ion of my essay to the question. D D D [ use the paragraph struc ture. D D D [ divide my essay into paragraph s. D D D [ use organizi ng words to help develop m y sentences. D D D I use a range of linking phrases - like, because, D D D for example - to trigger my ideas. J wTite a shon introduction wbich paraphrases tbe que li oo. D D D I know that I must write at least 250 wo rds. D D D lleav myself rime to check my answer. D D D I develop functions like advamages, disadvantages, so/uliotls, D D 0 measures, causes by using reasons, examples,reslllts, effects. I can state my opinion clearly apd contradict other opinions. D D D • ••• 83
  • 84.
    7 Which phrases can you use as trigger words for each of the following functions ? Make your own list. a Examp le: For example, ............................ . b Reason: because ................... ....... ... c Effect : As a result, .... ., .... ., ................ . d Additional inlormation: Moreover, ............................ . e Hypothesis: If ............................ . Contrast: but ...., .. ., ........... ., ...... . g Concession: Although ...... ..... ..... ........... .. h Conclusion: A n d 50 .... " ...................... . 8 Some functions are rel ated so (hal one suggests the other. Comp lete the Jist below w ith rdaJed fl!In cHons. Are the combinat ions fix ed or can you combine th em in any way? a Problem and ................. . b Measures and ................. . ( Cause and ................. . d Reason and ........... ...... . e Example and ................. . f Effect and ................. . g Additional information and ............. ,., .. h Con ditio n/Hypothesis and ........ "" .... .. Concession and .. " .............. 9 Read (he Task 2 question below, th en use the trigger words to d evelop semences a-f with your own ideas. Too much emphasis is PHt 011 eaming money rather thal1 lookiJ1g fo r {/ good qtlality of life. To what extent do you agree with tl1is idea? a Money is no t as important as frien 5, beca use .... .. ... .. ... ... .. ... .. ... .. ... .. .. ... .. ... ...... .. b For many people, keeping fi t and healthy is the main factor which is necessary for a good qu ality of life. However, .... " .. .... ..... ...,.... ,... .. ... ,.... .. .. " ... ... .. c If one is content with life, then ...................................................... " .... ., .... ..... ... d What is involved in ach ieving a good quality oI llie depends on man y factors rather than just one. For example. " ... ., ...... ., ........ ., ... " ............. ..., ................. ..... .. e Happiness and conten mlent are more impo rta nt than the p ursuit of fre edom. Th e latter aim ............................................................................ ............. . Many people living in poor housing conditions are still happy. So the idea thaI ............................................................................................................... .. .......... . 10 Wrire your own paragraph about [he importance of family in mai ntaining a good qua lil y of li fe . W~ite about 60-80 words. 84 • • • • •
  • 85.
    U NIT 10 TmJil'idllal n ~ Jd so ie/.' ••• • •• • • D Practice Test 10 • • • • Task 1 You should spend abo/(( 20 minutes on this task. Th..: bar Ghart below sholl's fhf pe/·Lt'lItL19i.' of people in Great Britain li vi119 alone by age und sex ill 2.004./2005. SWI/llwrize tJu inft)f'matiim by sd.:ctill9 and reporting the main features, and make cOn/pan'sons where relevant. Write at least 150 words. People living alone: by sex and age, 2004/05, GB Percentages 16--24 ~ 25-44 45-64 65-74 75 and over I I I o 10 20 30 40 50 60 Task 2 YOIl should spen d abollt 40 minutes on this Lask. Write about the following topic: Indil'idlwls WII do 110tl1il1g to clw/1ge society. Any new deve/olllllt:llts CLlII ollly he brollght abotlt by govel'l1men ts {lI1d large Itlstitutiotls. How fat· do you ag/'ee 0/' disagree? Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from YO ll r OHlII knowledge or experience. Write at least 250 words. • • 85
  • 86.
    Sample answers The p ublishers stress that these are not official grades and are for guidance only. Th ere is no guara nte e that these an sw ers wou ld ob tain these grades in the te st. Practice Test 1 Task 1 The graph indicates the Valiali on of t h ~' private use of Interne!, Pc' mobile phones and CD player in the UK (rom J 996 to 2003. The l[cnd in four dements of the study was upward except in mobile phone that was rarher erratic. CD pla yer had the biggest figure among all wit h 60% at ) 996/97 and 80% ,1t 20 02/ 03. While the Internet access only started in 1998/9 9 showing the lowes! figur throughoUl rhe period (from 10% in 19 98f99 to above 4.0% in 2002/03). Be1ween 10996/97 and 1998/9 9 mobile p hon and PC were going upward "" hile j ust alter 1999 th e forme r exceeded. showing figure oC 70% compared to home c01111 uters with 55% in 2002/03. To sum up. it was ex pected to h ave home computers as e xceeding {i.g u re in the ~tudy as the)' provide fe atures o r CD player and the Internet acces b ut CD player and mobile phon were the two top modem technology access in homes . (154 Illords) Grade: 5 Commen t: The t ext is logically organized, bu t does not indicate that figures are approximate . The summary cannot be deduced from the diagram . Vocabulary i adequate. despite some errors. However, grarnrna!i al mistakes, especially faulty complex structures, caus e some difficulties for the reader. Task 2 If is obvious rhat people are unwilling to ma ke changes in their lives afr er being acc u toOled to a cert ain st yle of life . However this could cause many problems. Take for exampl e. people who leave rheir counrry and going abroad. They might face many issue.. Firsr of alL they have to adapt to a new culture and h abit which might be completely different from theLr nativ e country. Moreover, it takes time to Cldapt LO 'weather and to the sl},'le of new IUe w Lch m ay be differe n t [rom where they lived before. There is anoth er changes in lite . For exam ple. some people al a certain momen t in their live have to change their career, regardless of the reaSons. It is quite difficult they find not easy to acquire ex.peIience in their new job and difficult to make new friends at w ork. In my opinion. people should be lIexible. For p eople who leaving their coun try to live and work in another country I agree that they might have m any problems such as a new culture and la nguag,,· und habits bur the i.llregration wi th people it cou ld solve the problem. By the time, they will find themselves a pan of rhe ne w society. People who change t heir career the on ly lhing to eli.> it is to concentrate in rheir ne-' job . Experience thar they n eed they will acquire Ivith time In conclusion, people ha e to ready for any ch anges in their lives as no guarantee for anyone that the LiI e will be stable lorever. (2'>0 "e',<I;") Grade: 6 Comments: All parts of th e prompt are covered, bu t the content is somewhat repetitive. Organiza tion a n d p a ragraphing is sa tisfactory, wi th some e ffec tive use of links . Vocabu lary is generally adequate However, complex sentences are u sually faulty and there ar e many grammaticaJ errors. 86 •
  • 87.
    ampl,; flllSlt 'er ' Practice Test 2 Task 1 The graph shows the cont ribuTion 01 diUercm senor, to th e UK economy in the 20th century, In particular it compares the agricultural. manufac!.Uring and businc' s and financial sector . Pirstly, agriculture sect or shows the higher value at the begi nning o ll he period (around 50% in the Iirst 50 years of rhe ce tu ry). By the 1975, it had u tt ered a drama tic decrease (1 5%) tollowed by 11 drop to almost zero in ~OOO . By contra L busin e ' s and finantiaJ 'eclOr weI' almost zero at the beginnin g bl.J! it sharpl y increased during the pe n od . ,1anula w ring $ .ctGr seems to follovY rht:: trend of agri u lture, starri ng with a value o j 45 % in 19(1(). In J 95( it !>egan t() lalllill 1975 where ir IVa' bel,)w ,')"/0 At tl t' end of th e period the pnceillil!;l' for IlIilllllfilC!urillg ,'t'ilC:WS 2()% general. ilgriclilt ur,ll JlId nl<lnulau uring St' llllr has .'l ~imilar trends but th<.: f rmer III dropped mu ch more a t the end of the cenl~lry tll,m the IJllt'r.li~ contrat, th ", l r t:nd o{ bu 'iness and finan cial increased dur ing the periou. (l68 IViJrd,) Grade: 6 Comme nts: Use of tbe rubric unchanged reduces the word count . The infurmalioll l~ logically ordered, but th e business sector data is omitted . Vocabulary is adequate and usually appropriate, as is the range of sentence forms, but there are some imponant errors. Studying the history is on of che most im portantsn bjectsin the drculum of primary and secondary scho ols . Some people argu e that there is nu benefit 01 tha t and history can be substituted by o th er more important subj ect s. However, it i;; no! a logical opinion for many reas ons. Althougb it is true thilt the <.:I'ents lllal a!'c studied in history haprcm,d in the past, it is also true that it reptesen! il nJuabk human experience. This can be VL'ry us eful in p lanning for rr the futuTe. humans know rhe mistakes thi)[ had been done .'lnd caused disastTia.se even ts in the past, lhey will try 10 avoid doing the same mistakes ill the tuture. Moreover studying the past of other nation, will give' the oppOrEUnily to .know mo re about their society. Tbl, will help in.1J!lild~ ng gol.vi rfldti()nshi, p~ I'etwcer: diUerelll c untries. Children art tht' peopie who l'ilI h:ld tIl<' world in the f 11 ru.re 50 they s hould ~prepa re for this role. The kno,,,,·1edge V;'llich can be gained trom the h istory is one of the most important sources fo r their skills o f und ers tanding the h u man society As m lIch as th ey learn [rom the histo ry. they will be efficient in their ability to decide when th y tace any problem in the future. Also the fliswry can give a good information aboul the developm ent in different branches of scienc . Som e o f these informalion may have a good a lue f r invl' Hors, In conclusion. it is undeniable that history, the su ounary of huma n experience, js very import ant in improvem ent of hu man's future if they can u:;e it pn1perly. (261) Grade: 6 Comments: Th e topic is adequately covered, tbough there is some repetilion . The order and paragraphing of ideas is mostly logical. Vocabulary is adequate and has some precision . Complex sentences are well managed, but there are many min r grammatical errors . • 87
  • 88.
    Practice Test 3 Task 1 The diagramilluStralE'$ the I'arious stages in the desalinati.on of seawater to make it suitable for drinking. Pirst of all. water is taken from the sea Jnel the n passed througll a pre -treatment filler where the big impurit ies are removed. Th is backwash is then pip ed back into the sea through a no ther rUrer. At the next st age in the process, the rem ail1illg wilter is forc ed through 1 membrane a t high pressure an d any impurities includin g salt are removed. Alter that, the seawater con centrate i retu rned to the sea w hile the remaining water goes through a pOSt treatment process . In this phase, the water is treated with lime, chlori ne and fluoride to make it drinkable before it is stored in a reservoir. Finally. the desalinated water is distributed to the integrated water supply system for people to use as d rUl king water. Desa lina tion involves a process of purifica ti on of VI'ater fo llowed by fi ltration a nd adding chemical agents. (153 words) Grade: 7 Com.ments : Interest is maintained by the nexi Ie use of input language, and a wi e ra nge of vo ab u lary and skilfully deployed grammatical st ructures . All sta ge: a rc: covered accurately, though som e additions are made , The overvie w shou ld more logically be the second sentenc . Tasl< 2 Great changes h a ve take n place in our life along w ith d v [opment of society, As far as I am concerned, the Internet plays a big part in this . Firsr. of aU, wi th the opp<)rtllIlity o f su r fing Ullcrnct or playing compu ter and video games, people h ave a more sedentary life style. Children no longer play games outside and get exerose bur they spend time on the computer. This has bad effect on their health and can cause problems such as obesity. Anot her problem is the negative effect on their relationship with their family, Internet access fills most young people's time, and even thei r leisure time, so this is the cause of their disconnection with t heir family and ultimately can h a ve an eli ct on tbeir social behaviour. A thjrd problem is that no t all interne t sites are US dlJI. tnlormation is often n ot accurate and some sites are not suitable lor children. Some interneT sites like chat rooms can eveu be dangerou because you do n ut know who is the other p erson. As regarding children's use of the Internet, the Lirst solution must be wilh tb parents, They need to limit hours that ch ildren spe nd 00 the computer and to encourage them to have other hobbies and pastimes. There is an impon ant need for th em to spl~nd mor e time to speak v.'itb their famil y than an electronic connection. Parents sh, uld also en ourage children to use other means of inIonnalion in addition to internet. To concl u de, I would say thaI th e interne t has hrought many benefits and it will Do t disap pear, therefore il is very importitll! tha t we learntlO me it well so lilat w e can reap tbe benefils and not me disad anlages. (278 words) Grade: 7 Commen ts: The topic is considered fully, with ideas presented in a clear progression wi th m ostly logical paragraphing. A good range of vocabulary gives fl exibili ty and preasion to the writing. Sentence st ru cture is reasonably varied, b u t minor grammatical errors are frequent. 88 • • • •
  • 89.
    Sample answer; • • Practice Test 4 Task I The bar chart shows the figures for qua lifica tions a ltai,net.i in wornl'n an m(;;n in Wale in 200] ilnd 2002 in pt'r"(l'1I1ilges. The information can be divided in to three gro u ps. Tilt' br,l category includes degree a nd higher education qualification. The percentages Well: awund 13% and app roximately 11 % fu r m ell an d women respeC!ively for de~ret: but for hil1.her ed ucali,.Hl q:vdHicati on 8% for male and 9% for female. for GeE A level and GCSE grade A to C the percemagc was DlllCb higher co m pared wit h the other two grou ps. TIK number of mak';, in GeE A level roughl y 28% bu t for females Wel) about 15 %. However, tbe GCSE gr,lde A--( sbowe d a revC[,;c: patlern, 18 'Yo ami 28 % fo r men arrd womel) respeClively. The fil~llrcs fo r the third group were mllch hw.'er. Other qualifications figures cited 12% for men and 11 % for w omen. No qualifica tions were rccordnl for higher num bers of men and w omerr. 20% and 2 3% . Overall, m en h ad more higher degrees whereas women b ad more GeE or equivalen t qualifications. (168 words) Grade: 6 Comments: Deta ils are accurately li ste d, bu r there is no re al overv iew. The key p oints a re n o t bro ught our. However. the voca b ulary sho w s some variet y an d p recision . Despite m inor e rrors of grammar, simple sen tences al e used wdL but complex structures are lacki ng. Task 2 To some ex tent I disa gree with lhe n o tion that competitive spons cannut be part of the school curriculum. However, the amount of time giVt"D SbOllJd not be overlooked. Sports as a whol ~' is an illjlort.J11l pJrt 01 growjng up. Students re gardle s of th eir age take pilri in exercise individua:U v or as il tcam member. Ta ke primary scbools for instance, they havL" playgrounds and [aid)' enough fadlitit:s fmrn whi.ch student' can tak e benefit. In $tL'ondary 5cl!ooh St uuents' attitude {(I sport ch ange'. The demand for m ore facilities and equipments rises. As C be seen, more dnd 1110re teenage rs turn (0 [ootbll11, sw imnling, an even body building oUtside school ho urs. They tr y 10 make use of t h e facibties avallable t [hem ill schoo! as w ell. Whilt is impona nt is time .o;'hich should nOl be spent on taken up s~ on and nll! doing Dther school work or study. On the other hand, considering the availability o f the facilities to all schools is no t a bad idea. To illuslrilll· this, some schools are well equipped while others do poorly. NQ m atter how liltk the J'acility studenLI ~hould be encouraged [0 take part in competitive spons. Ai] ill r think spon WdS pan of everyday ;ife in the past and j ~ iD today's span attracting aiL sOCielieS . The best p lace you Sl<lrt yoc:r life after h Ot11e is school. Everyone decides what to do i1t early i1gt' As fo~ sport, il ',va, pan of curriculum vitae in the pa$t alld will be in th e future of cOurse, ,iith ,1 bettc( lim~ managernen L (25·1 wrrdsJ Grade: 6 Comments: Though the ideas are relevant and sullicient. fa ul ts in ordering and use of Links som etim es cause difficulty for t h e reader. A good ran ge of vocabular . is mostly used with precision. A limited but accurate range of complex sen rene al"e deployed. • 89
  • 90.
    Practice Test 5 Task 1 Be twe en L990 and 2005 there were so many chauges that took pla ce in to,'! Il of Temp leton in term of deve lopments. On the weSl o f the liver that divide the city imo two parts, 1111.' re main buildings were constru cred replacing pan 0 1 the gr'en area a n d the suburba n h ome . Besides. more houses were built to reduce the greell area funher m ore. To the so uth 01 the a bove developments. all houses were demolished and new buildings raised up instead toge ther with supermarket . To the east of the river. an airp orl was bu ilt in an area previously covered by t ree. and more houses were added to tlle aIea around the hospital A m ajor develo pment took p lace in south east art of dty wh e re a facto ry was constructed a nd ferry service was established. replacing all of the old houses and the tree fores t tll at occupie d the area before. Moreover. a new railvvay track Ivas laid down alo ng id e th e embankment. (15.5 words) Grade: 6 Comm e nt s: All key points were highlighted, but lacked a cI ar oven·jew. The data w as logi all)' and cohe rently arra nged . The vocabu lary was ad equat E' f r [he t a ~k . but induded some inappropriaci es. Sentence structures were varied and usually w ell comrolled. despite frequent grammati cal errors. Task 2 Many people thin ks th a t the world exist ing problems are only matter the young generation a they are the candidate who are facing tl, em n ow and in the future. Alt h ough a considerable percentage of the public might refe r to th esl: hazards as hazards for the young pred ominantly. yet n1any of these concerns are actuall y brough t into the scene by Tbe old people. The previous generatio n are those who li ved the new de velopments in science and teclmology lhal brough l wit h them pollmion, PO' rty a nd part f it also possible distinction of man y species o f pla nts and animals. So The y ra ise the alarms fo r tho -e radical and serious consequences. It is often suggested that old generation are pas ing by and not interested in w hat happening and on ly the young who gives those alerts considerable thoughts. However from what we are experiencing now. tba t many of green pe ople are old and work a nj ely to preserve animal rights and fight fie rcely agaimt global warming and environment al pollution. This give LIS that the prese nt world coneene; are a shared interest of both old and n e w generations. Although many an i is t on these issues appears in the m edia and they are from the yom h. still and probably equal nu mbe r fro m t he old follow the same rOlltes. Actually no one in this life want to destroy our planet. Defin itely every parent is of concern about his offsprin g lives thereafter. and selfish ness does not dominate OUT rhinlOng at aJl. What one should be aware of is that such threats are no t always djscussed or contemplated in t he right way by old or young generation. (264 words) Grade: 5 Comments: Though the ideas are relevant and well argued, cohesi on is faulty and the paragraphing is notlogicaJ. Vocabulary is fairly varied and precise . Howe ver. omplex structures, thougb frequent, are always (aulty, with gram m atical errors causing some strain for the reader. 90 • • • • • , IJ-
  • 91.
    Samplt' O/ISII't'r:s Practice Test6 Task I The table ilJustrates the percentages of both young boys and gi rl whu listened to musiC' tn the previous m()l1 th in th e capital ()f Japan . The mos t striking feat ure i that males were m ore interested in music than their female counterparts except to r listening [0 CDs (19% and 22 % respectively). The highest rate wa 79% for boy' who were interested in MP 3-players, while wit h regard to tbe same type of players for girls the proponioll was 40 % which was almost mnilar to the percentage of the Internet (42% ). With respect to live m usic, females recorded 44%. Turning to the pie chart. 70 % of young Japanese people prefer live musi c, w hereas recorded music raIl' was 26'% and those who a nswered Don't kn o w their rale was just 4% . In conclusion. young females spent less time l'islening to fa v mite mu sic cOlllpare d {O the opposite sex. Regarding prefcrerKe of music Live music scored t he to p percentage. (75 0 wo rd,) Grade: 6 Comments: The key poin ts are mainly covered, but the r is an important error (paragraph 3) . It could be ordered more logically. However. cohesive devi e an: well used . Vocabulary is adequate for the purpose. T here are a variety of sentence tructures, but their complexity sometimes causes difficulty for the reader. Task 2 There is no doubt tJ1at the number of visltors and businessmen and women who are travelling abroad has beeo incT';;3sing markedly in re cent years. However. not surpri ' ingly, underst anding t he culture of IDcal peop1e brings many benefits to all types o[ visitors as well as problems for those who do n ot unde rstand a n ew culture . First of all, no sensible per~on can deny the importance of breaking dOWJl barriers between countries By th is I me an, peop le from diiIerenl lands catl soda lize effectively and relate emotiona lly rega rdless of their race and religion. if they lake lim e to learn languages and to find out abou t where tbey are gOhlg before they travel. As a res ult . the tensior) between p0()p,e from different backgrou nds would be melted. l Another imponant advantage 111at needs to be taken into account is that travell er:; can broaden tJleir horizons by travelling. In other I-von:ls, people who travel for busi ness or tourism definitely would gain a lot of info rmation from t heir hos t society. KJ10 wing how to behave can help businessmen make lots 01 money for t hemselves and for their companies. undoubtedly business and tourism playa pivotal role in employing of people and reviving the local economy in thei-r 01''11 cou ntries and when they travel. On t he nber hand lac k of understanding of the culture and tradi tions of people may lead to misunderstandi n g and e ven increased te nsion between different cQm munities. imply becaus e the background of any society can act as a mirrOJ to reflect th'e nature personality and behaviour 01people. Certa inly. when we know these vitall hings we can overcome ma ny dilIiculties. (262 words) Grade: 8 Comments: Ther are m any ideas, w ell organized intO paragraph s and highligbted clearly, despite minor lapses in fo rus. The wide range of vocabulary exhibits flexibilil}' and precision, with only occasional inappropriades. A variety of sentence stru ctures are used, containing no Significant errors. • 91
  • 92.
    Practice Test 7 Task 1 The two ba r chart illustrate the percclllage of purchase on -li ne tickets o f concert, cinema, and th eatre in (Australia, th..: UK and Malaysia). by a se kcted age group and how !.he ime res t w as accesse d ove r the first three months of 2006. Purchases for the age group 25-44 was the same in t he western cou ntries at 55%, whereas in Ma.la ysia. it was JUSt under 40 °/" . Surprisingly, the percentage w a s very close in tbe UK and Ma lays ia a round 40'Y., for Ihe age group 65+, w il.h a slight increase in Australia to about 45 %. Tn terms 01 the mo~ t common mean of access to buy tickets, th e chart shows that !.he desktOp co mp uters wa, the predo minant means in 1alaysia the UK and Australia at about 60%,62% and 68% respeCliv t"ly. Next came the wptop , wit h ados ' percentage in Australia and M ala ysi a around (45 % each). while there was a modera te drop to 30 .5% in the UK The data might give us an indica tion about the nline purcha ' iog. (163 words) Grade: 5 Comments: Excessive use of the rubri r ed u es the word count and in urs a p enally. There are many inaccuracies in the data, which lacks an overviev . V('I abulary Jnd links are inaccurately used, bUI grammar and sentence st ructures are adequate I r the task. Task 2 The question of whether money could be more usefully applied to tackle the crisis around !.he world rat he r than spent it OD space research is a very contr vc rsial i.ssu and it is now a matte r of considerable public concern. There are. rherdo re, people on both sides of the (lrg umem who have feeli ngs either tor or agai nst. Many people believe that money should be spent to solve food crisis in Africa and South Asia. Drought. [or example, left Atrica with famine . Every 30 second aD African dilld dies of hunger and abom 4 5% ot d 1ildren in South Asia su irer from malnutrition. Similarly, the global issue is the conflict of A LDS in AIrica. Although, there are numerous factors in the spread ot HIV JAID S , it is largely recognized as a disease of poverty. Medicines, for instance, are very expensive and Ille government in poor countries ca n not aHo rd 10 treat the disease. tberefore Tlullions are dy ing. while in rich countries I eople are li ving longer. Havi ng said tha t. ho we ver, some people oppose the fOIDler argument. They claim that space researc h has bro ught e n ormou benefits to m ankind. Recently, NASA has launched Satellites lor weather and climate, v,'hi ch w ill give the scien tists a unique view of earth's auno pbere, helping tbern to im prove their abilities to forecas t weather and predio climate change. From what has been d iscussed abov we may draw the (onclusion that bOlh points of view bave their merits. Allhough. hum an life has priority in our 'ocieties, advanced research should be carri ~ d out to Lind illlolber so urce of energy, wa ter on othe r planet, and to uncicrstanJ the plallets and its' effect on earth to r the benefit of aU. (276 words) Grade: 7 Comments: Though there are sufficient ideas and evidence, the first paragraph adds nothing . Ideas are logically organized and paragraphed, but the condu ion is n OI clearly articulated . There is a good range of vocabulary and sentence structures, despite some jarring punctua tion errors. 92 • II .~
  • 93.
    Sall/ple all ll"t"1'l Practice Test 8 Task 1 The table illustrates ex-pected cost ot the Ihree t'll vironm mal pr je IS in three different pans of t he world in t he next five year . Th e t: 'timated cOSt a lthe A1rican project in Year I is 10 .5 millioll dollars, almost half o f the projected cost for Central America (20 million) and about one third ot t.he Asian proj ect (30 million) . It is preuictecllhat West Africa ill 'penclles~ money in (h e loilowin g years than in Year J. faJling 10 3. 5 million in Yea r 5. Central America h ws a imilar pattern. tn Year 5 expected m st o[ projecl }S 5 million dolla.rs w hich i.s four times Ie s than in year 1. However. in South Ea t A. ia in year 5 spending will rise to 50 million dollar, Rega rdi ng I he pie cha rt, 50 % 01 projected cost w ill cover salaries. The rest 50% will be sha red on training and office expenseS. 10% each, while 30% is expected set up costs . Tu sum up SOUTh Eas! Asia has the highe~t pwjccted cos; for ellvilunlllL'nt.l1 projects fu r th e next five years . (J n Vclrr!S ) Grade: 7 Comments: Th e key points are presented logically and are su itably highlighleJ by cohesive devices, However, the overview cou ld be more fully dey loped . The voca bu lary range allow some fl exibility of presentatjo.n . Sent en e structures are vari ed, b ut some basic grammatica l errors o ccur. Task 2 Many people are moving Qut of big cities into the counrryside to live to escape [rom city problems. Tllis is ca using problems because m ost the jobs that are available are in the cities so peo})le have to travel back into the cities again to work. The trans p'"lrt system can nor cope so people are using their own cars and the countryside is affected by the traffk pIU S. One 'oluti,ln to en courage people to Slay in cit ies is 10 improve the qua lity of life tbere. M.ore m one y could be spent reducing crime, as this is one of the main reasons why people leave cit ies. For example, more policemen can be employed lor city centres, which happenedln NevI' Y ork and is happeni ng h ere in UK As well as safe places to IVork and live city centres could be ma de more iriendly and weJcoming. The en vironment can be made cleaners and more agreeable to live a nd work in. This INay pC'opk might be encou raged to ~t y ralhe r 1ban m Oling out. A very dif ferent ,vay to tackle the problem wou ld to mo e ~ome of the job Ollt of city to smaJle r cities or towm. People could then still live in the countryside a nd enjoy it and only ha ve ( 0 travel short distances to work. Another ste p is to encourage worke rs to spend pan of their w orking week a t home, perhaps two da ys and I hen 10 go i ntCl work in the otber days, This is h appening m ore and more in ma ny parts of the world . There are uther ways to overcome the situation but these are the most important. (264 lI'ords) Grade: 7 Comments: The writers proposals are dearly presented, w ith logica l paragraphing, but the conclUSion could be more fully developed. The progression of ideas is well marked. The vocabulary .is ve ry appropriate t o the task. Sentence structure are reasonably varied, withou t significant errors. • • • 93
  • 94.
    Practice Test 9 Task I The graph gives information about Ihe average moothly use oj a Healt h Club in Miami Florida by full lime members la -I year. One o[ the most striking features of the graph is that use the gym was higher in sununer compared to rhe other months of the year. In January 550 male visited the:: gym the figure decreased slightly. After that there was a significant increase in th~ nu mber of males membership [rom January to J unc. In June the !igur!' hit th e highest point of 8500 but.in Juiy there was a slight redu ction to December. The trend for Ie males membership follow the arne. However (rom July to September 7200 female useJ the gym in every month. Turning to pie chart, -.% more of male membership aged between 2 1 and 4 5 used the facilities in gym compared to fem ales. Tb irtY-Iw pe::rc fit of fem al e m ember had ag!;: 65+ in contrast to 25% of males. TwelllY percent o( otber age group among males had the ;nembership compared to 17% of female . J Ove rall . rugher number of males used the gym than women . (179 words) Gra de: 5 Comments : opying the ru bri c reduces tl1 w ord coun t. Data is listed mechanically a nd, and in cludes serious errors. The selection, w hich is n ot w h olly logical, lacks an overview . The range of both vocabulary and se ntence struct ures is limited, with many grammatical errors . Task 2 There is no do ubt tba t age expectancy has increased over the lasr twenty ,l' a rs. The question o[ whether the increasing number of elderly people causes posiIive eifCCTS or negative is a matter of dispute. As fa r as I am concerne d it has negative effect for a number of reaso ns. Some people are 1 the opinion rhat th is trend sho uld be increased bl'ca use tbere migbt be more experienced worker' in SOciety. People w ill work longer than nO·N. Tllli might have a possitjve effect on economy. A - w know. these people give tax 10 I h l;: government. Moreover if we ask anyone, they are hap py to live longer as they devote most o f their lives to working. In retirement age elderly people need comfort and such p(~ ople desire 10 do many rhings that they did not do before. Thus, increas ing aged populali n gives hope w [he senio who would like to enjoy their lives. However, I do believe that h igher aged population needs higher investment as people in elder age suffer frO diseases ouch as bea rt disease, srroke, diabetis, Alzehamer disease . Ill Govenunents n eed to invest a colosal sums of money treating such pati ents. Fur· her more t people in elder age become more dependent to orh ers as these people n e to be supervised by other people . I think nobody likes to live with other people and ust: the facilitjes thaI are not belong to them. Therefore seniors suffer from depress'ion and psychological problems. AI the "ame lime jf people work longer, [here j not promotion for rhe:: younger generation because most positions are occupied by the elderly people. l' conclude, Heel that the negative effects on oriety outweigh the positive effects because of the above reasons. (282 wcrds) Grade: 6 Comments: There are plenty of ideas. bu t paragr aph ing is n o t ~weU ma nage d However, [h e sentences tend to be clearly linked . The range of vocabulary is adequate for th e p urpose, as is th e va rie ty of sentence struct ur es, but grammatical errors a re obtrusive. 94 • • • • •
  • 95.
    Samplt! <l1l$Wer; Practice Test10 Task I The bar chart illustrates the percen tage o f people in Great Britain living alone according to their age and gender from 200-1 to 200 5. It is immediat ely apparent that Ji ing alone increased as people w e re getting older and th~' percentage of fem ale outnumbered the oppo ite se}; . For instance. the last category of age ~ howt d that tbe overwhelmi ng majority of people li ving alone wa~ female ' abou t 59% compared only to 28% of ma le:: . As regards males living (m thel r own we can see a little difference in the !:' ond third and Jourth groups ur age. They a lm.os t had the imila r percentage . Howl!Vt' r chi.; wa~ !lilt the case in the first category which was just 5% . UnJik e men . Ivo m en', predom inan ce began ill the 65174 year old which showeJ a dramatic change. For example the percentage of females was 32 0ft, as opposed to 15 % lor males . Prior to this group, tbe Ihird category o f age had almust the sam e:' percentage. By and large, Jiving alone 'V as common among w ome n as th ey go older. The 35-44 year oids w as the only category with a noticeable male predornina n e. (182 'ord~~ Grade: 6 Comments: The rubric is copied, reducing the word count. There is a dear overview. with well highlighted main points. However, organlzation is less clear in the third paragraph. Vocabulary and grammar are fairly vari ed, but there are various inaccurate usages . Task 2 Th ere is Little doubt that go vernments and Jarge i.ll stilulions implel11.e m many innovation- iJ1to our society. Ho w ever, fmm my point of view. rb ey are only able to Li o so w ith th help of ideas from individ ual citizL'llS. For a stan, every pan of society, including government a nd large imititulions, consists of individual membe rs. Governments have the righTS 10 rile furtht'r use of Ih new i.d eas and in iact ,hould alway, listen to them. For example. a U krainiilll L'ngineer called Pia ion il1lroduced rhe idea of bLTildinl~ i1. bridge across thl:" rivLT in Kit·. Seeing rh.e st rategic importance of Ihis bridge the govemment pruvidetl funds t.) build it. And nov>' the whult: of society benefils from tllte' lI~e ur Oll(' man's idea. Furthermore in london, rhe Mayor, Mr livingstOne, announced a comper it ion which can be entered by individuilb to find a new way to provide air conditioning for the undergro und sy~lcm. Tliis is yet another example 01 how governments an d large i nstitutioTl s rely on the creativity 01 individual:; to be lnventive- and brin g about change. Some people m ight say tha t goveruments have the st rength, power and mone t() realise and introduce new idea 0[1 thei r own. In the case ot illstitutIOns they possess up to date equipment and massive facilities . However 1 would sa ( tha t Ih e y are not enough to allo w them to contrib ut e to society as a whole. This 1. where crealivity and outstand ing ideas come in. So if an indi vidual's dfom are combined with t11 government" power and money, there wou ld be m any changes that could benefit eVI' T; one. In conclusion, bo th indi vid ual s and large organizations, lIlcluding governments need 10 work in partnership to bring about any ben djda l change. (278 words) Grade : 8 Comments: Th e writer d o es not fully address the topic but doe s p resent a clear and logi cally _e q uenced a rg u ment, supported by e vidence . Cohesive devices are u sed eflectively. The range o f vocabula ry produces nuency and precision. Sentence str uct u re is va ried and gra mma tically a ccurat e . • • •• 95
  • 96.
    ••••• • • • I(ey • •• • • •• • • ••• • Unit 1 g The number of visi tors at the th eme park fluctuated very 2 b disa dvantage, ngree or sligh tly. Task 1 h Sugar imp ons decline d disagree c advantages/benefits, 1 gradu ally. There has been a slow increase disadva ntages d agree or disagree Possible answer in the quality of food in e advantages/benefits Students' own answers. Graphs supermarkets. f causes, solutions associated with iPod and DVD There was a remarkable g measures may be expected to be rising (c fluctu a tion i the number of or f) , w hereas graphs associated air travellers. with audio and vjdeo cassettes 3 b three pans, tw o statements m ay b e expected to be falling (a. e, g, or b) . 6 plu s qu es ti on a African sp ice exports c one pa rt b new produ ct de velopment d two parts, statem ent plus 2 d ticke t pu rch ases question 19 2c 3 d 4a 5b e Internet site s e two parts, statem ot plus 6 h 7 f 8 e 9 h 10 e f mango sal es quest ion g theme park visitors three pans, Statement plus supermarke t food qualit y 3 two qu estions g two parts, statement plus 2 rose 3 fluctuate d 7 question 4 flu tuated b $85,000 c $ 125,000 5 dro pped d $12 0,000 4 6 fell. levell ed aU 7 rose, cli mbed e $130,000 Possible answers 8 d eclined Work: p eople have less srabl jobs 9 decreased, levelled off 8 Technology: continually 10 d ropped a months of the vea r d eveloping new computer b thousands of d~llars systems and electronic devices Travel: air travel is still on the 4 c Sales w ent up for Internet increase and becoming cheaper Slow: steadily, gradually, Express. Wi-fi Cafe, and Cale Cool, bu t d own fo r Th e Tea Communication: people are using slightly Room . tex t m essage more Fast: wildly, sharply. dra m atically, d Betw een different cafes and Healt h: life expectancy is sudd enl y between different mon t hs fo r increasing [h e same cafe. 5 5 a There were wHd f]UCluauons in spice exports [rom AIri a 9 a first sentence 2 nou n 3 verb b ca uses, solutions over the period. b There was a gradual fa ll in the 4 nOUD 5 adverb development of new products. 6 verb 7 verb 6 c Research investment has Th ey are ans w ering : can yo u d decreased noticeably. There w as a significant drop 10 suggest some pas ible solutions? d 2 g 3 e 4 f 5 a Th ey sugges t: encouraging in the purch , ses of ticke ts la$[ 6 c 7 b employees to relax , providing m onth. gyms and massage therapy, e There was a significant r ise Task 2 training employees to manage in the number of sites on the their time better. Interne!. 1 Results: people wW be more The sale of' mangos decreased a drawbacks efficient and producti e; the suddenly. b reasons w orkplace ,viii b happier. c causes d solution s 96 ••••
  • 97.
    Fey ••• • •••• purpose: in order to 7 reason : because, since Unit2 1 c 2 f 3 d <1 a result: consequently, and so. 5 b 6 e therefore. as a result Task 1 '1 8 12 a paper lUoney, around eighth a People should be encouraged century AD reason : because to exercise more . b ballpoint pen, patented 1938 result : as a resulr, and so b Th e number of working hours (other dates are Fahrenheit's example: for example hould b e red u ced. thermometer 1714, Durand' solution: rhe obvious answer is c One possibili ty is for the tin can 1810, and Hunt's governm ent to p rovide each safety pin 1849) employee WiIh their own 13 c Students' own answers. compU ler. d There are many otber d Parents could be pers uad ed t o Possible answers importan t h istorical spen d m ore time w ilh their A in ve n tions. They could chi ld ren . inclu de paper, the light b u lb, e The number of cars coming If people migrate to cities, they become trapped in po or, radi o and TV. into cities should/coul d be restricted over ro wded accommodation and A good idea is for the so their h ea lth deteriorates and as a result their q uality o f life may 2 governmen t to build more a The bicycle was ranked as skyscrapers. be no bener than before. A good most imponant by most males idea would be to try to create new and females . jobs in the countryside. By doing b More females thelD males 9 this, people would not feel the ranked the bicycle, mobile a obesity (o r stress) need to move into ci ties which phone, and radio as the most b stress are already overcrowded. important. c (echnology More males than females B d lack of disdpline ranked the car, computer, e traffic con gestion People spend too m uch time Internet. and TV a the most f overcrowding watching TV For example, some importam . children stay up late watching TV in their bedroom instead 10 of getting a good night'S ,Ieep . 3 Consequen tly, they arrive at a th an Possible answers b popu lar school tile d and u nable to learn. bAs a res ult , peopl e w ou ld be If ho us eholds just h ave one T V in c less ob liged to mana ge th elr lime rhe main li ving area. th en it wiLi d The leas t p opula r more effedive ly. be easier to control h ow man y e l'lore c Thi would enable them to ho urs are spent in front of it. f The most popular w ork irom hom an d avoId This will lead to better res ult s a t g Fewer str ess[ul jou rneys into work. school. h less importan t d This would lead to better than communication between c les5 family members. e Consequently, the:re would The development of tourism often creates resentment among be less traffic congestion local people because tourists 4 and journey times w ould be reduced . do not help the local e onomy. Possible answers By doing this, they would For example, they may stay Not as many females as males ensure that there were fewer in international hotels which chose the car. people living in crowded or make large prouts outside the lot as many males as females substandard accommodation. country. Tbe obvious answer chose the mobile phone . is to encourage tourLsts to use locally available accommodation . 11 Furthermore, by doing this, they addition: and, furthermore would learn more about the condition : H COLUJ try they a re visiting. example : for instan ce, for exam ple • • • 97
  • 98.
    f Tradition does not hold us 5 9 back as some people believe. a M ore m ales than females Possible answers g Schools and colleges need to eho e the car. emphasize history and related b More women than meu a The bar hart probably provides infom1ation about subjects .. . selected the mobile phon h The Interne! and compu ters c The Internet was chosen by the number of people in two di Uerent age groups who had ca n be used [ 0 preserve the more males than female s. past. d More females than males various interests. picked the radio. b n umbers of people e Fe..,· r males tha n females c interests/societies 4 picked the radio. d age grou ps a it/this The computer was chosen by e There is no lime reference. b ,hey few r females than males . c This g The bicycle was selected by 10 d it, it fewer males than female s. e it fthis 1c 2e 3a 4 f f this 5d 6 b g this 6 a Slightly b considerably 11 5 Ending could come first: 2, 3, 4, c M any Stude nts' own ans wers. 5, 6 d Substantiall y Other impQrtant histori cal Noun phrase only: in compa rison e significan tly e ents could be the ctiscQvery of wi/h, compared with f pracl ically Australia. the discovery that the g far earth goes ro un d the su n, o r the h m uc b 12 first splitting of the atom. N .arly Correct options 1 However, B y contrast 6 7 2 but. while Relevant PQints: b, d, e, g a n early, pra ctically 3 but, wh.ereas b considerably, many, 'ubstantiaUy, significantly, 4 far, considerably 7 5 but, although far, much 6 significan t.l y, no ticeably e slightly Possible answers __ . such as in Ancient Greece or Task 2 during th e Roman Empire. 8 1 A s a resu lt, they will be able to compare these socie ties with our Possible answers Archeolog ists, for example, h elp own . a Far more males t ban femal es us to learn abo u t th e pas t. They Th erefore. they vill become more ch ose th e car. look for evidence in artefacts like aware of th e kin d of society that b Considerably more w om en p ots an d jewellery. These reveal we live in. th an m en sel ected th e mobile a lot of information abo ut our F urthe rm o r ' , they will come tQ phone . ance stors. This is very useful, but appreciate [h e contrib u tion lhat c The Internet was chosen by it is still quite li m ited. th ese sQcie ties m ade to the way significantly mor e males r11an ~ve think roday. females. d Substan tially more females 2 than males picked the radio . 1 d 2 b 3 a 4 c 8 e Significantly fe w er males than Students' own answ rs . female picked the radio .. 3 f Th e computer was chosen by b Old buildings help create a 9 slightly fe"o'er females than more relaxing environment males. in cities than concrete office Possible answers g The bicycle was elected by blocks . They eQuId visit historical places slightly fewer males than c Studying history may ~ such as castles or archaeolQgical females . an in terest in Qther subject sites. ~. They ould research their own d Built-up areas can be mad e family history. more attractive by adding They could do project work on monume nts and stat ues. historical periods or figures whQ e Gov rnmems should provide intere t them . m ore money to preserve historical sites. 98 •• •
  • 99.
    Key ••• ••••• ••• g It powers it. 10 2 h th e turbin e 1 is extracted Paragraph Th ey are sen t to a heat 2 is heated reco cry steam generator. 1 2 3 3 is cooled 4 reaches Solutions a b h 5 cool s 9 Examples i e d 6 condense s 1 First of all Effects f c g 2 After that 3 where 3 4 From this 1 h old 5 occur 11 2 rain s 6 rises 5 Folloving that. a solution b effect 6 in turn 3 fil l 7 begins c example d solution 7 then 4 becomes c. falls e example f example 8 subsequently g effect h solu tion e([ecI 4 10 a intransiti ve a When the snow fa l s, it covers b transitive 12 c bOlh th e ground with a protective layer. Semence a cannot be put inlO the Possible answers passive . b As soon as her cubs are born, One way is to en courage children the lioness licks them all over. to study history b y usin g th e e Once the paper is collected. it Internet. For e xample, th ey could 5 is sent [or re yeUng. sea rch for in form ation about Transitiv e: design, d Before volcano es erup t, they histOrical figures online . This produce, send, mamtfact ure, send huge amo unts of smoke coul d increase their motivation to obtain, become into the air. do historical res earch . Intransi tive: fail, rise, die e Wh en the plants perspire, th The best wa y is probably to visit Both : begin, dry, gro w, cool air becomes h u mid . h istorical ire . For instance, The trees are cut down children could visit a local and the lorest is gradually archeological site . As a resul t, 6 destroyed. the h isto rica l places will come to Som e variation is p ossible . seem more real. Another method is to involve a A.fte r th e moto rcycle is designed, a prototype is made . 11 children in doing writing proje cts, It is tested and the m otorcycle Possible answers such as p roducing a p ster or an is m anufactured. Ai ter this, it a As soon as the food is in forma tion booklet . Th e skills is exported an d sold . processed, it is packaged and that they practise in these sorts of b First the wh eal i planted, and then it is dis tributed . projects could then b e applied in later th e crop is harvested . b When the cycle is completed. other subj ecis. The wheat is transported to it repeats itself al l over again . the m ill w h ere it is made into c Ailer th e rubbish is collected. flour. The flo ur is bo ugh t by a it is sent to a centre for soning Unit 3 baker. Later the brea d is baked and then it is recycled. and sold. d. Once a new model of the Task 1 bicycle is developed, it is 1 7 rested . e W hen the TV is assembled, it 1 b 2 c 3 a 4 h 5 d 6 e 8 g is sent to the shops. Possible answers 7 s soon as lh e water is a ring: gold, silver p urifie d, it is bou led. house : cement, stone, wood, glass 8 g The data about the weather is a by conveyor belt collected, and the information bag: plastic b oxygen is then broadcast. shoe: 1 athe r c raw syngas h Once the prot otype h as b een car: steel, plastic, glass d ca rbon dioxide, mercurv an d tes ted, it is modified . b natural: gol d, silver, ston e, sulphur ' wood, lea ther e puriiied syngas manu factured : cement, glass, f It drive it. plastiC, steel • • •• 99
  • 100.
    12 d Technology saves us more and Paragraph 3 m ore lime, which can be used Call (> : j'nt ernatiooal drive Stu dents' o wn answ n. to create more madlli1.es. towards leaming new technology e More and m ore household Result 1: young people leavin Task 2 tasks are now carried out by school literate in certain 1 robots, which will be even computer skills more common in the fu ture. Result 2: a generation almost Possible answers Ev rything seems to be deficient in ba ic practical skills a Comp uters, au(Omatic doors, available at the touch of a Reason: tedmical problem - mobile phones, and satellite bulton, which makes people solving bas been squeezed OUI navigation systems can all ex-pect instant responses from of the curriculum belp. All of them can make other people. Example : making thin g in life difficult as it can take orne carp ntry time to learn how to use tbem and they can go wrong. 6 b Automatic doors and TV a computers make mistakes and 9 pre vent things happening Paragra ph 1 remote controls might make b information abo ut the world Problem: First of all people lazier. Video games and c machi nes nov give us more Ca u e: A number of reasons have lv1P3-players might also make freedom been put for ward for this, bUl by people lazy in that peopl d tim e fa r the m ost important might c me to prefer usin g e r bots these instead of takin g up f everything eems to be Pa,ragraph 2 more active pastimes . available a t th e touch of a Example : li.k c Student' own answers. utton Cause : becau t: Ellect: consequently The which-clause expresses an 2 effect in a, c, d, and f. auses, s JUli ons Para graph 3 Cause: also needs to carry a good 7 part of the blame Result 1: This has led to 3 a The situation, w hich has now become much more complex. Result 2: it has also created a practical skills for everyday life is effectively out of control. Reason: becau e b over-reliance on machines b The problem, which the public Example: lik e c office functions, openin and locking doors, switching blame the government for, is everyone's responsibility. machines on and off c The cause of the problem. 10 d IN rkers cannot do basic Result practical tasks . w hich is not immediately so e They have dilficulty in obvi us to eve ryone, is a lack therefore processing basic information. of basic training. consequ n tly d The solution, which in my as a result opinion, is by fa r the best. is and so 4 to h ave a day at work wh ere fo r this reaso n a allow the TV to do th eir people do not use computers as a consequence thinking for them at home or other machines. hence b traditional pra ctical skills e Office technology, which which leads to require only basic lraini.ng which means that t use, is the cause of much 5 frustration a t work . a Sometimes computers make Purp ose mistakes and prevent things in order to happening, which wastes 8 so as to valuable time and can cost Paragraph 2 with the aim of money. Example: fiting a plug, mendin g . 0 that b TV programmes provide a puncture on a bicycle, or even people with infonnation about the world around them. sewing a button on a shirt Cause: parents no longer have 11 which is often very useful. enough time to spend at home Possibl'e answers c Machines now give us more with their children a Children are now learning freedom, which means w Effect: young people are how to do mental arithmetic have more time for leisure consequently deprived of again, which means that they activities . valuable lime to I am practical will rely less on calculators skills 100 • • • • •
  • 101.
    K/!) ••• b Some cities charge motorists to take their cars into the 4 10 Paragraph I : a cemre in order to encourage Possible arnswerrs Paragraph 2: b, c, d people to use public transport. a about one in four/just under a Paragraph 3: e, f c Machines are manufactured qua rter Paragraph 4: g to break down after a certain b the overwhelming/vast time, 0 that companies can majority of; 75 per cent sell more of them. 5 c about one in three/just over General: a, e, g one third: one in ten Specific: b, c, d, f d Filty per cent; a hefty 64 per Unit 4 cent/over ix ut of ten Task 1 6 e The overwhelming/vast majority/ About nine out of General: b, d, e, f, g ten 1 Specific: a , c, h Students' own answers 7 11 a The percentage who spent 2 a Far fewer junior Je turers read over twelve articles a we . . 8- 14 h our in tbe library are a The pie charts describe th e imilar: 35 p r cent for all proponion.s of each group compared o ith PhD students. v The average junior lecturer students and 32 per cent {or reading particular numbers of postgraduate. The proportion, article ' each week . reads mort: journal articl than the average student. are approximately the ~ame. b The number represent but for different categorie~ of percentage f people . c The average PhD student reads more articles than hours. c It shows the number of b The percentages of ludents articles read each week. There the other students at the un iversity. spending 1-7 hours and are three separate categorie~. fifteen or more hours are very d For all student , the most d Those students who are researching for a PhD have different in each case. noticeable feature is that the c As students progre s toward majority read 1-5 artides . more time to read articles than junior lecturers . postgraduate level. the Por PhD students, the most number of hours spent in the noticeable feature is that the library increases. majority read twelve or more articles per week. 8 d The similarity between 26 per cent the diff rent proportions For junior lecturers, the most a.bo ut one in four fo r undergraduates and noticeable feature is that the just over a quarter postgraduates, but for majority read 6-11 articles per different categories. week . 33 per cent e Undergraduate students spend e In general, most students read one third Ies time tha n other students between one and five articles one in three in the library. Other stu dents a week . spend less time in the library Most PhD students read more 48 per cent than postgraduate students. articles than other tudents almost hali Postgraduate students spend and junior lecturers. n early hali more time in the Ubrary than A tiny minority of junior ju I under one half all other students. lecturers read only 1-5 articles close to one hali per week . 75 per cent 12 three out of four a pattern e trend 3 ree quarters b proportion f two-thirds a how, an c majority g quarter b For example, d minority c respectively 9 d whereas very big : vast, overwhelming e Meanwhile, very big (used before numbers) : 13 f but, which massive, hefty Students' own answers. g that very small: tiny not very big (used before n.umbers): modest, mere • • • • • 101
  • 102.
    Task 2 h Yet other people put forward d It is important that boys and the view that being bored and girl ought to be educated in 1 learning to deal with boredom separate schools. One reason a They are connected by the is a necessary part of the for thjs is (h at the learn in topic of education. learning process for children. different ways. For example. b No. th y stand alone . The boys are known to prefer statements are very sweeping competitive activities. and do not dearly support the 6 e SOIDe people think that fjrst one. e d2 c3 b4 S g teachers' salaries need to c Yo u could give reasons like: 6a 7/ 8h be as high as doctors' or because chis would help poorer lawyers' since they have such countries and poorer parts of rich an important job to do. For anmtries develop. Then you 7 instance, creating a future could give example . like: For a 3 b 2 generation of doctors and example, s hoofs in places like lawyers requires go d welJ- .... could be sponsored by richer paid teachers in the present . ountries. 8 2 Possible answers Unit 5 a For example, they can learn B th statements SllPP rt the languages like Japanese or opinion. Task 1 Russian. b A good example is the endless 1 3 tests given to school children Suggested answers Students' own ans wers. in some countri s. C Take for example trips to a Dave th inks it wa worSe. place. of historical interest likt: There is now more lor young 4 The Great Wall of China or people to do. Istanbul. Sandra thinks it was better. II Possible answers d It can, for example, provide was quiet and peaceful. 0 a It is important that small classes an d sometimes there is a bypass . universities should make even better facilities. Tom agre es the tOwn wa more links with businesses. e Famous sports stars li ke prettier and more pea cful. b There is no doubt tha t the footballers could. fo r instance, However. he thinks there are present young generation conduct training on a regular more jobs and opportunities. knows more than therr basis. b Students' own answers. previous counterparts. c Dave: The ice rink, the leisur c One cannot deny that centre, and the kate park teaching thinking at school 9 were opened by the council is e sential, even at primary last year. level. Possible answers Sandra: A ypass an an d It is impossible to argu e a Some people are of the industrial estat e were built a again I the fact that more opinion that foreign few year ago. time needs to be devoted to langu age learning should be d Students' own answers. learning music, either during comp uJsory, because it helps or afte r school hours . intellectual development. It can, for instance, develop 2 one's own lan guage and a The town changed 5 improve commun ication. conSiderably over tbe peri od. b There is no doubt that b 11 was more residential. Possible answers students need to have good c There were fewer tree s in e Some people believe physical study skills on ntering 2005. education is a necessary part university. since most subjects d They were dramatic. of Lhe learning process for aU r quire a lot of sophis ticated e The construction o f the pupils. skills like listening [0 lectures, stadium an d tbe removal of Some people fe el that play is note taking, etc. the houses. a major part of the learning c Yet others feel that university They were cut down and race for children. lecturers need some teacher replaced by skyscrapers. g Other people are of the train ing, as they are us d to opinion that it is imponant lecturing rather than teaching {or hildren to LTy to learn which is n ot uitable fo r sma ll anoth er language arly in groups. Lecturers could, for their education. instance, follow short courses o r visit coUeges or schools. 102 • • •• ..1
  • 103.
    K~j' •••••• 3 8 2 2 residential d cannot replace Between 2000 and a You can agree or disagree 3 experienced 2005. completely. You can agree 50 4 noticeable per cent an d disagree 50 per 5 houses cent. You cannot be neutral. 6 factories 9 You have to express an 7 facilitie a By 2005, the ro w of old opinion . 8 construction houses had been knocked b Young employ e should 9 comer down to make way for a road. receive the same amO).lnl of 10 comparison b By 2005, the forest had been money as older people if they cut down to build a railway. do identical work. c By 2005, the area had been 4 redeveloped completely. a Th e tow n centre was d By 2005, the factory had been 3 developed dramatically. converted into an art gallery. a Opinion statement The neighbourhood was e By 2005, the city centre b Contradiction completely transformed. had undergone a tota l t Example c The residential area was transformation. d Explanafion totalJy reconstructed By 2005, the row of old e Reason d The old factories were totally terraced houses in [he city f Reason redeveloped. bad been pulled down and g Resuli e The old houses were rebuilt . replaced by a block of fiats . f The entertainment district wa s g By 2005, a sports omplex completely modernized. had been conslrUcted in the 4 suburbs. a Many people believe that h By 2005, a number of b R wever 5 spectacular changes bad taken c Take {or example b The town centre developed place. d They deserve to receive the dramatically. By 2005, the whole same salary . centre of the town had e becau se f Moreover, 6 been transformed by new g which a The map shows changes developments. which took place between 19 0 and 2005. 10 5 b cry few trees remained. a Tbey are beside the railvvay Students' own answers. c Over the next 25 years. a ll line . these houses were kl10cked down. b It is north-east of the lake . c It is south-west of the 6 d The single dwellings made way Delete the following : stadium. 1 Moreover for skyscrapers. d It is south oJ the goll course . e The trees wae cut down . 2 while e It is north of the skyscrapers. 3 And f The area experienced dramatic f It is in the south -west of the changes . 4 also town. 5 however g The woodland made way for a g It is south of the river. golf course. 6 Subsequently h A marina was also built. 11 7 a in b by c beside 7 d in e from f on 1 2 a. b contra st reason awas knocked down g beside b on off bwas cut down 3 a addition c was redeveloped 4 c example Task '2 5 a result d was converted 6 c conclusion e underwent 1 J was pulled down/replac d Students' own answers. g was constructed h took place was transformed • • •• 103
  • 104.
    8 10 5 a pie chart I Po ssible answers Possib,le answer b p ie chart 3 a Many feel that young people Some people feel [hat weblogs are c pie chart 1 have m uch m ore influence ju t a waste of time and another d pie chart 2 in the world than their w ay to lure people on to the e pie chart 4 coumrparts in the past. Internet. Person ally, however, Personally, I believe that this is I feel that they are very useful not necessarily true, because for people of all ages, especially 6 most people in power belong young people, fo r many reasons. a The vast majority of holiday to the older generation. For makers to China ... example, most politicians b It is clear that aIm st equal throughout the world Unit6 n umbers of bot h sexes ... c Only a Lin y minority of are mainly middle -aged. Moreover, most wealth is Task 1 filmg oers ... concentrated among people d Tn conclusion, the trend is in their forties upwards. So, 1 Jearly upward, with just young people may appear Students' own answers. under hall of companies ... to exert influence, but it is e To su m up, neady a third of all limited. tourists ... b Accorcting 10 some people, 2 older workers are just as 7 equipped to deal with the Possible answers Student exchanges, language Overall modem world as young It is clear that people. However, I think that learning, joint ultural events, and shared cientific, and To conclude younger people are much It is evident tha l more prepared because th ey technological know- h ow an be canied out by individuals. It would seem th at are much more comp llt er- It is clear that litera te than older peopJe. Trade agreements, transport links, and media images can be In conclusion Moreover, they are welJ- i.m proved by governments. To sum up acquainted with the latest 'gadgetS'. For example, many Tourism can be carried out by both individuals and young people are able to governments. 8 design their own web pages a Backpacking is popular and adapt quickly £0 the latest Climate and landscape, and with the youngest gr up tools. Thus, I feel they are lifestyle and culture are difficult an d guided tours relatively better at coping with today's to change . unpopular. This pattern is world. reversed for (he oldest group . c Some people are of the 3 b 31-40 year aids opinion that advertising a the overwhelming majority of c satisfied should n ot be banned in TV people were in (a vour of programmes directed at young b with iii smaller n umber people. Nevertheless, I fe eL nam ing lifestyle and fo od 9 adverts in these programmes 2 enj oyed c the most important languages, should be SlOpped, as they 3 belong about equal numbers of encourage young people to 4 accounts for people buy products that neither they 5 comes nor their parents can afford. 6 make up Take the latest toys or ED 4 7 include television sets. Pare n t~ may be a Sentence a rela tes to student 8 is rated put under enormous pressure exchanges, b relates to to buy these, thus ending climate, and c relates to up in debt. So I think some language learning . 10 It is dear ... control must be exercised b Sentence a is illustrated by pie over TV commercials in chart 1~ b is illustrated by pie programmes for young chart 4, and c is illustrated by 11 people. pie char t 3, a although, ne vertheless b although is a conjunc1ion, nevertheless is an adverb. 9 Nevertheless normally starts a 1 a 2 C 4 b sentence. c bU L however, despite 104 • •••
  • 105.
    Key • But is a conjunction. however is an adverb and normally starts a 4 11 a bene fi t Advantage : advantageo us, sentence. Despite can only be used b help beneficial, useful , invaluable. before a noun or an -i119 form . c difficult helpful, convenient d enable/help Disadvantage: wonhless, di Uicu It 12 e interfere a 3 b 1 c 5 d 2 e 4 f ideal 12 advantageous - di advantageous 13 5 beneficial - detrimental Advantage: h Jp, benefits, ideal. useful- useless a Although the ast majority of enable wonhless - valuable/invaluable visitors to Britain come from Disadvantage diliicult, interfere, invaluable - w orthle Europe, they stay for fewer enable difficult - easy than len days on average . belpful- unhelpful b Although forty-five per cent convenient - inconv !li ent of people speak a for ign 6 language. tb e vast majority a e are at a low le vel. b for example. so, however. 13 ( Despite its/the good weather, hence, neverth eless, because southern France is vi ited by c Th y allow people to relax; Possible answers only two per cent of Asian they allow people grealer a International art s festival s tou rists . freedom; they are a nui ' ance en ourage intt:n:sl in [her d The number of student for other travellers . people's cultures. exchanges rose, but/altho ugh b Lending artworks to o ther the st of them wenl up . countries improves th eir: e Although the event was 7 knowledge of other culture . promoted to teenager, they for example c Films and (oncert enhance 2 even if the quality of people 's lives. accounted for only 32 per cent of the audience. 3 likewise d To enable children to value 4 though their heritage, we need to 5 Although show (hem how strongly it Task 2 6 and still influences society tOday. 1 7 Conseque ntly e Personal links can bene fi t Stu dents' own answers travellers when they are out 8 of their own country. Ignorance of th er people 's 2 a b disad vantage (, e, f, h traditions can handicap a the first sentence b usin ess partn erships . b the s cond sen renee ( Main advantage: this aT/ows p.:ople greater freedom and g To prevent countries from (advanta es and falling out with each olher, we disadvan tages ) flexibility and takes away the boredom ofjoll rneys. need to promote interest in Main disadvantage: people are part icular cultures. 3 becomi11g more and more isolated (Some other entertainment in their OW1/ worlds. The art of 14 devices may be possible.) communication is being lost. a I Although, 2 Despite a Advantage: iPod, DVD player b I emphasizes the disadvantage, 2 emphasizes b Advantage: Mobile phone. 9 the advantage. c Disadvantage: iPod, handheld a drawbacks game . b chance d Advantage: iPod, handheld game. c gain 15 d problems a Although e Advantage: iPod, mobile e handicap b However/N vertheless phone, handheld game, DVD f opportunities c Despite player g benefit d However:/Nevertheless Disadvantag : iPod. e but g Disadvantage: Mobile phone. h Disadvantage: iPod, handheld 10 game. SerioliS emp basizes disadvantage . • • 105
  • 106.
    d ot surprisingly, there were proponion among EU Unit 7 kills shortages in the chemical oUllIries wa below that for industry. Japan and the USA. Task 1 e It is evident that inveslment 1 needs to be increased. 1t is noticeable that the patter 12 Students' own answers. a students on all courses at an for investment in the arts is the reverse. Au tralia n unjversit y b seve n 2 g It is more important that the c maths a There was little hange over cost of plasma screens is set to fall. d phy ic . rientallanguages the period. onJy a slight h It is not surprising that e chemistry increase from each source. analogue TV sales then fell. f Apparently not. Fo( example. b The highest proportions were allocated by non-European chemistry and physic are countries (Japan and USA . both science subjects but c business 9 chemistry was seen as easy by Sentences b, and d are possible . 70 per cent of students and d the EU average The highest proportion was p bysics by only 25 per en t. Likewise, among language allocated by Japan, the lowest 10 subjects. African languages by Italy. a The number of science were seen as easy by 60 per graduates fell significantly. cent but oriental languages by 3 b Evide ntly. the number of onl y 20 per cen t. technical staff in hospitals is 2 is shown 3 rose contribut falling . 4 arne 5 6 overtoo ' 7 was spent c The cost of training scientists 13 9 wa ' is increasing noticeably year a irrelevant 8 contributed by year. b relevant d Interestingly. investment c rele vant 4 in capital equipment like d irrelevant becau e it contains slightly, approximately, spedalist machinery is down an unn essary opinion consistently, closely, significantly. on last year. e relevant considerably e ot surprisingly, sale of new f irrelevant as it give t 0 mu ch televisions soared before the data. or rather unnecessary World Cup. inionnat ion abou t how the 5 The trend is now obviously bar chart is drawn a sign iii can tly upward. b consistently highly 14 d slightly 11 e marginally Possible answer f considerably Possible answers The bar chart shows whether g Approximately a Funding for R&D increased stude nt at an Australian h substantially only marginally over the university rated different subjects period. as easy, moderately difficult. or Bu in ess provided difficult. 6 approximately halI of the Tbe subject which was most a 4 b 5 c 3 d 7 e 1 investment in ! 998. commonly rated as dif[icult was f 2 g 6 The amount of funding maths. by 70 P r cent of tudems. increased very slowly over the Only 20 per cent saw it as easy. period. Physics was also largely judged 7 b Japan allocated considerably to be a dillicult or moderately It is also noticeable that more of its national income to difficult subject. Only 25 per cent It is interesting to note that R&D than Ita] y. of students 'ewed it as easy. By Evidently, the four EU contrast, chemistry was regarded 8 countries invested less than as easy by a massiv . 70 per cent a The number of sdentists the USA or Japan. of students. per head of population has The proporti on of national A far as language subjects are declin d significantly in rece n t income given to R&D was concerne d. language in general year . noticeably higber in Germany were seen as easy by 40 percent b It is interesting that the sales and France than in Italy. of students. This percentage failed to recover. The proportion allocated dropped to 20 pe rcent for orienta c Numbers will probably by the UK was onJy slightly languages. African languages, contin ue to fall over the above the EU average. however, were iewed as ea y by period. Interestingly. tlle average 60 per cent of ruden ts. An was 106 • • • • • "
  • 107.
    Key •• judged to be an easy subject by c A commonly held belief is e For example. more regular only 30 per cent of students and. that science is now playing a contact between tl1e two would like physics, 50 per cent rated it as more important role in our help scientists to appreciate' dillicult. lives than in the past. People the way in which scientilic In conclusion, there seerru to be feel that it has an effect on advances are perceived in no dear correspondence between everything we do from eating society as a whole. the type of subject and whether to travelling. Take the job of lab technician it was generally rated as easy or d It is argued by some people for instance. It involves dillicult. that the work of artists should dealing with tests and test be censored. They maintain resul ts, and there is very linie Task 2 that certain works of art that human contact involved. are produced are offensive g A good example is certain 1 and should be banned. tests in which possible new Students' own answers. e Some people think that medica l drugs were tried out scient ists should have some on humans only to find that Background information: involvement with artists. and they bad unforeseen and very Leonardo da VInci was a famous vjce versa. They argue that serious effects on the subjects' Italian anis! and inventor who bringing these two groups health . . aimed the Mona Lisa . toge ther would be better for h For instance. how could we Albert Einstein was a famous society as a whole . continue to research cures theoretical physicist who came up f Some people feel that science fo r disease. uch as cancer with the theor)' of relativity. is dull and boring. They or AIDS if the n o n-~cienti fic Sir Isaac A eWlOn was an English maintain tbat spending time commun ity were allowed scientist and mathematician alone in laboratories withou t to interfere with scientist ' who described the properties of much human contact is not work? gravity. very interesting. Nicola us Copernicus was a Polish g It is argued by some sdentist who recognized that the people that many sdentific 8 Earth orbited the Sun. experiments are dangerous 10 a2 b5 c4 ell e3 society. They claim that there 2 are m any examples where 9 serious mistakes bave been would. could and might talk about a first sentence made. b second sentence possibility. h Yet others believe that the Sentence d asks the reader c third sentence work of scientists should to imagine a situation and its n Ot be tightly regulated by consequence. 3 society. They argue that by I c 2 b 3 a limiting scientillc work, we might stop certain beneficial 10 developments. a Unless they are ncouraged by parents and teachers. budding 4 musicia ns will not develop . Many people feel strongly; They 7 b If science stops the ageing argue; Supporters of ans groups process in humans one day, feel Possible answers will this benefit mankind? b A good example here is c Unless there is an effon to Germany, which produces 5 a large number of sdence keep traditional crafts alive, a4 bl c3 d5 e2 they will disappear. graduates and has a thriving d Providing innovation is IS g7 h6 economy. encouraged, many new jobs c For example. when we buy will be created. 6 food frOID the supermarket the flavourings and additives Possible answers bave all been measured and 11 b Some people feel that tested sdentilically. the wealth of a nation is d A case in point are certain Possib le answers connected with scientific works which depict religious a Provided parents have an development. They claim that figures . interest in m lJ sic, they will modem economies cannot encourage musical talent in advance without a strong their children, scientific base . • • • • 10'
  • 108.
    b IJ govemment support for ans It is clear that tlte majority o t projects is not available. they 6 p eople are very concerne Sentence a decribes something will be forced to seek funding about climate change. elsewhere. which ""rill happen before a future Recently, a number of time. c Unless entrance to museums campaigns have encouraged Sentence b describes something and art galleries i free. m any people 10 plant trees. in progress at a time in the future. people will never experience them at all . d Providing young scientists are 7 11 given the right opp ort unities, Generally, it is forecast that the a w ill be using the work they do has the reforestation rate b will be living potential to be of enormous It is al'O worth noting that c will have been old benefit to society. From the pie chart. it can be seen d will have become that e will h ave been de troyed Unit 8 8 12 a It gives in thousands the Task 1 a the pie chart estimated and actual numbers b It is projected to increase . of houses built in the UK in 1 c Ireland 2002. d Hungary b seven Possible answers e the pie chart c below a The photographs relate ( Yes. 64 per cent. d outhern England (77 . 00 ). ro our changing future London (47.800) and in relationship with the environment. 9 Central England (16.200) . The charts show forecasts for These figur far exceeded (he b-d Students' own answers. estimate .. the ann ual reforestation (not deforestalion) rate in selected e North of England. The 2 regions estimate was 9. 300 houses a 1f shows predictions for the 2 They forecast tha t the while the actual figure was number of buildings that will reforestation rate in th fou r 1.3 .500 . be powered by solar and wind regions will grow u nti l 2025 f Nonhern Ireland an d Wa e . energy. (not 2035) In Wales, it was estimated that b They relate t the number of 3 It i projected that Ireland will 2,900 houses would b built. houses. hav the highest ra te in 2025 but the rea l fi ure was 6,300 . c 0-600 million at 1.7 p er cent (nor 1.5 pt'r cent) Likewise. in orthern Ireland 4 It i, anticipated that the figure the stimate was for 2,500 will cl imb from 0.5 per cent in thousand houses, but the rea l 3 200 (not 20]5) n umber was 5.000. a will 5 with the worldwide average g Scotland. b pr dieted, will fo r both 2015 and 2025 , 1. 0 h cotland. 1t was estimated that c prediction, will per cent and 1.3 per cent 3.2 00 hou es would be built d predicted r especti vely (n ol . .3 and 1.0) 1 bu t in the event Ih figure was 6 ('concerned' 39 per cent, and nly 3,000. 4 ' very concerned' 25 per cent). a projection, forecast, 13 anticipation 10 b projected, anticipated. forecast a It is predicted that the use of Possible answer c prediction: expectation, solar energy will become more The diagram give figures for the estimation Lmportant. actual and estimated numbers o f predicted: expected. b We see from the chart that houses built in the UK by region estimated, set the largest amount of money in 2002 . was spe nt on the water In most cases, the estimated number was below the number 5 conservation project. c The chart shows th· different of houses which were actually a is predi ct d. will provid built. The highest numbers of b are expected types /of trees which are found in different regions. houses were onstructed in c will come Southern England (77,600), d i. forecas t d From the pie chart, it can be seen that hydroelectric powe r Loudon (47,800). and i Central e is not expected England (16,200), far exceeding r is projected. will be constitute seven per cent of the world energy demand. the estimates (5 1. 10 . 24,800, g is set and 8,100 respectively) . imilarly h is anticipa ted. will provide in the onh of England. there 108 • • • • •
  • 109.
    £<e ' • was a disparity of just 0 er 4,000 pressure - uncountabl Question 2 between th two figures, 9,300 action - uncountable Statement of opinion: b houses for the estimated figure incentives - countable Reference to rhe opposite view: e against L3,500 for the actual Reason against the opposite view: g fig ure. orthern Ireland and Restatement of opinion: c Wales followed the same trend, 5 2,500 houses as o pposed to 5,000, a n o article, n o article and 2.900 compared to 6,3 00. b no anicle 9 Scotla n d was the region where the In conclusion: to sum up. to the lowest number of houses d a, n o article conclude we re bu ilt. It was esti mated e no article I do n ot agree: I do not accept. I tbat 3,200 houses would e f the disagree with the idea tha t constructed but in th e event th g The. n o article All in all: in generaL all thillg figure was only 3,000. h The considered In conclusion, it is clear that I feel that: I be lieve, I would argue tha t many more houses were built io the UK in 200_ th an had been 6 certainly: of ourse. n doubt a Wave power techn ology is th e anticipated. best answer to lhe problem of pollution . However, 10 Task 2 the introduction of such a There i no rea on why loca technology also crea les a e o-friendly busincs es cannO! 1 pro blem. b uccessfll!. b Government worldwide b There is no reason why people Possible answers should ta x the cars more . A could not take more holida y$ a The most serious threats are measure like this would make at home instead of always water sh nages, dTOugh t people think more about flying abroad . and other natural disasters. nature. c There is n o reason why people as well as oth er effects ot: c In the n ear fut ure, hOllses will could not tra vel by fast train global warming . be more energy-eilicient than instead of taking short [lights. b-d Students' own an wers. rhey are now. d There is no reason why d The food industry could pay governments should not give 2 for recycled b t lIes as was special financial suppon to 2 factories 6 leisure done in the past. The bottles eco-frie ndly busines people. 3 pollutants 7 pressure would rhen not be thrown 4 fish 8 action away. 5 wildlife 9 incentives e Insects like the bees. for Unit9 example, pla y a vital role in m ost ecosystems . Th bee Task 1 3 pollina tes plants and flowers. animal - countable information - uncountable 'fhe Facilities Uke dams and 1 forests are also used for St udents' own answer . nature - uncountable leisure. cl imate - un countable accom modation - uncountable 2 knowledge - uncountable 7 a The graph gives information research - uncountable aJ b 2 c2 dl e2 about rhe average use of beds weather - uncountable fI g 2 in three typical hospital tree - countable around the world before idea - countable an d after day-surgery is situation - coun.table 8 introduced. Question I b While rhe trend was upward fact - countable Statement of most important f r the French hospital. measure : d th average bed occupancy 4 Another possible measure and dropp d noticeably after the problem - countable why it is I 5S effective: [ introduction of day-surgery. factOries - countable Resta tement o[ most important c The trend for the Ukrainia n oll utants - countable meas ure and it consequences: a h ospital was similar to that of fish - uncountable the French ho pitat but the wildlife - uncountable fall in bed use after 2003 was I isure - uncountable not as marked. • 109
  • 110.
    d You canmake a con n ection g contrast with Task 2 betw een the coinddental [aU h G lD be vievved in in th e budget for inpatient 1 care and the fall in bed Stu dent's own ,lin 'WCl'>. occupan cy. 6 e Yo u can use trend to a 1 b 3 c 5 d 7 e 2 summarize information. [ 6 g 4 h 8 2 You can use upward to sh ow 1 strangely 2 well th e direction of the tren d. 7 3 su rprisingly You can use the phrase similar a before pattern to compare simila.riti es. 4 Widely b receive You can u se reach a peak to 5 accurately c stu dying describe a high poin t. 6 often d useful 7 seriously YOll can use except that to e P 'Jsonally introduce detail which is 8 well f sufJi cienr differen t from the general 9 frequently g defin itely trend/pattern. 10 Clearly h di ffe rent You can use saw a continuous choice rise as an alternative to rose. referred 3 You can use change to describe T:le paragraph fo llows se ntence d c!.iHtrence that OCClrrs. panem a. You CJl1 use co in cido to show ' 8 when things bappen ilt the Spelling rules Organizing words sa me ti me. vvheth er they are i before ,'. except after C:. receive, Situati on: The idea related or nol. bu t not after ch: ach ieve. ExampJe: Ta ke th e example 0 1 Words (,lldi ng in a vowel then y : y Effects . The effects does no! change. eg studying. ConclUSion: the COIl c/IiS ioll IS 3 Nou n + full : remove th e second / 2 impact == rlse/ul. 3 trend Adverbs (rom adjectives ~n dio g in 4 4 occupancy -al: add -Iy and remove nothing, a information 5 p eak eg personally. b idea 6 falling Adc:verbs from adjectives enti iJl'; c scheme 7 marked in -e : add -/y and keep the e, eg d rH:,.a$ ll re 8 ex:p erienced defin.itely. e issue 9 ris e Verbs ending witllY + ·ina : no f solution iO significantly change. eg studying . g knowledge II d ear Words of m ore tban one syllable: h opinion 12 reduction the consonant doubles if the finaJ problem syllable is stressed: r~feTTed . 4 5 1 details - information 9 Possibl e answers 2 impact - eilect a graduillly 3 trend - ten dency a Thi s issue n eeds to be b which 4 occupancy - use considered when planning c occurred 5 p eak - high point th e h ealt h care b udge! for any d peak 6 faJling - dropping country. e fig ures, approxim2lld y 7 marked - sha rp b This idea could ha ve benefits f fluct ua ted 8 experienced - saw both for people's health and g e:-.:ceeded 9 rise - increase the education of docto rs and h survey 10 Significan tl y - considerably n urses. 11 d ear - evident c This prediction may seem 12 reduction - cut/decrease 10 surprising, bu t I believe costs average will be reduced as tech nology accid ents I be com es more widely 5 dramatically available . Incorrect answers to be deleted: improvement d Initially, this m ay be a a says steadily p roblem, b ut the changes b had an affect on regards will res u lt in a more efficient c re ached a heigh t motorcycle h ealth service. d design occurring e The situation, however, is one e alternatively th at can be p repared for by [ towards setting money aside for the fu ture. 110 • • • • •
  • 111.
    •• Measures like this could lead d Enormous progress has been t a significant improvemeOl made in understanding how 4 in the nation's h ealth. disease spreads, .. . a The sales of specialisllours h ave fallen recent ly. g Not su rp ri singly, it is a trend e However, this equipm eOl can which is not looked on be dangerous if it is not used d It i clear that the number of Hats occupied by si ngle people favourably by some western properly. in major dties in the West is doctors. However. there is certainly pUlling press ure on housing . h This is a matter that needs to some evidence thaI it is more e From the graphs, it can be be considered w hen plannin g than ju t a placebo . c ondudedthat y oungpeop~ for future spending. g Some research has been are much more mobiJe than carried out 'which shows that previous generations. elderly people live longer if 6 they liv e wi ih a partner. The pursuit of a professional career among both men and Possible answers woman has led to a lIoticeablr' a music and health reduction in the birth rate . Effect: h elps people relax , Unit 10 g There are several similarities in takes lip attention th e presentation of the data. Measure : music therapy, Task 1 h Overall, the chart sh ows that used sometimes 10 treat tbe media art:: responsible for pat ients with communication urning pt'C'p/e into celcbritks. problem . Sru deuts' own answers . b alternati e therapies and health 2 5 Example: homeopathy, a an explanation a Both chart refer to the main herbalism. b with is n ormally followed by a re<1 SOns for choosing a career Information: contested by n oun then a erb with -i119. according to age group. different people . b The y refer to the reasons Opinions: health practitioners versus peop le wh o have under consideration . 6 c They show the differe nt a Sales were 1I pward for most experienced these therapies. ways in which the two age of the year, with the profit Effects: may be due to groups were influenced by tbe reaching a peak in December. influence on the mind as weU various factors. b The main reason for career a- body. d Th e most n oticeable fea tures choice was ambition, with 50 c exercise an d hea lth are the imponance of money per cent chOOSing it. Effects: strengthens muscles, and the position of friends. cIt - expeded that the price helps coordination, help e The most noticeable feature s of one bedroom nat will people to relax. are the imponance of m oney rise, with accommodation Problem: high cost of gyms ! and parents, the reverse of the for indiv iduals being in short health ceo tres . younger age group . supply. Scheme: companies offer d The pattern was different, gym membership as pan of with passenger numbers package to staff. 3 dropping in ummer an the main reasons for ch oosing rising in w inter. a care er 7 2 were influenced by the e The trend was clearly upward, Students' own answers. with manufacturing costs various factors decreasing at the same time. 3 were the reverse for the 40-50 Cons umption of energy rose, 8 age group with the highest point being in d is 4 As regards teachers and role a is b has care January. e has f are g is h have models 5 nine and fifteen per cent respec1ively for the younger 7 9 group a True b False c False a This information is published 6 The only similarity between d False True f False all around us, even on the two age groups g False h True ci garette packets. 7 than an y other facto rs b Unfortunately, this advice is n ot often followed. c Instead, this work is carried out by h ealth care assistants. • • •• 111 ". D
  • 112.
    Task 2 e Happiness and contentment 6 are more important than th e U you want to achieve a good 1 score band, you need to be able to pursuit of freedom . The latter Question 1: b, a, aim is an illusion as n obody j tick Always for aU of the items in Question 2 : b, d, a, c e ver completely free. tne Ust. Question 3: c. d, b, a Many people living in poor housing conditions are still 2 7 happy, Sotheideathatyou have to have a high standard Question 1: a Possible answers of Uving to b happy is false. Question 2: c a for example, for instance, a Question 3: b rase in point is, like b as, one reason for this is, since 10 3 c as a result, therefore, so, this means that, this leads to Possible answer d moreover, furthermore . in And yet other people believe Possib, e ,a nswers l addi tion, and, also. [h at the family play an Money d ves nof JI/,7ke happiness. To what extt!nt do yotl agree or e if, unless, provided important role LO maintaining disagree? bu t, however, while, wher eas . a good qualit y of life, You just It is impossib le to deny th aI despite have to look at societies wh e re mon ey h elps people to a ch ieve g although, despite there are exte nde d fami lies 10 h appiness because it is impossibl h and so, and therefore, to sum see how mu ch m ore content to do anyiliing in liIe without il. up, aU in alL in general peop le are because they are For example, if you want to ee a surrounde d by relatives vlhn fi lm or a play at tbe theatre, you need money for the ticket and 8 love them and can look a fter them if th ~ y fa ll ill o r ha ve for transport. Also, if you want to Sugg ested answers problems. This support i have a relaxing time at home you a Problem and solution not just financial but also still n eed money, even to buy a b Measures and results TV or a computer. (structure b) emotional. c Cause and effect It is better to refonl1 criminals d Reason and example iI/stead ofjust pllflisT1i1l9 them. e Example and specific example 'W hat measures could be taken fa f Effect and example attempt to integrate law-b"eakers g Additional inIormation and back into society ? example Personally, I think that criminals h ConditionlHyporhesi and o f all levels should be given a result chance to be a pan of society Concession and contrast ra ther thanjusl being put into prison. II this is done , then the offender will have a better chance 9 of not reoffending, Society will also not have to pay fo r th e cost Possible answers of keeping criminals in priso ns, a Money is n ot a important whi ch are very e xpensive p laces as frie nds, because it cann o t to run . Of course, then ocietyas pr vide emotional suppo rt. a w hole will benefit. (stnlCl ure c) b Par many people, keeping fi t and healthy is the main factor which is necessary for a 4 good quali ty of lile. However. Text 1 developing a healthy mind is 1 [, 2 a 3 a just as imponant. Text 2 c U one is content with liIe, then 4 a 5 b 6 b there is no longer any need to pursue unrealistic ambitions . Text 3 d W hat is involved in achieving 7 a 8 b a good qUality of life depends on many factors rather than just one . For example, money 5 is important to gain a certain Student s' own answers . financial securi ty, but it is n o t enough on its own. 112 •